Fungi And Food Spoilage, 3Rd Ed

--- Bài mới hơn ---

  • Kinh Nghiệm Chọn Mua Phân Bón Lá Npk Nhập Khẩu
  • Tổng Hợp 5 Loại Phân Bón Dưỡng Quả Cam Sành Tăng Độ Ngọt
  • Quy Trình Bón Phân Cho Sầu Riêng Vùng Tây Nguyên
  • Cơ Hội Đến Từ Cổ Phiếu Dầu Khí, Thép Và Phân Bón
  • Bán Buôn, Bán Lẻ Axit Fulvic 90% (Fulvic Acid) Tan Trong Nước
  • Fungi and Food Spoilage

    “This page left intentionally blank.”

    John I. Pitt

    l

    Ailsa D. Hocking

    Fungi and Food Spoilage

    13

    John I. Pitt Honorary Research Fellow CSIRO Food and Nutritional Sciences North Ryde, NSW 2113 Australia

    ISBN 978-0-387-92206-5 e-ISBN 978-0-387-92207-2 DOI 10.1007/978-0-387-92207-2 Springer Dordrecht Heidelberg London New York Library of Congress Control Number: 2009920217 # Springer ScienceþBusiness Media, LLC 2009 All rights reserved. This work may not be translated or copied in whole or in part without the written permission of the publisher (Springer ScienceþBusiness Media, LLC, 233 Spring Street, New York, NY 10013, USA), except for brief excerpts in connection with reviews or scholarly analysis. Use in connection with any form of information storage and retrieval, electronic adaptation, computer software, or by similar or dissimilar methodology now known or hereafter developed is forbidden. The use in this publication of trade names, trademarks, service marks, and similar terms, even if they are not identified as such, is not to be taken as an expssion of opinion as to whether or not they are subject to proprietary rights. Printed on acid-free paper Springer is part of Springer ScienceþBusiness Media (www.springer.com)

    Preface to the Third Edition

    In contrast to the second edition, the third edition of ”Fungi and Food Spoilage” is evolutionary rather than revolutionary. The second edition was intended to cover almost all of the species likely to be encountered in mainstream food supplies, and only a few additional species have been included in this new edition. The third edition repsents primarily an updating – of taxonomy, physiology, mycotoxin production and ecology. Changes in taxonomy reflect the impact that molecular methods have had on our understanding of classification but, it must be said, have not radically altered the overall picture. The improvements in the understanding of the physiology of food spoilage fungi have been relatively small, reflecting perhaps the lack of emphasis on physiology in modern microbiological science. Much remains to be understood about the specificity of particular fungi for particular substrates, of the influence of water activity on the growth of many of the species treated, and even on such basic parameters as cardinal temperatures for growth and the influence of pH and pservatives. Since 1997, a great deal has been learnt about the specificity of mycotoxin production and in which commodities and products-specific mycotoxins are likely to occur. Changes in our understanding of the ecology of the included species are also in most cases evolutionary. A great number of papers have been published on the ecology of foodborne fungi in the past few years, but with few exceptions the basic ecology of the included species remains. Recent changes in our understanding of foodborne fungi include the realisation that Aspergillus carbonarius is a major source of ochratoxin A in the world food supply, that A. westerdijkiae and not A. ochraceus is the other common Aspergillus species making this toxin and that these species are responsible for ochratoxin A in foods outside the cool temperate regions, where Penicillium verrucosum is the important species. In recent years a number of new species have been found to be capable of producing aflatoxin, but the fact remains that most aflatoxin in the global food supply is produced by A. flavus and A. parasiticus. The taxonomy of Fusarium species is still undergoing major revision. However, the renaming of Fusarium moniliforme as F. verticillioides is the only change of importance here. Recent publications have improved our understanding of species – mycotoxin relationships within Fusarium.

    v

    vi

    Among the colleagues who helped us to ppare this edition, we wish to particularly thank Dr Anne-Laure Markovina, now of the University of Sydney, who assisted in literature searches and some cultural and photographic work, and Mr N.J. Charley who has continued his excellent work of curating the FRR culture collection, on which so much of the descriptive work in this book is based.

    Preface to the Third Edition

    Preface to the First Edition

    vii

    “This page left intentionally blank.”

    Preface to the Second Edition

    In planning for the second edition of ”Fungi and Food Spoilage”, we decided that the book would benefit from a larger format, which would permit improved illustrations, and from some expansion of the text, in both numbers of species treated and overall scope. These aims have been realised. The Crown Quarto size has allowed us to include substantially larger, clearer illustrations. Many new photographs and photomicrographs have been added, the latter taken using a Zeiss Axioscop microscope fitted with Nomarski differential interference contrast optics. We have taken the opportunity to include more than 40 additional species descriptions, to add a new section on mycotoxin production for each species and to update and upgrade all of the text. Since the first edition, changes in the climate for stabilising fungal nomenclature have resulted in development of a list of ”Names in Current Use” for some important genera, including Aspergillus and Penicillium. Names of species used in the second edition are taken from that list, which was given special status by the International Botanical Congress, Tokyo, 1994. Names used in this edition have priority over any other names for a particular species. Publication of a list of ”Authors of Fungal Names” (P.M. Kirk and A.E. Ansell, Index of Fungi, Supplement: 1-95, 1992) has also stabilised names of authorities for all fungal species. Abbreviations of authors’ names used in this edition conform to those recommended by Kirk and Ansell. Some progress in standardisation of methods and media has also been made, primarily through the efforts of the International Commission on Food Mycology. The first edition included some 400 references. When we began revisionary work, we felt that the number of references in the area of food mycology had probably doubled or increased by perhaps 150% during the intervening years. In fact, this second edition includes over 1900 references, almost a five-fold increase over the 1985 edition! This provides a clear indication that interest in, and study of, food mycology has greatly increased in recent years. Modern referencing systems have enabled us to expand information from tropical sources, especially in Asia and Africa, but we are conscious of the fact that treatment of fungi found in foods on a worldwide basis remains rather incomplete. We gratefully acknowledge support and assistance from colleagues who have contributed to this new edition. Ms J.C. Eyles formatted and printed the camera

    ix

    x

    ready copy, Ms C. Heenan collated, arranged and formatted the illustrations and Mr N.J. Charley looked after the culture collection, culture growth and colony photography. Without this level of support, the book would not have been completed.

    Preface to the Second Edition

    Contents 1

    Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    1

    2

    The Ecology of Fungal Food Spoilage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 Water Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 Hydrogen Ion Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 Gas Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 Consistency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 Nutrient Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 Specific Solute Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 Preservatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 Conclusions: Food Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    3 3 4 5 7 8 8 8 9 9

    3

    Naming and Classifying Fungi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 Taxonomy and Nomenclature: Biosystematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 Hierarchical Naming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 Zygomycotina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 Ascomycotina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 Basidiomycotina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6 The Ascomycete – Conidial Fungus Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 Dual Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 Practical Classification of Fungi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    11 11 12 12 13 15 15 15 16

    4

    Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 Sampling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 Enumeration Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.1 Direct Plating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.2 Dilution Plating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.3 Incubation Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3 Sampling Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4 Air Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 Isolation Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.1 Yeasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.2 Moulds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.3 Short Term Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 Choosing a Suitable Medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.1 General Purpose Enumeration Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.2 Selective Isolation Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.3 Techniques for Yeasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.4 Techniques for Heat-Resistant Fungi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.5 Other Plating Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 Estimation of Fungal Biomass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.1 Chitin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.2 Ergosterol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.3 Impedimetry and Conductimetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    19 19 19 20 21 22 22 23 23 23 24 24 25 26 27 30 32 33 34 34 35 37 xi

    xii

    5

    Contents

    4.7.4 Adenosine Triphosphate (ATP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.5 Fungal Volatiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.6 Immunological Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.7 Molecular Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8 Identification Media and Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8.1 Standard Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8.2 Plating Regimen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8.3 Inoculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8.4 Additional Media and Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8.5 Identification of Fusarium Species. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8.6 Yeasts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 Examination of Cultures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9.1 Colony Diameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9.2 Colony Characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9.3 Preparation of Wet Mounts for Microscopy. . . . . . . . 4.9.4 Staining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9.5 Microscopes and Microscopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10 Preservation of Fungi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10.1 Lyophilisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10.2 Other Storage Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 Housekeeping in the Mycological Laboratory. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11.1 Culture Mites. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11.2 Problem Fungi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11.3 Pathogens and Laboratory Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    37 37 38 40 41 41 41 41 42 43 44 45 45 45 46 46 47 48 48 49 50 50 51 51

    Primary Keys and Miscellaneous Fungi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 The General Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1.1 Notes on the General Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 Miscellaneous Fungi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3 Genus Acremonium Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 Genus Alternaria Nees: Fr.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 Genus Arthrinium Kunze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6 Genus Aureobasidium Viala and G. Boyer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7 Genus Bipolaris Shoemaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8 Genus Botrytis P. Micheli: Fr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9 Genus Chaetomium Kunze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10 Genus Chrysonilia Arx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11 Genus Cladosporium Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.12 Genus Colletotrichum Corda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.13 Genus Curvularia Boedijn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14 Genus Drechslera S. Ito . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15 Genus Endomyces Reess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.16 Genus Epicoccum Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17 Genus Fusarium Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.18 Genus Geotrichum Link: Fr.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19 Genus Hyphopichia Arx and van der Walt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20 Genus Lasiodiplodia Ellis and Everh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.21 Genus Monascus Tiegh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.22 Genus Moniliella Stolk and Dakin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.23 Genus Nigrospora Zimm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    53 54 55 56 58 60 64 65 67 68 70 73 75 81 82 85 86 88 89 122 124 125 127 129 131

    Contents

    xiii

    5.24 5.25 5.26 5.27 5.28 5.29 5.30

    Genus Pestalotiopsis Steyaert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Genus Phoma Sacc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Genus Stemphylium Wallr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Genus Trichoconiella B.L. Jain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Genus Trichoderma Pers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Genus Trichothecium Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Genus Ulocladium Preuss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    133 134 136 137 139 140 142

    6

    Zygomycetes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 Genus Absidia Tiegh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 Genus Cunninghamella Matr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 Genus Mucor P. Micheli: Fr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4 Genus Rhizomucor (Lucet and Costantin) Vuill. . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 Genus Rhizopus Ehrenb.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 Genus Syncephalastrum J. Schrot. ¨ …………………. 6.7 Genus Thamnidium Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    145 148 149 151 157 158 165 167

    7

    Penicillium and Related Genera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 Genus Byssochlamys Westling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2 Genus Eupenicillium F. Ludw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3 Genus Geosmithia Pitt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4 Genus Paecilomyces Bainier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5 Genus Scopulariopsis Bainier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6 Genus Talaromyces C.R. Benj.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 Genus Penicillium Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.1 Penicillium subgenus Aspergilloides Dierckx . . . . . . . . . 7.7.2 Penicillium subgenus Furcatum Pitt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.3 Penicillium subgenus Penicillium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.4 Penicillium subgenus Biverticillium Dierckx . . . . . . . . .

    169 170 175 182 183 187 188 194 196 207 223 263

    8

    Aspergillus and Related Teleomorphs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1 Genus Emericella Berk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 Genus Eurotium Link: Fr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3 Genus Neosartorya Malloch and Cain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 Genus Aspergillus Fr.: Fr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    275 279 281 292 295

    9

    Xerophiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1 Genus Basipetospora G.T. Cole and W.B. Kendr. . . . . . . . . . . 9.2 Genus Chrysosporium Corda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3 Genus Eremascus Eidam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4 Genus Polypaecilum G. Sm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 Genus Wallemia Johan-Olsen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6 Genus Xeromyces L.R. Fraser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    339 340 342 347 348 350 353

    10

    Yeasts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    357

    11

    Fresh and Perishable Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1 Spoilage of Living, Fresh Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 Fruits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.1 Citrus Fruits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.2 Pome Fruits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.3 Stone Fruits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    383 383 383 384 385 386

    xiv

    Contents

    11.3

    11.4 11.5 11.6

    12

    11.2.4 Tomatoes and other Solanaceous Fruit. . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.5 Melons and other Cucurbits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.6 Grapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.7 Berries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.8 Figs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.9 Tropical Fruit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vegetables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.1 Peas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.2 Beans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.3 Onions and Garlic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.4 Potatoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.5 Roots and Tubers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.6 Yams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.7 Cassava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.8 Leafy and other Green Vegetables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dairy Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cereals, Nuts and Oilseeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.1 Wheat, Barley and Oats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.2 Rice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.3 Maize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.4 Soybeans and Mung Beans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.5 Other Beans and Pulses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.6 Sunflower Seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.7 Sorghum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.8 Peanuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.9 Cashews and Brazil Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.10 Almonds, Hazelnuts, Walnuts and Pecans . . . . . . . . 11.6.11 Pistachios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.12 Copra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    Spoilage of Stored, Processed and Preserved Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1 Low Water Activity Foods: Dried Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.1 Cereals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.2 Flour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.3 Pasta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.4 Bakery Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.5 Maize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.6 Soybeans, Mung Beans, other Beans and Chickpeas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.7 Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.8 Peanuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.9 Hazelnuts, Walnuts, Pecans and Almonds . . . . . . . . 12.1.10 Pistachio Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.11 Other Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.12 Coconut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.13 Spices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.14 Coffee Beans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.15 Cocoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.16 Dried Meat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    387 387 388 389 389 390 391 391 391 391 392 392 392 392 393 393 394 395 395 396 396 397 398 398 398 398 399 399 399 400 401 401 402 403 403 403 404 405 406 406 407 408 409 409 410 410 411 412

    Contents

    xv

    12.2

    Low Water Activity Foods: Concentrated Foods . . . . . . . . . . 12.2.1 Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2.2 Dried Fruit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2.3 Fruit Cakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2.4 Confectionery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2.5 Fruit Concentrates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2.6 Honey and Syrups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Water Activity Foods: Salt Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermediate Moisture Foods: Processed Meats . . . . . . . . . . . Heat Processed Acid Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preserved Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cheese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    412 412 413 414 415 415 416 416 417 418 418 419

    Media Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    423

    Glossary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    427

    References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    431

    Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

    503

    12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7

    Chapter 1

    Introduction

    From the time when primitive man began to cultivate crops and store food, spoilage fungi have demanded their tithe. Fuzzes, powders and slimes of white or black, green, orange, red and brown have silently invaded – acidifying, fermenting, discolouring and disintegrating, rendering nutritious commodities unpalatable or unsafe. Until recently, fungi have generally been regarded as causing only unaesthetic spoilage of food, despite the fact that Claviceps purpurea was linked to human disease more than 200 years ago, and the acute toxicity of macrofungi has long been known. Japanese scientists recognised the toxic nature of yellow rice 100 years ago, but 70 years elapsed before its fungal cause was confirmed. Alimentary toxic aleukia killed many thousands of people in the USSR in 1944-1947; although fungal toxicity was suspected by 1950, the causal agent, T-2 toxin, was not clearly recognised for another 25 years. Forgacs and Carll (1952), in a prophetic article, warned of the danger from common spoilage fungi, but it was not until 1960, when the famous “Turkey X” disease killed 100,000 turkey poults in Great Britain, and various other disasters followed in rapid succession, that the Western world became aware that common spoilage moulds could produce significant toxins. Since 1960 a seemingly endless stream of toxigenic fungi and potentially toxic compounds has been discovered. On these grounds alone, the statement ”It’s only a mould” is no longer acceptable to food microbiologist, health inspector or consumer. The demand for accurate identification and characterisation of food spoilage fungi has become urgent. In the flurry of research into mycotoxins, however, it must not be forgotten that food spoilage as such

    J.I. Pitt, A.D. Hocking, Fungi and Food Spoilage, DOI 10.1007/978-0-387-92207-2_1, Ó Springer ScienceþBusiness Media, LLC 2009

    1

    2

    the process applied. As examples we can take Polypaecilum pisce on salt fish, Xeromyces bisporus on fruit cake, Cladosporium herbarum on refrigerated meat, Zygosaccharomyces bailii in pserved juices, Z. rouxii in jams and fruit concentrates, Aspergillus flavus on peanuts, Eurotium chevalieri on hazel nuts, Penicillium roqueforti on cheeses, Byssochlamys fulva in acid canned foods . . . the list of quite specific food – fungus associations is extensive. The study of such associations is one of the more important branches of the young discipline, food mycology. This book sets out to document current knowledge on the interaction of foods and fungi, in the context of spoilage and toxicity, not food production or biotechnology. Four aspects are examined. First, ecology: what factors in foods select for particular kinds of fungi? A chapter is devoted to the physical and chemical parameters which influence the growth of fungi in foods. Second, methodology: how do we isolated fungi from foods? What are the best media to use? How do we go about identifying food spoilage fungi? Third, the commodity: what fungi are usually associated with a particular food? Here ecological factors interact to produce a more or less specific habitat. Major classes of foods and their associated spoilage fungi are described. Finally, the fungus: what fungus is that? In a series of chapters, the main food spoilage moulds and yeasts are described and keyed, together with others commonly associated with food but not noted for spoilage. Where possible, further information is

    1

    Introduction

    given on known habitats and sources, physiology, heat resistance, etc., together with a selective bibliography. Accurate information on mycotoxin production is also included. As far as possible, the pcise terminology for fungal structures used by the pure mycologist and indeed most necessary for him has been avoided in these chapters. Some concepts and terms are of course essential: these have been introduced as needed and are listed in a glossary. The taxonomic sections of this book are designed to facilitate identification of food spoilage and common food contaminant fungi. A standardised plating regimen is used, originally developed for the identification of Penicillium species (Pitt, 1979b) and extended here to other genera relevant to the food industry. Under this regimen, cultures are incubated for 1 week at 5, 25 and 378C on a single standard medium and at 258C on two others. In conjunction with the appropriate keys, this system will enable identification of most foodborne fungi to species level in just 7 days. For a few kinds of fungi, notably yeasts and xerophiles, subsequent growth under other more specialised conditions will be necessary. Finally, this book is dedicated to the general food microbiologist. May it help to restore equilibrium and assist in continued employment, when the quality assurance manager demands: ”What is it?” . . . ”How did it get in?” . . . ”What does it do?” . . . ”How do we get rid of it?” . . . and, worst of all . . . ”Is it toxic?”

    Chapter 2

    The Ecology of Fungal Food Spoilage

    Food is not commonly regarded as an ecosystem, perhaps on the basis that it is not a ”natural” system. Nevertheless an ecosystem it is and an important one, because food plants and the fungi that colonise their fruiting parts (seeds and fruit) have been co-evolving for millennia. The seed and nut caches of rodents have provided a niche for the development of storage fungi. Fallen fruit, as they go through the cycle of decay and desiccation, have provided substrate for a range of fungi. Humans have aided and abetted the development of food spoilage fungi through their vast and varied food stores. It can be argued, indeed, some rapidly evolving organisms, such as haploid asexual fungi, are moving into niches created by man’s exploitation of certain plants as food. Food by its very nature is expected to be nutritious: therefore, food is a rich habitat for microorganisms, in contrast with the great natural systems, soil, water and plants. Given the right physico-chemical conditions, only the most fastidious microorganisms are incapable of growth in foods, so that factors other than nutrients usually select for particular types of microbial populations. Perhaps the most important of these factors relates to the biological state of the food. Living foods, particularly fresh fruits, vegetables, and also grains and nuts before harvest, possess powerful defence mechanisms against microbial invasion. The study of the spoilage of such fresh foods is more properly a branch of plant pathology than food microbiology. The overriding factor determining spoilage of a fresh, living food is the ability of specific microorganisms to overcome defence mechanisms. Generally speaking, then, spoilage of

    fresh foods is limited to particular species. Such specific relationships between fresh food and fungus are discussed in Chapter 11 and under particular species. Other kinds of foods are moribund, dormant or nonliving, and the factors which govern spoilage are physical and chemical. There are eight principal factors: (l) water activity; (2) hydrogen ion concentration; (3) temperature – of both processing and storage; (4) gas tension, specifically of oxygen and carbon dioxide; (5) consistency; (6) nutrient status; (7) specific solute effects; and (8) pservatives. Each will be discussed in turn below.

    2.1 Water Activity Water availability in foods is most readily measured as water activity. Water activity (aw), is a physicochemical concept, introduced to microbiologists by Scott (1957), who showed that aw effectively quantified the relationship between moisture in foods and the ability of microorganisms to grow on them. Water activity is defined as a ratio: aw ¼ p=po ; where p is the partial pssure of water vapour in the test material and po is the saturation vapour pssure of pure water under the same conditions.

    J.I. Pitt, A.D. Hocking, Fungi and Food Spoilage, DOI 10.1007/978-0-387-92207-2_2, Ó Springer ScienceþBusiness Media, LLC 2009

    3

    4

    2

    Water activity is numerically equal to equilibrium relative humidity (ERH) expssed as a decimal. If a sample of food is held at constant temperature in a sealed enclosure until the water in the sample equilibrates with the water vapour in the enclosed air space (Fig. 2.1a), then aw ðfoodÞ ¼ ERH ðairÞ=100: Conversely, if the ERH of the air is controlled in a suitable way, as by a saturated salt solution, at equilibrium the aw of the food will be numerically equal to the generated ERH (Fig. 2.1b). In this way, aw can be experimentally controlled, and the relation of aw to moisture (the sorption isotherm) can be studied. For further information on water activity, its measurement and significance in foods see Duckworth (1975); Pitt (1975); Troller and Christian (1978); Rockland and Beuchat (1987). In many practical situations, aw is the dominant environmental factor governing food stability or spoilage. A knowledge of fungal water relations will then enable pdiction both of the shelf life of foods and of potential spoilage fungi. Although the water relations of many fungi will be considered inpidually in later chapters, it is pertinent here to provide an overview. Like all other organisms, fungi are profoundly affected by the availability of water. On the aw scale, life as we know it exists over the range 0.9999þ to 0.60 (Table 2.1). Growth of animals is virtually confined to 1.0-0.99 aw; the permanent wilt point of mesophytic plants is near 0.98 aw; and most microorganisms cannot

    Fig. 2.1 The concept of water activity (aw) (a) the relationship between aw and equilibrium relative humidity (ERH); (b) one method of controlling aw by means of a saturated salt solution, which generates a specific ERH at a specific constant temperature

    The Ecology of Fungal Food Spoilage

    grow below 0.95 aw. A few halophilic algae and bacteria can grow in saturated sodium chloride (0.75 aw), but are confined to salty environments. Ascomycetous fungi and conidial fungi of ascomycetous origin comprise most of the organisms capable of growth below 0.9 aw. Fungi capable of growth at low aw, in the psence of extraordinarily high solute concentrations both inside and out, must be ranked as among the most highly evolved organisms on earth. Even among the fungi, this evolutionary path must have been of the utmost complexity: the ability to grow at low aw is confined to only a handful of genera (Pitt, 1975). The degree of tolerance to low aw is most simply expssed in terms of the minimum aw at which germination and growth can occur. Fungi able to grow at low aw are termed xerophiles: one widely used definition is that a xerophile is a fungus able to grow below 0.85 aw under at least one set of environmental conditions (Pitt, 1975). Xerophilic fungi will be discussed in detail in Chapter 9. Information about the water relations of many fungi remains fragmentary, but where it is known it has been included in later chapters.

    2.2 Hydrogen Ion Concentration At high water activities, fungi compete with bacteria as food spoilers. Here pH plays the decisive role. Bacteria flourish near neutral pH and fungi cannot compete unless some other factor, such as low water

    2.3 Temperature

    5

    Table 2.1 Water activity and microbial water relations in perspectivea aw

    Perspective

    Foods

    1.00

    Blood, plant wilt point, seawater

    0.95

    Most bacteria

    Vegetables meat, milk fruit Bread

    0.90 0.85 0.80

    Staphylococcus aureus

    Ham Dry salami

    0.75

    Salt lake Halophiles

    0.70

    Jams Salt fish Fruit cake Confectionery Dried fruit Dry grains

    Moulds

    Yeasts

    Basidiomycetes Most soil fungi Mucorales Fusarium Rhizopus, Cladosporium Aspergillus flavus Xerophilic Penicillia Xerophilic Aspergilli Wallemia Eurotium Chrysosporium Eurotium halophilicum

    Basidiomycetes Most ascomycetes Zygosaccharomyces rouxii (salt) Zygosaccharomyces bailii Debaryomyces hansenii

    0.65 Xeromyces bisporus Zygosaccharomyces rouxii (sugar) 0.60 DNA disordered a Modified from data of J.I. Pitt as reported by Brown (1974). Water activities shown for microorganisms approximate minima for growth reported in the literature.

    activity or a pservative, renders the environment hostile to the bacteria. As pH is reduced below about 5, growth of bacteria becomes progressively less likely. Lactic acid bacteria are exceptional, as they remain competitive with fungi in some foods down to about pH 3.5. Most fungi are little affected by pH over a broad range, commonly 3-8 (Wheeler et al., 1991). Some conidial fungi are capable of growth down to pH 2, and yeasts down to pH 1.5. However, as pH moves away from the optimum, usually about pH 5, the effect of other growth limiting factors may become apparent when superimposed on pH. Figure 2.2 is an impssion of the combined influence of pH and aw on microbial growth: few accurate data points exist and the diagram is schematic. For heat-processed foods, pH 4.5 is of course critical: heat processing to destroy the spores of Clostridium botulinum also destroys all fungal spores. In acid packs, below pH 4.5, less severe processes may permit survival of heat-resistant fungal spores (Section 2.3).

    2.3 Temperature The influence of temperature in food pservation and spoilage has two separate facets: temperatures during processing and those existing during storage.

    As noted above, heat-resistant fungal spores may survive pasteurising processes given to acid foods. Apart from a few important species, little information exists on the heat resistance of fungi. Much of the information that does exist must be interpted with care, as heating menstrua and conditions can vary markedly, and these may profoundly affect heat resistance. High levels of sugars are generally protective (Beuchat and Toledo, 1977). Low pH and pservatives increase the effect of heat (Beuchat, 1981a, b; Rajashekhara et al., 2000) and also hinder resuscitation of damaged cells (Beuchat and Jones, 1978). Ascospores of filamentous fungi are more heat resistant than conidia (Pitt and Christian, 1970; Table 2.2). Although not strictly comparable, data of Put et al. (1976) indicate that the heat resistance of yeast ascospores and vegetative cells is of the same order as that of fungal conidia. Among the ascomycetous fungi, Byssochlamys species are notorious for spoiling heat processed fruit products (Olliver and Rendle, 1934; Richardson, 1965). The heat resistance of B. fulva ascospores varies markedly with isolate and heating conditions (Beuchat and Rice, 1979): a D value between 1 and 12 min at 908C (Bayne and Michener, 1979) and a z value of 6-7C8 (King et al., 1969) are practical working ps. The heat resistance of

    6

    2

    The Ecology of Fungal Food Spoilage

    Fig. 2.2 A schematic diagram showing the combined influence of water activity and pH on microbial growth

    B. nivea ascospores is marginally lower (Beuchat and Rice, 1979; Kotzekidou, 1997a). Ascospores of Neosartorya fischeri have a similar heat resistance to those of Byssochlamys fulva, but have been reported less frequently as a cause of food spoilage. Heat resistant fungi are discussed further in Chapter 4. Food products may be stored at ambient temperatures, in which case pvention of spoilage relies on other parameters, or under refrigeration, where temperature is expected to play a pservative

    role. Food frozen to -108C or below appears to be microbiologically stable, despite some reports of fungal growth at lower temperatures. The lowest temperatures for fungal growth are in the range -7 to 08C, for species of Fusarium, Cladosporium, Penicillium and Thamnidium (Pitt and Hocking, 1997). Nonsterile food stored at ca. 58C in domestic refrigerators, where conditions of high humidity pvail, will eventually be spoiled by fungi of these genera. At high aw and neutral pH, psychrophilic bacteria may also be important (mostly Pseudomonas species).

    Table 2.2 Comparative heat resistance of ascospores and conidiaa Survivors (%) Fungus

    Spore type

    Initial viable count/ml

    Ascospores 5.0 102 Conidia 7.3 102 Eurotium chevalieri Ascospores 1.0 103 Conidia 8.9 102 Xeromyces bisporus Ascospores 1.0 103 Aspergillus candidus Conidia 3.8 102 Wallemia sebi Conidia 7.1 102 a Heated at temperatures shown for 10 min. Data from Pitt and Christian (1970). Eurotium amstelodami

    508C

    608C

    708C

    93 107 103 128 93 102 42

    85 0.3 62 0.1 30 0 0

    3 0 21 0 0.3 0 0

    2.4 Gas Tension

    Thermophilic fungi, i.e. those which grow only at high temperatures, are rarely of significance in food spoilage. If overheating of commodities occurs, however, in situations such as damp grain, thermophiles can be a very serious problem. Thermotolerant fungi, i.e. species able to grow at both moderate and high temperatures, are of much greater significance. Aspergillus flavus and A. niger, able to grow between ca. 8 and 458C, are among the most destructive moulds known.

    2.4 Gas Tension Food spoilage moulds, like almost all other filamentous fungi, have an absolute requirement for oxygen. However, many species appear to be efficient oxygen scavengers, so that the total amount of oxygen available, rather than the oxygen tension, determines growth. The concentration of oxygen dissolved in the substrate has a much greater influence on fungal growth than atmospheric oxygen tension (Miller and Golding, 1949). For example, Penicillium expansum grows virtually normally in 2.1% oxygen over its entire temperature range (Golding, 1945), and many other common food spoilage fungi are inhibited only slightly when grown in nitrogen atmospheres containing approximately 1.0% oxygen (Hocking, 1990). Paecilomyces variotii produced normal colonies at 258C under 650 mm of vacuum (Pitt, unpublished). Most food spoilage moulds appear to be sensitive to high levels of carbon dioxide, although there are notable exceptions. When maintained in an atmosphere of 80% carbon dioxide and 4.2% oxygen, Penicillium roqueforti still grew at 30% of the rate in air (Golding, 1945), provided that the temperature was above 208C. In 40% CO2 and 1% O2, P. roqueforti grew at almost 90% of the rate in air (Taniwaki et al., 2001a). Xeromyces bisporus has been reported to grow in similar levels of carbon dioxide (Dallyn and Everton, 1969). Byssochlamys species appear to be particularly tolerant of conditions of reduced oxygen and/or elevated carbon dioxide. Growth of Byssochlamys nivea was little affected by replacement of nitrogen in air by carbon dioxide, and growth in carbon dioxide-air mixtures was proportional only to

    7

    oxygen concentration, at least up to 90% carbon dioxide (Yates et al., 1967). Both Byssochlamys nivea and B. fulva were capable of growth in atmospheres containing 20, 40 or 60% carbon dioxide with less than 0.5% oxygen, but inhibition increased with increasing carbon dioxide concentration (Taniwaki et al., 2001a). Byssochlamys fulva is capable of growth in 0.27% oxygen, but not in its total absence (King et al., 1969). It is also capable of fermentation in fruit products, but psumably only if some oxygen is psent. At least some species of Mucor, Rhizopus and Fusarium are able to grow and ferment in bottled liquid products and sometimes cause fermentative spoilage. Growth under these conditions may be yeast-like. Species of Mucor, Rhizopus and Amylomyces used as starter cultures in Asian fermented foods can grow under anaerobic conditions, demonstrated by growth in an anaerobe jar with a hydrogen and carbon dioxide generator (Hesseltine et al., 1985). Other authors have reported growth under anaerobic conditions of such fungi as Mucor species, Absidia spinosa, Geotrichum candidum, Fusarium oxysporum and F. solani (Stotzky and Goos, 1965; Curtis, 1969; Taniwaki, 1995). The yeast-like fungus Moniliella acetoabutans can cause fermentative spoilage under totally anaerobic conditions (Stolk and Dakin, 1966). As a generalisation, however, it is still correct to state that most food spoilage problems due to filamentous fungi occur under aerobic conditions, or at least where oxygen tension is appciable, due to leakage or diffusion through packaging. In contrast, Saccharomyces species, Zygosaccharomyces species and other fermentative yeasts are capable of growth in the complete absence of oxygen. Indeed, S. cerevisiae and Z. bailii can continue fermentation under several atmospheres pssure of carbon dioxide. This property of S. cerevisiae has been harnessed by mankind for his own purposes, in the manufacture of bread and many kinds of fermented beverages. Z. bailii, on the other hand, is notorious for its ability to continue fermenting at reduced water activities in the psence of high levels of pservatives. Fermentation of juices and fruit concentrates may continue until carbon dioxide pssure causes container distortion or explosion. The closely related species Zygosaccharomyces rouxii is a xerophile and causes

    8

    spoilage of low-moisture liquid or packaged products such as fruit concentrates, jams and dried fruit. The difference in oxygen requirements between moulds and fermentative yeasts is one of the main factors determining the kind of spoilage a particular commodity will undergo.

    2.6 Nutrient Status As noted in the pamble to this chapter, the nutrient status of most foods is adequate for the growth of any spoilage microorganism. Generally speaking, however, it appears that fungal metabolism is best suited to substrates high in carbohydrates, whereas bacteria are more likely to spoil proteinaceous foods. Lactobacilli are an exception. Most common mould species appear to be able to assimilate any food-derived carbon source with the exception of hydrocarbons and highly condensed polymers such as cellulose and lignin. Most moulds are equally indifferent to nitrogen source, using nitrate, ammonium ions or organic nitrogen sources with equal ease. Some species achieve only limited growth if amino acids or proteins must provide both carbon and nitrogen. A few isolates classified in Penicillium subgen. Biverticillium are unable to utilise nitrate (Pitt, 1979b).

    2

    The Ecology of Fungal Food Spoilage

    Some xerophilic fungi are known to be more demanding. Ormerod (1967) showed that growth of Wallemia sebi was strongly stimulated by proline. Xerophilic Chrysosporium species and Xeromyces bisporus also require complex nutrients, but the factors involved have not been defined (Pitt, 1975). Yeasts are often fastidious. Many are unable to assimilate nitrate or complex carbohydrates; a few, Zygosaccharomyces bailii being an example, cannot grow with sucrose as a sole source of carbon. Some require vitamins. These factors limit to some extent the kinds of foods susceptible to spoilage by yeasts. A further point on nutrients in foods is worth making here. Certain foods (or nonfoods) lack nutrients essential for the growth of spoilage fungi. Addition of nutrient, for whatever reason, can turn a safe product into a costly failure. Two cases from our own experience illustrate this point, both involving spoilage by the pservativeresistant yeast Zygosaccharomyces bailii. In the first, a highly acceptable (and nutritious) carbonated beverage containing 25% fruit juice was eventually forced from the Australian market because it was impractical to ppare it free of occasional Z. bailii cells. Effective levels of pservative could not be added legally and pasteurisation damaged its flavour. Substitution of the fruit juice with artificial flavour and colour removed the nitrogen source for the yeast. A spoilage free product resulted, at the cost of any nutritional value and a great reduction in consumer acceptance. The other case concerned a popular water-ice confection, designed for home freezing. This confection contained sucrose as a sweetener and a pservative effective against yeasts utilising sucrose. One production season the manufacturer decided, for consumer appeal, to add glucose to the formulation. The glucose provided a carbon source for Zygosaccharomyces bailii, and as a result several months production, valued at hundreds of thousands of dollars, was lost due to fermentative spoilage.

    2.7 Specific Solute Effects As stated earlier, microbial growth under conditions of reduced water availability is most satisfactorily described in terms of aw. However,

    2.9 Conclusions: Food Preservation

    the particular solutes psent in foods can exert additional effects on the growth of fungi. Scott (1957) reported that Eurotium (Aspergillus) amstelodami grew 50% faster at its optimal aw (0.96) when aw was controlled by glucose rather than magnesium chloride, sodium chloride or glycerol. Pitt and Hocking (1977) showed a similar effect for Eurotium chevalieri and reported that the extreme xerophiles Chrysosporium fastidium and Xeromyces bisporus grew poorly if at all in media containing sodium chloride as the major solute. In contrast Pitt and Hocking (1977) and Hocking and Pitt (1979) showed that germination and growth of several species of Aspergillus and Penicillium was little affected when medium aw was controlled with glucose-fructose, glycerol or sodium chloride. Zygosaccharomyces rouxii, the second most xerophilic organism known, has been reported to grow down to 0.62 aw in fructose (von Schelhorn, 1950). Its minimum aw for growth in sodium chloride is reportedly much higher, 0.85 aw (Onishi, 1963). Some fungi are halophilic, being well adapted to salty environments such as salted fish. Basipetospora halophila and Polypaecilum pisce grow more rapidly in media containing NaCl as controlling solute (Andrews and Pitt, 1987; Wheeler et al., 1988c). Such fungi have been called halophilic xerophiles to distinguish them from obligately halophilic bacteria.

    2.8 Preservatives Obviously, pservatives for use in foods must be safe for human consumption. Under this constraint, food technologists in most countries are limited to the use of weak acid pservatives: benzoic, sorbic, nitrous, sulphurous, acetic and propionic acids – or, less commonly, their esters. In the concentrations permitted by most food laws, these acids are useful only at pH levels up to their pKa plus one pH unit, because to be effective they must be psent as the undissociated acid. For studies of the mechanism of action of weak acid pservatives see Warth (1977, 1991); Brul and Coote (1999); Stratford and Anslow (1998) and Stratford and Lambert (1999).

    9

    The use of chemical pservatives in foods is limited by law in most countries to relatively low levels and to specific foods. A few fungal species possess mechanisms of resistance to weak acid pservatives, the most notable being Zygosaccharomyces bailii. This yeast is capable of growth and fermentation in fruit-based cordials of pH 2.9-3, of 458C Brix and containing 800 mg/L of benzoic acid (Pitt and Hocking, 1997). The yeast-like fungus Moniliella acetoabutans can grow in the psence of 4% acetic acid and survive in 10% (Pitt and Hocking, 1997). Of the filamentous fungi, Penicillium roqueforti appears to be especially resistant to weak acid pservatives and this property has been suggested as a useful aid to isolation and identification (Engel and Teuber, 1978).

    2.9 Conclusions: Food Preservation It is evident from the above discussion that the growth of fungi in a particular food is governed largely by a series of physical and chemical parameters, and definition of these can assist greatly in assessing the food’s stability. The situation in practice is made more complex by the fact that such factors frequently do not act independently, but synergistically. If two or more of the factors outlined above act simultaneously, the food may be safer than expected. This has been described by Leistner and Rodel (1976) as the ”hurdle concept”. ¨ This concept has been evaluated carefully for some commodities such as fermented sausages and is now widely exploited in the production of shelf stable bakery goods and acid sauces. For most fungi, knowledge remains meagre about the influence of the eight parameters discussed here on germination and growth. However, sufficient information is now available that some rationale for spoilage of specific commodities by certain fungi can be attempted, especially where one or two parameters are of overriding importance. This topic is considered in later chapters devoted to particular commodities.

    “This page left intentionally blank.”

    Chapter 3

    Naming and Classifying Fungi

    As with other living organisms, the name applied to any fungus is a binomial, a capitalised genus name followed by a lower case species name, both written in italics or underlined. The classification of organisms in genera and species was a concept introduced by Linneaus in 1753 and it is the keystone of biological science. It is as fundamental to the biologist as Arabic decimal numeration is to the mathematician. Here the analogy ends: the concept of ”base 10” is rigorous; the concept of a species, fundamental as it is, is subjective and dependent on the knowledge and concepts of the biologist who described it.

    3.1 Taxonomy and Nomenclature: Biosystematics Once biologists began to describe species and to assemble them into genera, questions about their relationships began to arise: is species x described by Jones in 1883 the same as species y described by Smith in 1942? Does species z, clearly distinct from x and y in some characters, belong to the same genus? The study of these relationships is termed taxonomy. Modern taxonomy is based on sound scientific principles, but still involves subjective judgment. When the decision is made that species x and species y are the same, however, the taxonomist must follow clearly established procedures in deciding which name must be used (”has priority”). The application of these procedures is termed nomenclature and, for fungi, plants and algae, is governed by the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (ICBN). The ICBN is a relatively complex document of about 70 Articles dealing with all aspects of

    correctly naming plants, algae and fungi. It is amended every 6 years by special sessions at each International Botanical Congress and is republished thereafter. The 17th version of the ICBN (the Vienna code) is the most recently published (McNeill et al., 2006). The ICBN impinges only indirectly on the work of the practicing mycologist or microbiologist. It is nevertheless of vital importance to the orderly naming of all plant life; to ignore the ICBN is to invite chaos. Where confusion arises over the correct name for a botanical species – a constant source of irritation to the nontaxonomist – it stems usually from one of three causes: indecision by, or disagreement among, taxonomists on what constitutes a particular species; incorrect application of the provisions of the ICBN; or ignorance of earlier literature. To return to our example, when species x and species y are seen to be the same, x has priority because it was published earlier; y becomes a synonym of x. Important synonyms are often listed after a name to aid the user of a taxonomy, and this procedure has been followed here. Through ignorance, the same species name may be used more than once, for example, Penicillium thomii Maire 1915 and P. thomii K.M. Zalessky 1927. The name P. thomii has been given to two quite different fungi. Clearly P. thomii Maire has priority; the later name is not valid. To avoid ambiguity, correct practice in scientific publication is to cite the author of a species at first mention, and before any formal description. The ICBN provides rules to govern change of genus name also. In our example, if species z is transferred to the genus to which species x and y belong, it retains its species name but takes the new

    J.I. Pitt, A.D. Hocking, Fungi and Food Spoilage, DOI 10.1007/978-0-387-92207-2_3, Ó Springer ScienceþBusiness Media, LLC 2009

    11

    12

    3

    Naming and Classifying Fungi

    genus name. The original author of the name z is placed in brackets after the species name, followed by the name of the author who transferred it to the correct genus. For example, Citromyces glaber Wehmer 1893 became Penicillium glabrum (Wehmer) Westling 1893 on transfer to Penicillium by Westling in 1911. Note the use of Latinised names: glaber (masculine) became glabrum (neuter) to agree with the gender of the genus to which it was transferred. Further points on the use of the ICBN arise from this example. P. glabrum retains its date of original publication, and therefore takes priority over P. frequentans Westling 1911 if the two species are combined. When Raper and Thom (1949) combined the two species, a taxonomically correct decision, they retained the name P. frequentans, which was nomenclaturally incorrect, causing confusion when Subramanian (1971) and Pitt (1979b) took up the correct name. It is worth pointing out that the confusion in this and similar situations arose from Raper and Thom’s action in ignoring the provisions of the ICBN, not from that of later taxonomists who correctly interpted it.

    connection between the Ascomycetes, the fungi that produce sexual spores in sacks, and the Deuteromycetes, where spores are always asexual, has been known for a long time. However, molecular taxonomy has provided the fundamental assurance needed to make this change. From the point of view of the food mycologist, this is a mixed blessing. The demands of the molecular systematists may yet make the taxonomy of foodborne fungi even more complicated. The taxonomic system used here is believed to be both practical and in line with the current ”best practice” of the nomenclaturalists. The hierarchical subpisions in Kingdom Fungi of interest in the psent context are shown below, using as examples three genera and species important in food spoilage:

    3.2 Hierarchical Naming

    Note that names of genera, species and varieties are italicised or underlined, while higher taxonomic ranks are not. Three subkingdoms of the kingdom Fungi include genera of significance in food spoilage. As indicated in the examples above, these are Zygomycotina, Ascomycotina and (much less commonly) Basidiomycotina. Fungi from each of these subkingdoms have quite distinct properties, shared with other genera and species from the same subkingdom. Unlike other texts, this book will not rely on initial recognition of a correct subkingdom before identification of genus and species can be undertaken. Nevertheless, identification of the subkingdom can provide valuable information about a fungus, so the principal properties of these three subkingdoms are described below.

    A given biological entity, or taxon in modern terminology, can be given a hierarchy of names: a cluster of related species is grouped in a genus, of related genera in families, of families in orders, orders in classes, and classes in subkingdoms. Similarly a species can be pided into smaller entities: subspecies, varieties and formae speciales (a term usually reserved for plant pathogens). In most modern classifications, the fungi are ranked, like plants and animals, as a separate kingdom. Traditionally, fungi have been pided into several subkingdoms, based on spore type and some environmental considerations. Modern molecular methods have revolutionised this. Fungi have been shown to be more closely related to animals than plants, where traditional taxonomy has always placed them. Some of the so-called ”lower fungi” have been shown not to be fungi of all (though mycologists will no doubt continue to study them). The most important change from the point of view of the food mycologist is the demise of the subkingdom Deuteromycotina, and its absorption (almost entirely) into the Ascomycotina. The

    Kingdom Subkingdom Class Order Family Genus Species Variety

    Fungi Zygomycotina Zygomycetes Mucorales Mucoraceae Rhizopus stolonifer

    Fungi Ascomycotina Plectomycetes Eurotiales Trichocomaceae Eurotium chevalieri intermedius

    Fungi Basidiomycotina Wallemiomycetes Wallemiales Wallemiaceae Wallemia sebi

    3.3 Zygomycotina Most fungi within the subkingdom Zygomycotina belong to the class Zygomycetes. Fungi in this class possess three distinctive properties:

    3.4 Ascomycotina

    1. Rapid growth. Most isolates grow very rapidly, often filling a Petri dish of malt extract agar with loose mycelium in 2-4 days. 2. Nonseptate mycelium. Actively growing mycelia are without septa (cross walls) and are essentially unobstructed. This allows rapid movement of cell contents, termed ”protoplasmic streaming”, which can be seen readily by transmitted light under the binocular microscope. In wet mounts the absence of septa is usually obvious (Fig. 3.1a). 3. Reproduction by sporangiospores. The reproductive structure characteristic of Zygomycetes is the sporangiospore, an asexually produced spore which in genera of interest here is usually produced inside a sac, the sporangium, on the end of a long specialised hypha. Sporangiospores are produced very rapidly. From the food spoilage point of view, the outstanding properties of Zygomycetes are very rapid growth, especially in fresh foods of high water activity; inability to grow at low water activities (no Zygomycetes are xerophiles); and lack of resistance to heat and chemical treatments. From the food safety point of view, Zygomycetes have rarely been reported to produce mycotoxins.

    3.4 Ascomycotina The subkingdom Ascomycotina is distinguished from Zygomycotina by a number of fundamental characters, the most conspicuous being the production of septate mycelium (Fig. 3.1b). Consequent on

    13

    this, growth of fungi in this subkingdom is usually slower than that of Zygomycetes, although there are some exceptions. Fungi in the subkingdom Ascomycotina, loosely called ”ascomycetes”, characteristically produce their reproductive structures, ascospores, within a sac called the ascus (plural, asci, Fig. 3.2a, b). In most fungi, nuclei normally exist in the haploid state. At one point in the ascomycete life cycle, diploid nuclei are produced by nuclear fusion, which may or may not be pceded by fusion of two mycelia. These nuclei undergo meiosis within the ascus, followed by a single mitotic pision and then differentiation into eight haploid ascospores. In most genera relevant to this work, asci can be recognised in stained wet mounts by their shape, which is spherical to ellipsoidal and smoothly rounded; size, which is generally 8-15 mm in diameter; and the psence when maturity approaches of eight ascospores tightly packed within their walls. At maturity asci often rupture to release the ascospores, which are thick walled, highly refractile, and often strikingly ornamented (Fig. 3.2c, d). Two other characteristics of asci are significant: generally they mature slowly, after incubation for 10 days or more at 258C, and they are usually borne within a larger, macroscopic body, the general term for which is ascocarp. Genera of interest here usually produce asci and ascospores within a spherical, smooth-walled body, the cleistothecium (Fig. 3.3a), or a body with hyphal walls, the gymnothecium (Fig. 3.3b). Ascospores are highly condensed, refractile spores, which are often resistant to heat, pssure

    Fig. 3.1 (a) Nonseptate mycelium of Syncephalastrum racemosum; (b) septate mycelium of Fusarium equiseti

    14

    3

    Naming and Classifying Fungi

    Fig. 3.2 Asci and ascocarps: (a) asci of Talaromyces species; (b) asci of Byssochlamys fulva; (c) ascospores of Eupenicillium alutaceum; (d) ascospores of Neosartorya quadricincta. Bars ¼ 5 mm

    and chemicals. Almost all xerophilic fungi are ascomycetes. Besides their sexual spores, ascospores, ascomycetes commonly produce asexual spores. Formed after mitotic nuclear pision, these spores are borne singly or in chains, in most genera of interest here from more or less specialised hyphal structures. The general term for this type of spore is conidium (plural, conidia), but other more specialised terms

    exist for specific kinds of conidia. Along the evolutionary process, some Ascomycetes with welldeveloped asexual stages lost the ability to produce ascospores, and rely entirely on conidia for dispersal. Conidia, and the specialised hyphae from which they are borne, are astonishingly perse in appearance. The size, shape and ornamentation of conidia and the complexity of the structures producing them

    Fig. 3.3 (a) Cleistothecia of Eupenicillium; (b) gymnothecia of Talaromyces. SEM. Bars = 50 mm

    3.7 Dual Nomenclature

    provide the basis for classification of Ascomycetes that no longer produce the ascosporic (sexual) stage. Lacking ascospores, conidial fungi are not usually heat resistant, but conidia may be quite resistant to chemicals. Some conidial fungi are xerophilic.

    3.5 Basidiomycotina The Subkingdom Basidiomycotina includes mushrooms, puffballs and the plant pathogenic rusts and smuts. Until recently it was not considered of any interest to the food mycologist. However, molecular studies indicate that the small brown species Wallemia sebi, long a curiosity because of its lack of resemblance to any other fungus, is a basidiomycete. It has no obvious phylogenetic affinity with any other genus and has now been classified in its own order, Wallemiales (Zalar et al., 2005). Only one other species of foodborne fungi, Trichosporonoides nigrescens Hocking and Pitt (1981), has a known affinity with this subkingdom.

    3.6 The Ascomycete – Conidial Fungus Connection It was established more than a century ago that many fungal species carry the genetic information to produce both ascospores and conidia. These two kinds of spores are produced by different mechanisms and have different functions, so they are not always formed simultaneously. Not surprisingly, mycologists sometimes have given different generic and species names to a single fungus producing both an ascosporic and a conidial state. The usage of these names under the ICBN depends on the circumstances under which they were originally given. Some of these circumstances are discussed briefly below. The ascomycete state, now usually referred to as the teleomorph, is regarded by nomenclaturalists as the more important reproductive state, and the name applied to the teleomorph should be used when the ascomycete state is psent. If the conidial state is also in evidence, the fungus is now a holomorph and is still correctly known by the teleomorph name. If the conidial state, known as the

    15

    anamorph, has a separate name, this strictly speaking applies to the conidial state. It should be used only when the ascomycete state is absent, or to refer specifically to the conidial state if the ascomycete is psent. However, the reader is warned that some anamorphic names are, and will continue to be, in common use for holomorphic fungi. Under the Articles of the ICBN, a generic name originally given to an anamorphic or conidial fungus cannot be used for a teleomorphic or ascomycetous fungus. For example, the name Penicillium, originally given to an anamorphic fungus with no known teleomorph, cannot be used for the teleomorphs later found to be produced by other Penicillium species. Such teleomorphs are classified in the genera Eupenicillium or Talaromyces, depending on whether ascospores are produced in cleistothecia or gymnothecia. Correct species names for the ascomycetous and conidial states of a single holomorphic fungus may or may not be the same, depending both on the circumstance in which the names were originally given, and on later synonymy. For example, Eupenicillium ochrosalmoneum Scott and Stolk and Penicillium ochrosalmoneum Udagawa refer to the teleomorph and anamorph of a single fungus. Udagawa (1959) described the anamorph; the teleomorph was later found, in the same isolate, by Scott and Stolk (1967). On the other hand, the anamorph of Eupenicillium cinnamopurpureum Scott and Stolk (1967) is Penicillium phoeniceum van Beyma (1933), with P. cinnamopurpureum Abe ex Udagawa (1959) as a synonym. Scott and Stolk (1967) found a teleomorph in Udagawa’s P. cinnamopurpureum; Pitt (1979b) later showed that this species was a synonym of the earlier P. phoeniceum. E. cinnamopurpureum, the first name applied to the teleomorph, is unaffected by this change in the anamorph name. In passing, note that ”Abe ex Udagawa” indicates invalid (incomplete) publication of this species by Abe, with validation later by Udagawa. The species dates from the year of validation.

    3.7 Dual Nomenclature An important point here is that some isolates of Penicillium phoeniceum regularly produce the teleomorphic state Eupenicillium cinnamopurpureum, while

    16

    others, taxonomically indistinguishable, fail to produce a teleomorph at all. Because of this, it is essential to have a separate name for teleomorph and anamorph. The system of two names for a single fungus, known as dual nomenclature, has a place in the classification of fungi despite its apparent complexity. In the descriptions in later chapters, fungi for which both teleomorphs and anamorphs are known have both names listed. As noted above, if both states are found in a particular isolate, the teleomorph name is the more appropriate: to use that given to the anamorph is not incorrect, but this name is more sensibly applied to the conidial state only. Dual nomenclature would be relatively simple if the relationship between anamorph and teleomorph was always one to one. This is not the case. As has already been mentioned, species classified in Penicillium may produce teleomorphs in two genera, Eupenicillium and Talaromyces. On the other hand Talaromyces produces anamorphs in two genera, Penicillium and Paecilomyces. Aspergillus is the anamorph of eight or ten teleomorphic genera. Most teleomorph-anamorph relationships encountered in food mycology belong to the genera mentioned here. These relationships will be described where necessary under these particular genera.

    3.8 Practical Classification of Fungi Fungi are classified in a vast array of orders, families, genera and species. Among natural organisms, the numbers of taxa of fungi are rivalled only by those of the flowering plants and insects. Estimates of fungal species range as high as 1.5 million; only 5% of this number have so far been described (Hawksworth, 1991). Many fungi are highly specialised. Some will grow only in particular environments such as soil or water; many are obligate parasites and require a specific host, such as a particular plant species, and will not grow in artificial culture; many grow only in association with plant roots. From the point of view of the food microbiologist, these kinds of fungi are irrelevant. In one sense, most fungi which spoil foods are also highly specialised, their speciality being the ability to obtain nutrients from, and hence grow on, dead, dormant or moribund plant material more or less regardless of source. The

    3

    Naming and Classifying Fungi

    principal factors influencing food spoilage by fungi are physico-chemical and have already been outlined in Chapter 2. The point being made here is that food spoilage fungi are classified in just a few orders and a relative handful of genera. For this reason there is much to be said for food mycologists avoiding the use of a traditional, hierarchical classification as outlined above and employing a less formal approach to the identification of the fungi of interest to them. In the psent work, this pragmatic approach has been followed as far as possible:

    The use of specialised terms has been kept to a

    minimum, while being cognisant of the need for clarity of expssion. Hierarchical classification has been avoided as far as possible, consistent with retaining a logical approach to the psentation of fungi which are related or of similar appearance. Identification procedures used have been designed to be simple and comphensible, avoiding the use of specialised equipment or procedures unavailable in the routine laboratory. To this end, identification of nearly all species included in this work is based entirely on inoculation of a single series of Petri dishes, incubation under carefully standardised conditions and examination by traditional light microscopy. A standard plating regimen has been used for the initial examination of all isolates (except yeasts), so that identification procedures can be carried out without foreknowledge of genus or even subkingdom. Cultural characters, which can be broadly defined as the application of microbiological techniques to mycology, have been used throughout.

    The use of cultural characters has long been implicit in the study of fungi in pure culture on artificial substrates, especially in such genera as Aspergillus and Penicillium, genera of paramount importance in food spoilage. In Penicillium, cultural characters have been used as taxonomic criteria since the turn of the 20th century, but have assumed greater importance through the work of Pitt (1973, 1979b), who used the measurement of colony diameters, following incubation under standardised conditions, as a taxonomic criterion. The use of

    3.8 Practical Classification of Fungi

    pure culture techniques and growth data in fungal taxonomy is now widespad. Food microbiologists, the primary audience for this book, are familiar with cultural techniques and the use of a wide range of media and varied incubation conditions, so the authors make no apology for the taxonomic approach used in the psent work. This approach is a logical extension of the system used by the first author in Penicillium taxonomy and which has been found to have a much broader applicability. In the field of mycology, different genera have been studied by many different people of varied backgrounds and for different reasons. Consequently, keys and descriptions have been based on a wide variety of media, often traditional formulations incorporating all sorts of natural products. This heterogeneity makes comparisons difficult

    17

    and adds unnecessary complexity to the task of the nonspecialist confronted with a range of fungal genera. The approach used here has been to examine every isolate (excluding yeasts) by a single system: inoculation onto a standard set of Petri dishes and examination of them culturally and microscopically after 7 days incubation. Most of the genera and species included in this book can be identified immediately, at that point. Only in exceptional cases has it been found necessary to reinoculate isolates onto a further set of media in order to complete identification. The exceptional fungi are first the xerophiles, many of which grow poorly if at all on the standard media, and, second, genera such as Fusarium and Trichoderma, in which some species cannot readily be differentiated on the standard regimen. Details of the techniques used are given in Chapter 4.

    “This page left intentionally blank.”

    Chapter 4

    Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    This chapter describes techniques and media suitable for the enumeration, isolation and identification of fungi from foods. Some techniques are similar to those used in food bacteriology; others have been developed to meet the particular needs of food mycology. Most of the media have been specifically formulated for foodborne fungi. The approach taken here is designed to provide a systematic basis for the study of food mycology. In 1984 a group of about 30 of the world’s foremost scientists in food mycology met in Boston, Massachusetts, USA, to hear and discuss a wide range of psentations that explored many aspects of methodology in food mycology. Agreement was reached on broad issues and areas requiring further work pinpointed. The proceedings were published as ”Methods for the Mycological Examination of Food” (King et al., 1986). At a second workshop, held in Baarn, the Netherlands, in 1990, results of a number of collaborative studies on media and methods were psented and some standardised protocols developed. The proceedings, published as ”Modern Methods in Food Mycology” (Samson et al., 1992), provided a comphensive overview of current thinking in this field. The working group which organised those two workshops was then formalised as the International Commission on Food Mycology (ICFM), a commission under the auspices of the Mycology Division of the International Union of Microbiological Societies (IUMS). ICFM is dedicated to international standardisation of methods in food mycology. Subsequent ICFM workshops were held in Copenhagen, Denmark (1994), Uppsala, Sweden (1998), Samsø, Denmark (2003) and Key West,

    Florida (2007). Papers from the third and fourth workshops were published in the International Journal of Food Microbiology and the proceedings of the fifth (Samsø) workshop were published as ”Advances in Food Mycology” (Hocking et al., 2006a). The methodology described below is based on recommendations from ICFM and repsents current thinking within the food mycology community. However, no formal endorsement from ICFM is implied.

    4.1 Sampling It must be emphasised at the outset that results from mycological assays of foods are only as good as the samples used. However, sampling is beyond the scope of this text. Excellent treatises on sampling plans for food bacteriological purposes have been produced by the International Commission on Microbiological Specifications for Foods (ICMSF, 1986, 2002) and are generally applicable to food mycology.

    4.2 Enumeration Techniques Quantification of the growth of filamentous fungi is more difficult than for bacteria or yeasts. Vegetative growth consists of hyphae, which are not readily detached from the substrate and which survive blending poorly. When sporulation occurs,

    J.I. Pitt, A.D. Hocking, Fungi and Food Spoilage, DOI 10.1007/978-0-387-92207-2_4, Springer ScienceþBusiness Media, LLC 2009

    19

    20

    very high numbers of spores may be produced, causing sharp rises in viable counts, often without any great increase in biomass. The estimation of fungal growth or biomass is not easy, because no primary standard exists (such as cell numbers used for yeasts and bacteria). Although techniques for quantifying biomass have improved in recent years, most food laboratories continue to rely on viable counting (dilution plating) for detecting and quantifying fungal growth in foods. As well as dilution plating, a second standard method, known as direct plating, has been developed for estimating fungal numbers and growth in foods. Both methods are described in detail below. Techniques for biomass estimation will be discussed later.

    4.2.1 Direct Plating Contributions at the international workshops mentioned above emphasised the use of direct plating as the pferred method for detecting, enumerating and isolating fungi from particulate foods such as grains and nuts. In direct plating, food particles are placed directly on solidified agar media. In most situations, particles should be surface disinfected before plating, as this removes the inevitable surface contamination arising from dust and other sources and permits recovery of the fungi actually growing in the particles. This process provides an effective measure of inherent mycological quality and permits assessment of the potential psence of mycotoxins as well. Surface disinfection should be omitted only where surface contaminants become part of the downstream mycoflora, for example, in grain intended for flour manufacture. Even here, surface disinfection before direct plating provides the most realistic appraisal of actual grain quality. Results from direct plating analyses are expssed as percentage infection of particles. The technique provides no direct indication of the extent of fungal invasion in inpidual particles. However, it is reasonable to assume that a high percentage infection is correlated with extensive invasion in the particles and a higher risk of mycotoxin occurrence.

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    The standard protocol recommended by the ICFM (Hocking et al., 2006a, p. 344) is given below, with amplification where necessary. Surface disinfection. Surface disinfection is carried out by immersing particles in a chlorine solution. Household chlorine bleach, nominally 4-5% active chlorine, is effective. Dilute the chlorine 1 to 10 with water before use, to provide an approximately 0.4% solution. Immerse particles for 2 min, stirring occasionally, then drain the chlorine. Chlorine solutions are rapidly denatured by organic matter, so it is important to use a surplus of chlorine solution (10 times the volume of the particles) and to use the solution only once. This process is conveniently carried out in 250-500 ml beakers. Place 50 or more particles in the beaker and add chlorine. To dislodge air bubbles, immediately stir with a pair of forceps, leaving them in the solution, and pferably cover the beaker with a watch glass. The watch glass simplifies decanting of the chlorine, and the forceps, disinfected by the chlorine, may be used to plate the particles. Studies in our laboratory have shown that the treatment outlined here may be inadequate under some conditions. In commodities such as peanuts or maize where high levels of Aspergillus flavus or Penicillium species may be psent, surface disinfection may be difficult. Here 2 min immersion in 70% ethanol followed by 2 min in 0.4% chlorine is recommended. Rinsing. After the chlorine is poured off, particles may be rinsed once with sterile water. Use a 1 min treatment, with stirring, then pour the water off. Again a watch glass should cover the beaker during this period, and the sterile forceps should be used for stirring. It is not clear whether rinsing fulfils any essential function. Early direct plating regimens used agents such as mercuric chloride for disinfection, and rinsing was essential to remove such toxic materials before they penetrated the particles too deeply. However, chlorine is effectively denatured by the particles and is believed to penetrate very little. In our opinion, the rinsing step can be omitted without loss of efficacy of the treatment, with savings in time and materials, and reduced risk of recontamination from the air. Plating. After disinfection and the optional rinse, particles should be plated onto solidified agar, at the rate of 6-20 particles per plate, depending on

    4.2 Enumeration Techniques

    particle size. Use the disinfected forceps. Plating should be carried out immediately: keep the watch glass on the beaker if this is not possible. Incubation. Incubate plates upright, under normal circumstances for 5 days at 258C. See more detailed notes below. Examination. After incubation, examine plates visually, count the numbers of infected particles and expss results as a percentage. Differential counting of various genera is often possible. Correct choice of media, a stereomicroscope and experience will all assist in this process.

    4.2.2 Dilution Plating Dilution plating is the appropriate method for mycological analysis of liquid or powdered foods. It is also suitable for grains intended for flour manufacture and other situations where total fungal contamination is relevant. Sample pparation. The two most common methods of sample pparation for dilution plating are stomaching and blending: stomaching is recommended by ICFM (King et al., 1986). The Colworth Stomacher (Sharpe and Jackson, 1972), or equivalent equipment (e.g. BagMixer1, Interscience, Saint Nom La Brete`che, France), is a very effective device for dispersing and separating fungi from finely pided materials such as flour and spices, and soft foods such as cheeses and meats, and its use is strongly recommended. Treatment time in the stomacher should be 2 min. Harder or particulate foods such as grains, nuts or dried foods, like dried vegetables, should be soaked before stomaching. Soaking times from 30 to 60 min are generally sufficient, but for extremely hard particles such as dried legumes, soaking for up to 3 h may be required. Comminution in a Waring Blender or similar machine is a suitable alternative for these types of samples and may give a more satisfactory homogenate. Blending times should not exceed 60 sec, as longer treatments may fragment mycelium into lengths too short to be viable or overheat the homogenate. The sample size used should be as large as possible. If a stomacher or BagMixer 400 is used, a sample size of 10-40 g is suitable.

    21

    Diluents. The recommended diluent is aqueous 0.1% peptone (Hocking et al., 2006a, p. 344), suitable for both filamentous fungi and yeasts. Saline solutions, phosphate buffer or distilled water are no longer recommended by ICFM as they may be deleterious to yeasts (Mian et al., 1997). The addition of a wetting agent such as polysorbate 80 (Tween 80) may be desirable for some products, but the natural wetting ability of the peptone is usually adequate. Special diluents may be necessary in some circumstances. If yeasts are to be enumerated from dried products or juice concentrates, the diluent should also contain 20-30% sucrose, glucose or glycerol, as the cells may be injured or be susceptible to osmotic shock. Dilution. Serial dilutions of fungi are carried out by the same procedures as those used in bacteriology, and the recommended dilution rate is 1:10 (=1+9). Fungal spores sediment more quickly than bacteria, so it is important to draw aliquots for dilution or plating as soon as possible, pferably within 1 min (Beuchat, 1992). Plating. Spad (surface) plating is recommended. When pour plates are used, fungi develop more slowly from beneath the agar surface and may be obscured by faster growing colonies from surface spores. Hence spad plating allows more uniform colony development, improves the accuracy of enumeration of the colonies and makes subsequent isolation of pure cultures easier. The optimum inoculum for surface plating is 0.1 ml. Best results will be obtained if plates are dried slightly before use. After adding the inoculum, spad it evenly over the agar surface with a sterile bent glass rod (”hockey stick”). Sterilise the rod by flaming it with ethanol before use. A plate spinner is a useful accessory. It is usually possible to enumerate plates with up to 150 colonies, but if a high proportion of rapidly growing fungi are psent, the maximum number which can be distinguished with any accuracy will be lower. Because of this restriction on maximum numbers, it may be necessary on occasion to accept counts from plates with as few as 10-15 colonies. Clearly, such limitations on numbers per plate and the overgrowth of slow colonies will result in higher counting errors than are usually achieved with bacteria or yeasts. Enumerating yeasts is less difficult. In the absence of filamentous fungi, from 30 to 300 colonies per

    22

    plate can be counted and errors will be comparable with those to be expected in bacterial enumeration. Incubation. The standard incubation conditions are 258C for 5 days. However, other conditions may be more suitable in some circumstances (see notes below). Reporting results. As in bacteriology, results from dilution plating are expssed as viable counts per gram of sample. Note that such results are not directly comparable with those obtained from direct plating and may not offer a direct indication of the extent of fungal growth.

    4.2.3 Incubation Conditions As noted above, the standard incubation conditions specified by ICFM are 258C for 5 days (Hocking et al., 2006a). Undoubtedly, 258C is the most suitable temperature for routine work in temperate to subtropical environments. Few if any common fungi are sensitive to this temperature, even those which grow readily under refrigeration. Higher temperatures are unacceptable in the temperate zone: 308C is close to the upper limit for growth of some important Penicillium species. In tropical regions, incubation at 308C is recommended as a more realistic temperature for enumerating fungi from commodities stored at ambient temperatures. In cool temperate regions such as Europe, 228C may be a more suitable incubation temperature. When used for fungi, Petri dishes should be stored upright. The principal reason is that some common fungi can shed large numbers of spores during handling, which in an inverted dish will be transferred to the lid. Reinversion of the Petri dish for inspection or removal of the lid may liberate spores into the air or onto benches and cause serious contamination problems.

    4.3 Sampling Surfaces Methods are outlined below for directly sampling the mycoflora of surfaces of commodities such as fruits, meats, cheeses, salamis and dried fish and also packaging materials, machinery and walls.

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    The techniques are based on those described by Langvad (1980) for studying the fungal flora of leaves. If samples are particulate, or can be cut up, sterile forceps can be used to pss pieces of a suitable size (up to about 10 mm2) onto a suitable medium in a Petri dish. The sample is then removed, leaving an impssion, and any spores or mycelium transferred will form colonies within a few days. This technique is known as pss plating. For packaging materials such as cardboard, an alternative method is to cut a piece which will fit in a standard Petri dish. The dish is ppared by adding a sterile filter paper moistened with 10% glycerol and then placing a bent glass rod on it as a separator. After adding the sample, a thin layer of an appropriate agar medium is poured over its surface. To reduce evaporation, the dish should be sealed with Parafilm or a similar material or placed in a polyethylene bag before incubation at 258C for a few days. If contamination levels are not too heavy, the number and types of moulds psent can be effectively estimated by this method. Colonies may be subcultured for identification. For sampling walls or other surfaces, or for nondestructive sampling, impssions may be taken using adhesive tape. Carefully handled, tape coming from the roll will be virtually sterile. Press a short length of tape firmly onto the surface to be sampled, adhesive side down, then transfer it, still with the same side down, onto a suitable growth medium. After 1-2 days incubation at 258C, the tape may be removed to allow development and sporulation of colonies. Surface sampling techniques for assessment of sanitation in food production and processing areas are discussed by Evancho et al. (2001). Surfaces may be sampled by using sterile swabs or by agar contact methods. The swab method involves rubbing a moistened sterile cotton swab over the test surface and placing the swab in a dilution bottle to be subsequently diluted and plated on appropriate media. Agar contact plates, also known as RODAC (replicate organism direct agar contact) plates, are restricted to use on smooth or semi-smooth flat surfaces. An alternative to agar contact plates is the agar slice technique, where agar is filled into a syringe-like apparatus or into an artificial sausage casing. The solidified agar can be pushed out onto

    4.5 Isolation Techniques

    the surface to be sampled, then the portion making contact sliced off with a sterile scalpel or wire and placed in a Petri dish for incubation.

    4.4 Air Sampling Air sampling in the food processing environment is discussed by Evancho et al. (2001). The simplest method of air sampling is by sedimentation or settle plates. A Petri dish containing an appropriate agar medium is exposed to the atmosphere for a fixed period of time (usually 15-60 min), then closed and incubated at 258C (Samson et al., 2004a). This method can be useful in food production areas, as it gives a direct indication of the number and types of fungi likely to come into contact with exposed product. However, the settle plate technique lacks pcision, and volumetric air sampling is a much more reliable indicator of air quality. A number of air sampling devices are commercially available. Of these, the Anderson sampler (either the two-stage or six-stage model; Anderson Instruments Inc, Atlanta, GA, USA) is probably the best, giving accurate and consistent results (Buttner and Stetzenbach, 1993). However, the Anderson sampler is expensive and requires mains power or a large battery for operation. In factory situations, the dry cell battery-operated Biotest

    23

    Hycon RCS and RCS High Flow centrifugal air samplers (Biotest, Solihull, UK) and the MAS-100 air sampler (Merck, Darmstadt, Germany) are more convenient, as they are small and readily portable. The Biotest RCS Plus sampler was reported to give comparable results to larger and more sophisticated machines, but its sampling efficiency gradually decreased for particle sizes below 4 mm (Benbough et al., 1993).

    4.5 Isolation Techniques The term ”isolation” is used here in its strict sense: the pparation of a pure culture, free from any contamination and ready for identification.

    4.5.1 Yeasts Streaking techniques commonly used for bacterial purification are equally suitable for the isolation of yeasts (Fig. 4.1). A method widely used by yeast specialists is to disperse a portion of a colony in 2- 3 ml of sterile water, then streak a single loop of this suspension over the whole surface of a plate, moving the loop slowly down from top to bottom while simultaneously moving it rapidly across the plate

    Fig. 4.1 Petri dishes of yeasts growing on malt extract agar, showing a streaking method suitable for producing isolated colonies

    24

    from side to side. After suitable incubation, wellseparated single colonies should appear in the lower half of the plate (Fig. 4.1). If all of these single colonies appear to be of similar size and appearance (taking into account the effect of crowding), the culture may be judged to be pure. Microscopic checks of some single colonies are also desirable. Disperse a needle point of cells from a colony in a drop of water, add a cover slip and examine by bright field illumination at about 400. Cell outlines will be clearly visible. Note that, unlike those of bacteria, yeast cell sizes often vary considerably in a pure pparation. Purity is indicated not so much by uniformity of cell size within a pparation as by similarity in microscopic cell appearance from colony to colony. When a culture is considered to be pure, streak it onto an appropriate slant.

    4.5.2 Moulds Streaking techniques are ineffective for filamentous fungi and are not recommended. Isolation depends on picking a small sample of hyphae or spores – judged to be pure by eye, by hand lens or pferably under the stereomicroscope – and placing this sample on a fresh plate as a point inoculum. Purity is subsequently judged by uniformity in appearance of the colony which forms after incubation. The appearance of a mixed culture depends on the growth rates of the fungi psent. If rates are perse, a mixed culture is often indicated by a clump of dense hyphae at the inoculum point, surrounded by looser wefts of spading hyphae. With fungi of approximately equal growth rates, mixtures are often indicated by colonies with sectoring growth: sectors will show differences in mycelial, spore or reverse colours or in radial growth rates. The simplest starting place for isolating fungi is an enumeration plate with well-separated colonies. Use a needle of platinum or nichrome, pferably cut to a chisel point with a pair of pliers, or a steel sewing needle. Sterilise it by heating, then plunge the tip into cold agar and leave until cool – with nichrome or steel this will require several seconds. With the tip of the cold, wet needle pick off a few spores or a tuft of mycelium – just enough to be

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    4.6 Choosing a Suitable Medium

    25

    require free access to oxygen for typical growth and sporulation. Oxygen starvation during growth will at best lead to retarded sporulation or at worst death of the culture. Long-term pservation of fungi is dealt with later in this chapter.

    4.6 Choosing a Suitable Medium Food laboratories often rely on a single all-purpose medium to produce a ”yeast and mould” count in everything from raw material to finished product. But just as the food bacteriologist uses selective media for particular purposes, so too food mycologists are developing a range of media suited to specific applications. It is plainly unrealistic to expect a single medium to answer all questions about mould and yeast contamination in all foods. The fungi that spoil meats or fresh vegetables are not the same as those that grow on dried fish. Although often used for this purpose, very dilute media such as potato dextrose agar are of little or no value for enumerating fungi from dried foods.

    The most important pision in types of enumeration media lies between those suitable for high water activity foods, such as eggs, meat, vegetables and dairy products, and those suited to the enumeration of fungi in dried foods. The most suitable media for dried foods depend on the type of food, the major categories being foods low in soluble solids such as cereals, high sugar foods such as confectionery and dried fruit, and salt foods. A second consideration lies in whether the primary interest is in moulds, or yeasts, or both; and a third concerns the psence or absence of pservatives. Finally, media are available for specific mycotoxigenic fungi, notably Aspergillus flavus and related species and Penicillium verrucosum plus P. viridicatum. An overview of media considered most suitable for particular purposes is given in Table 4.1. The table is derived from Pitt and Hocking (1997), together with recent recommendations from ICFM (Samson et al., 1992; Hocking et al., 2006a).

    Table 4.1 Recommended media for fungal detection, enumeration and isolationa Type of food

    Selecting for

    Medium

    Remarks

    Fresh foods: milk and milk products, fruit, cheese, sea foods

    Moulds Yeasts General

    DRBC TGY, MEA, OGY DRBC

    Blend (where necessary) and dilution plate

    Freshly harvested grains, nuts

    General Dematiaceous Hyphomycetes Fusarium Yeasts

    DRBC DRBC, CZID CZID TGY, MEA, OGY

    Direct plate Direct plate Direct plate Dilution plate

    Fruit juices, fresh

    Yeasts

    TGY, MEA, OGY

    Dilution plate

    Fruit juices, pserved

    Preservative resistant yeasts

    TGYA, malt acetic agar

    Dilution plate

    Fruit juices, to be pasteurised, or pasteurised products

    Heat resistant moulds

    PDA, MEA

    Special protocol

    Fruit juice concentrates

    Xerophilic yeasts

    MY50G

    Special diluents

    Dried foods in general

    General

    DG18

    Direct plate

    Stored cereals, nuts

    General Dematiaceous Hyphomycetes Fusarium

    DG18 DRBC, CZID CZID

    Direct plate Direct plate Direct plate

    26

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    Table 4.1 Recommended media for fungal detection, enumeration and isolationa (continued) Type of food

    Selecting for

    Medium

    Remarks

    Grain for milling into flour

    General

    DG18

    Stomach or blend and dilution plate

    Dried fruit, confectionery, chocolate, etc.

    Xerophilic moulds and yeasts

    MY50G

    Direct plate

    Fastidious xerophiles – in psence of Eurotium spp.

    MY50G MY70GF

    Direct plate Direct plate

    General

    DG18

    Halophilic xerophiles

    MY5-12, MY10-12

    Direct plate or pss plate Direct plate or pss plate

    Fungi producing aflatoxins

    AFPA

    Direct or dilution plate

    DRYS

    Direct or dilution plate

    Salt foods, e.g. salt fish

    General

    General Fungi producing ochratoxins a For medium acronyms, see Section 4.6.

    4.6.1 General Purpose Enumeration Media To be effective, a general purpose enumeration medium must fulfil several requirements (Pitt, 1986). As these are sometimes overlooked, they are listed here:

    to inhibit bacterial growth completely, without

    affecting growth of foodborne fungi (filamentous or yeasts); to be nutritionally adequate and support the growth of fastidious fungi; to suppss the growth of rapidly spading fungi, especially the Mucorales, but not to pvent their growth entirely, so they too can be enumerated; to slow radial growth of all fungi, to permit counting of a reasonable number of colonies per plate, without inhibiting spore germination; to promote growth of relevant fungi; and to suppss growth of soil fungi or others generally irrelevant in food spoilage.

    Fulfilling the above requirements necessitates the use of potent inhibitory compounds, and there is sometimes a fine line between inhibition of undesirable microorganisms and suppssion of growth of those being sought. Modern fungal enumeration media rely on the use of antibiotics at neutral pH

    for the inhibition of bacteria. Such media allow better recovery of moribund and sensitive fungi than the acidified media commonly used in the past. For many years rose bengal has been added to media to slow colony spad, while more recently 2,6-dichloro-4-nitroaniline (dichloran) has been added to inhibit rapidly spading moulds. Many common spoilage fungi, Aspergillus and Penicillium species in particular, develop better on media with adequate nutrients. Low nutrient media of very high aw, such as potato dextrose agar, have lost favour because they are selective against some species in these genera. The media described below are considered to be the most satisfactory general purpose enumeration media available at this time (Hocking et al., 2006a). Formulations are given in the Media Appendix. Dichloran rose bengal chloramphenicol (DRBC) agar. DRBC (King et al., 1979, Pitt and Hocking, 1997) is recommended for both moulds and yeasts. It is particularly suited to fresh and high aw foods (Hocking et al., 1992). This medium contains both rose bengal (25 mg/kg) and dichloran (2 mg/kg), which restrict colony spading without affecting spore germination unduly. Compact colonies allow crowded plates to be counted more accurately. This combination of inhibitors also effectively restricts the rampant growth of most of the common mucoraceous fungi such as Rhizopus and

    4.6 Choosing a Suitable Medium

    27

    Fig. 4.2 Petri dishes of (a) DRBC and (b) RBC showing effective control of Rhizopus growth by rose bengal and dichloran in DRBC

    Mucor (Fig. 4.2), although it does not completely control some other troublesome genera such as Trichoderma. In routine use, it is recommended that DRBC plates be incubated away from light at 258C for 5 days. Dichloran 18% glycerol (DG18) agar. Hocking and Pitt (1980) developed DG18 to be selective for xerophilic fungi from low moisture foods such as stored grains, nuts, flour and spices. DG18 was designed for enumeration of a range of nonfastidious xerophilic fungi and yeasts. However, it has been shown since that it supports growth of the common Aspergillus, Penicillium and Fusarium species, as well as most yeasts, and many other common foodborne fungi. DG18 can now be described as a general purpose medium with emphasis on enumeration of fungi from dried foods. DG18 is also recognised to be a very useful medium for enumeration of airborne fungi (Wu et al., 2000; Samson et al., 2004a). It is an effective inhibitor of Mucoraceous fungi, and bacteria are totally suppssed. However, growth of Eurotium species (pviously known as ”the Aspergillus glaucus group”) is still somewhat too rapid, and colonies may have diffuse margins. The addition of detergent to DG18 has been reported to be an improvement in this respect (Beuchat and de Daza, 1992). Although DG18 is a satisfactory isolation medium for Eurotium species, it is not suitable for their

    identification. Eurotium species are usually identified on Czapek yeast extract agar with 20% sucrose (CY20S), described later in this chapter. Other general purpose media. Under circumstances where rapidly spading moulds do not cause problems, two alternative general purpose enumeration media are satisfactory. These are rose bengal chloramphenicol agar (RBC; Jarvis, 1973), from which DRBC was developed, and oxytetracycline glucose yeast extract agar (OGY; Mossel et al., 1970). OGY has been found to be very suitable for yeasts in the absence of moulds (Andrews, 1992a). Most of the media discussed above are available in ready to use dehydrated form from media suppliers such as Oxoid, Difco, BBL, etc.

    4.6.2 Selective Isolation Media Although considerable progress has been made in the past 20 years, the formulation of selective media for foodborne fungi still requires a great deal of research. The availability of effective media can greatly simplify the isolation and identification of significant food spoilage and mycotoxigenic fungi. Most attention has been paid so far to the requirements of xerophilic fungi because of their failure to develop on standard high aw media. For mycotoxigenic fungi, satisfactory media exist only for

    28

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    Coconut Cream agar (CCA) to detect aflatoxin production in Aspergillus flavus and A. parasiticus. CCA can be made using any brand of commercial canned coconut cream (available from Asian food stores in many places). Dilute 50:50 with water, add agar (1.5%) and autoclave. Inoculate solidified plates with up to four colonies (picked with a wet needle) and incubate at 308C for 5-7 days. Examine, reverse upmost, under long wave length UV light. Colonies producing aflatoxins will fluoresce bluish white or white, especially in the centres. Ignore fluorescence from the Petri dish itself. Use an uninoculated coconut cream agar plate as a control (Dyer and McCammon, 1994). Plates inoculated with known nontoxigenic and toxigenic strains are also useful controls. A. parasiticus isolates almost always produce aflatoxins. Media for fungi producing ochratoxin A. Although ochratoxin A was first described from Aspergillus ochraceus, recent molecular studies indicate that A. westerdijkiae is the major ochratoxin A producing species in Aspergillus Section Circumdati (Frisvad et al., 2004). Aspergillus carbonarius is also an important source of ochratoxin A, particularly in grape products (Abarca et al., 2004; Leong et al., 2006a and references therein). However, there are no selective or indicative media for these fungi. When DG18 is used as the isolation medium, selection of colonies with light brown (ochre) or black sporulation is a good starting point for detecting A. westerdjikiae or A. carbonarius respectively. Coconut cream agar (Dyer and McCammon, 1994) can also be used to screen for ochratoxin production in A. carbonarius and species in Aspergillus Section Circumdati (Heenan et al., 1998). Plates are best incubated at 258C rather than 308C for potentially ochratoxigenic species of Aspergillus. Penicillium verrucosum is the most important ochratoxin a producer in the genus Penicillium (Pitt, 1987), although P. nordicum can also produce this mycotoxin (Frisvad and Samson, 2004). Frisvad (1983) developed Dichloran rose bengal yeast extract sucrose agar (DRYS) for selective enumeration of P. verrucosum. P. nordicum, P. viridicatum and P. aurantiogriseum are also selected by DRYS. P. verrucosum and P. nordicum produce ochratoxin A, P. verrucosum also produces citrinin, while the latter two species produce xanthomegnin and viomellein. According to Frisvad (1983), P. verrucosum colonies on DRYS have a violet brown reverse, and

    4.6 Choosing a Suitable Medium

    the latter two species produce yellow colonies with a yellow reverse. The incubation regimen recommended by Frisvad (1983) is 7-8 days at 208C. Subsequently, Frisvad et al. (1992) developed dichloran yeast extract sucrose 18% glycerol agar (DYSG) on which P. verrucosum produces a red brown reverse. Because of its lower aw, DYSG inhibits rapidly growing fungi such as Rhizopus and Mucor more effectively than DRYES. In a study of 76 samples of wheat, rye and barley, Lund and Frisvad (2003) found that DYSG was more effective than DRYES for screening grain samples for the psence of P. verrucosum and potential ochratoxin A contamination. Media for Fusarium species. Dichloran chloramphenicol peptone agar (DCPA; Andrews and Pitt, 1986) can be used to isolate Fusarium species from grains and other substrates. The medium was developed from Nash-Snyder medium (Nash and Snyder, 1962) a medium for enumeration of Fusarium species from soils. DCPA uses a low level of dichloran as a substitute for the high level of pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB), and chloramphenicol rather than the antibiotic mixture used by Nash and Snyder (1962). When Fusarium species are dominant, DCPA is effective for their isolation from grains, animal feeds and soil. However, DCPA has been found to be less effective in mixed populations. DCPA is a very useful medium for the identification of Fusarium species because it often induces the abundant formation of macroconidia (Hocking and Andrews, 1987). A much more stringent medium, effective for isolation of most Fusarium species occurring in foods, is Czapek iprodione dichloran agar (CZID; Abildgren et al., 1987). As well as dichloran, this medium contains the fungicide iprodione. CZID is highly selective for Fusarium species, and is probably the best medium for Fusarium enumeration and isolation. CZID is suitable for isolation of Fusarium species by direct plating of surface disinfected grains and other commodities, or dilution plating of homogeneous samples such as flour. Some questions remain concerning whether CZID may be too selective and not support growth of all foodborne Fusarium species. However, the common species all grow well. Castella´ et al. (1997) developed a Fusarium selective medium (MGA 2.5) using 2.5 mg/L malachite green as the selective agent. They reported that MGA 2.5 was more selective than Nash-Snyder medium as it did not allow development of colonies of other fungal genera.

    29

    Bragulat et al. (2004) compared the efficacy of MGA 2.5 medium with DCPA, CZID and several other Fusarium media, using pure cultures of twelve Fusarium species commonly found in foods as well as naturally contaminated samples. They reported that there was no statistically significant difference in colony counts of the Fusarium spp. tested, but that colonies on MGA 2.5 were smaller than the other media. MGA 2.5 did not allow growth of other fungi such as Zygomycetes and yeasts from naturally contaminated samples, thus providing better selectivity than the other media. Media for dematiaceous Hyphomycetes. Although designed primarily for Fusarium isolation, CZID has been found in our laboratory to be very useful for isolating dematiaceous Hyphomycetes, provided that iprodione is added at half the usual concentration, as full strength iprodione tends to restrict colony diameters too severely. Alternaria, Bipolaris, Curvularia, Stemphylium and Ulocladium species will grow and sporulate well when incubated for 5 days at 258C with a 12 h photoperiod. Drechslera species will grow but will not sporulate on this medium. DRBC is also of value for isolating these fungi, but some species do not sporulate readily on it. DCPA, originally developed for isolation of Fusarium, may also be used as an isolation medium for the dematiaceous Hyphomycete genera mentioned above. Alternaria, Curvularia and related genera usually grow rapidly and sporulate well on DCPA. However, fungi should not be maintained or stored on DCPA for more than two weeks, as ammonia is produced by aging cultures. Media for xerophilic fungi. Xerophilic fungi are of great importance in food spoilage, and hence media and techniques for their enumeration and isolation have received much attention. Xerophiles range from those which grow readily on normal media and which are only marginally xerophilic, such as many Aspergillus and Penicillium species, to those, such as Xeromyces bisporus, which will not grow at all on normal (high aw) media. It is not surprising that no single medium is suitable for quantitative estimation of all xerophilic fungi found causing food spoilage. As noted earlier, DG18 was developed as a general medium for xerophiles, and remains the medium of choice for this purpose. DG18 should be used in any general examination of the mycoflora of dried foods. Media for extreme xerophiles. Fungi discussed here include Xeromyces bisporus, xerophilic

    30

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    The most satisfactory medium is malt extract yeast extract 70% glucose fructose agar (MY70GF). MY70GF is of similar composition to MY50G, except that it contains equal parts of glucose and fructose to pvent crystallisation of the medium at the concentration used (70% w/w). It is made in a similar manner to MY50G. Growth of even the extreme xerophiles on MY70GF is extremely slow, and plates should be incubated for at least 4 weeks at 258C. Once growth is apparent, pick off small portions of colonies and transfer them to MY50G, to allow more rapid growth and sporulation. Media for halophilic xerophiles. Some xerophilic fungi from salted foods such as salt fish grow more rapidly on media containing NaCl and hence are correctly termed halophilic xerophiles. Malt extract yeast extract 5% salt 12% glucose agar (MY5-12) and malt extract yeast extract 10% salt 12% glucose agar (MY10-12) are suitable for these fungi. Techniques for enumeration and isolation are similar to those described above for other extreme xerophiles.

    4.6.3 Techniques for Yeasts The simplest enumeration and growth medium for most food spoilage yeasts is malt extract agar (MEA). Although originally introduced as a growth medium for moulds, its rich nutritional status makes it very suitable for yeasts, and its relatively low pH (usually near 5.0) reduces the possibility of bacterial contamination. More recently, tryptone glucose yeast extract agar (TGY) has been recommended for enumeration of yeasts (Hocking et al., 1992, 2006a). Due to a higher glucose concentration (10%) and higher pH (5.5-6.0), this medium is more effective in recovery of stressed yeast cells, and colony development is usually faster than on MEA. However, its higher pH means that an antibiotic should be incorporated for enumeration of yeasts from food samples which may contain bacteria. Recommended antibiotics are chloramphenicol or oxytetracycline at the concentrations used in DRBC and OGY. Both MEA and TGY are suitable for enumeration of yeasts in products such as fruit juices, fruit purees and yoghurt, where moulds are usually psent only in low numbers.

    4.6 Choosing a Suitable Medium

    31

    and replace it with sterile water. Leave the cap loose, incubate at room temperature or 308C and watch for evidence of fermentation. Shaking the container daily will help to detect gases resulting from fermentation. Classical enrichment techniques used in bacteriology can also be used for yeasts. TGY broth has been used very successfully in our laboratory for enrichment of low numbers of yeasts in liquid products. Add 10 ml of product to 90 ml TGY broth and incubate at 258C for 3-4 days, or 308C for 2-3 days. Look for signs of fermentation and streak out onto TGY agar. Detection of pservative resistant yeasts. A few species of yeasts are able to grow in products containing pservatives such as sorbic, benzoic and acetic acids or sulphur dioxide. The most important of these is Zygosaccharomyces bailii. The simplest and most effective way to screen for pservative resistant yeasts is to spad or streak product onto plates of malt acetic agar (MAA), which is MEA with 0.5% acetic acid added (Pitt and Richardson, 1973) or TGY with 0.5% acetic acid added (TGYA, Hocking, 1996). MAA and TGYA are made by adding glacial (16 N) acetic acid to melted and tempered basal medium to give a final concentration of 0.5%. Mix and pour immediately. These media cannot be held molten for long periods or remelted because of their low pH (approximately 3.2 and 3.8 for MAA and TGYA, respectively). The acetic acid does not need sterilisation before use. MAA and TGYA are suitable media for monitoring raw materials, process lines and products containing pservatives for resistant yeasts. They are also effective for testing pviously isolated yeasts for pservative resistance. Erickson (1993) developed a selective medium for Zygosaccharomyces bailii. Zygosaccharomyces bailii medium (ZBM) is based on Sabouraud dextrose agar amended with fructose, NaCl, tryptone, yeast extract and trypan blue dye, then acetic acid (0.5%) and potassium sorbate (0.01%) are added to make the medium selective. It is designed as a plating medium for detection of Z. bailii in acidified ingredients in conjunction with hydrophobic grid membrane filtration (Erickson, 1993). When compared with MAA and TGYA in an interlaboratory study, ZBM was found to be highly selective for Zygosaccharomyces bailii, to the exclusion of other important pservative resistant yeasts such as Schizosaccharomyces pombe and Pichia

    32

    membranaefaciens. In addition, recovery of Z. bailii cells sublethally injured by lyophilisation was significantly lower on ZBM than on TGYA or MAA (Hocking, 1996). Its high selectivity and complex formulation make ZBM unsuitable for routine laboratory use as a medium for detection of pservative resistant yeasts. Enrichment of pservative resistant yeasts. A technique capable of detecting yeast numbers as low as 1 cfu/ml within 4 days has been developed in our laboratory (Hocking et al., 1996). This method is particularly suitable for the detection of Zygosaccharomyces bailii in raw materials or finished product, but can also be used for the detection of Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Pichia membranaefaciens and other species of pservative resistant yeasts. The method involves a 2to 3-day enrichment step followed by a plating step with a further 2 days of incubation. Triplicate 20 ml tryptone glucose yeast extract (TGY) broths containing 0.5% acetic acid (TGYA) are each inoculated with 1 g or 1 ml of product and the broths incubated at 308C. After incubation for 48 and 72 h, 0.1 ml from each broth is spad plated onto TGY agar containing 0.5% acetic acid and the plates incubated at 308C. The detection time of the method is shortened by incubating broths and plates at 308C rather than the traditional temperature of 258C, as the optimum growth temperature for Zygosaccharomyces bailii is 30-328C (Jermini and Schmidt-Lorenz, 1987b). The sensitivity of the method is greatly increased by using triplicate broths instead of single or duplicate broths and by spad plating 0.1 ml from each broth instead of streaking a loopful onto TGYA agar. This method has been used to detect low numbers of cells of Zygosaccharomyces bailii in experimentally inoculated cordial syrup, mayonnaise, salad dressing and barbecue sauce and other pservative-resistant yeasts such as Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Pichia membranaefaciens and some pservative resistant strains of Saccharomyces cerevisiae. Yeasts of intermediate pservative resistance (e.g. Debaryomyces hansenii, Candida krusei and Torulaspora delbrueckii) can also be detected by this method. Better recoveries were obtained using TGY than a malt extract agar and broth system, possibly due to the fact that the pH of TGY broth + 0.5% acetic acid is 3.8, compared with pH 3.2 for MEA + 0.5% acetic acid, and there is a lower concentration of glucose (2%) in the ME

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    system compared with 10% in TGY. Yeasts which are unable to grow in the psence of acetic acid or other weak acid pservatives (sorbic or benzoic acids and their salts) are not detected by this method.

    4.6.4 Techniques for Heat-Resistant Fungi Heat resistant spoilage fungi, such as Byssochlamys, Talaromyces, Neosartorya and Eupenicillium species can be selectively isolated from fruit juices, pulps and concentrates by laboratory pasteurisation using various methods (Beuchat and Rice, 1979; Hocking and Pitt, 1984; Beuchat and Pitt, 2001; Houbraken and Samson, 2006). Three methods are described here: a plating method based on that of Murdock and Hatcher (1978), a direct incubation method and a filtration method for liquid samples such as liquid sugar. Plating method. If the sample to be tested is more concentrated than 358Brix, it should first be diluted 1:1 with 0.1% peptone or similar diluent. For very acid juices such as passionfruit, normally about pH 2.0, the pH should be adjusted to 3.5-4.0. Two 50 ml samples are taken for examination. Erlenmeyer flasks (250 ml) or polyethylene Stomacher bags may be used as heat penetration into these containers will be rapid. If using Stomacher bags, the tops should be heat sealed. If a heat sealer is not available, the tops may be folded over and secured with a clip and should not be fully immersed. The two samples are heated in a closed water bath at 808C for 30 min, then rapidly cooled. Each 50 ml sample is then mixed with an equal volume of double strength MEA distributed over four 150 mm Petri dishes. The Petri dishes are loosely sealed in a plastic bag to pvent drying and incubated at 308C for up to 30 days. Plates are examined weekly for growth. Most moulds will produce visible colonies within 10 days, but incubation for up to 30 days will allow for the possible psence of badly heat damaged spores, which may germinate very slowly. This long incubation time also allows most moulds to mature and sporulate, aiding their identification. The main problem associated with this technique is the possibility of aerial contamination of the plates with common mould spores, which will give false positive results. The growth of green Penicillium

    4.6 Choosing a Suitable Medium

    colonies, or colonies of common Aspergillus species such as A. flavus and A. niger, is a clear indication of contamination as these fungi are not heat resistant. To minimise this problem, plates should be poured in clean, still air or a Class 2 biohazard cabinet if possible. If a product contains large numbers of heat resistant bacterial spores (e.g. Bacillus species), antibiotics can be added to the agar. The addition of chloramphenicol (100 mg/l of medium) will pvent the growth of these bacteria. Direct incubation method. A more direct method used for screening fruit pulps and other semisolid materials avoids the problems of aerial contamination. Place approximately 30 ml of pulp in each of three or more flat bottles such as 100 ml medicine flats. Heat the bottles in the upright position for 30 min at 808C and cool, as described pviously. The bottles of pulp can then be incubated directly, without opening and without the addition of agar. They should be incubated flat, allowing as large a surface area as possible, for up to 30 days at 308C. Any mould colonies which develop will need to be subcultured onto a suitable medium for identification. If containers such as Roux bottles are available, larger samples can be examined by this technique, but heating times must be increased. Bottle contents should reach at least 758C for 20 min when checked by a thermometer suspended near the centre of the pulp. For further details of the above methods see Hocking and Pitt (1984) or Beuchat and Pitt (2001). Filtration method for liquid sugars. This method permits the detection of very low numbers of cells in clear liquids such as liquid sugar. Sample size should be at least 100 g, taken after vigorously shaking the container from which the sample is drawn. Add 100 ml diluent (0.1% aqueous peptone) to 2 50 g samples and mix well to dissolve. Filter both samples sequentially through the same sterile 0.45 mm membrane filter. After both samples have passed through the filter, rinse the interior of the funnel with 3 20- 30 ml volumes of sterile diluent. Remove the filter from the filter holder using sterile forceps and place it in a sterile bottle or Stomacher bag. Add 10 ml diluent to the bottle or bag containing the filter and place in a water bath at 758C for 30 min. Ensure the sample is submerged in the water bath (weigh down if necessary). Cool rapidly to room temperature, shake well, then pide the 10 ml of diluent between three Petri dishes. Add a generous portion of MEA with

    33

    antibiotics to each plate, mix the agar and sample well, then let the plates solidify. Incubate at 308C for up to 30 days, examining weekly. Count colonies and report count per 100 g. This method was developed by BCN Research Laboratories, Rockford, Tennessee, USA.

    4.6.5 Other Plating Techniques Three other techniques which were developed for counting bacteria have been applied to fungal enumeration. Spiral plate count. Zipkes et al. (1981) evaluated the application of the spiral plate procedure to the enumeration of yeasts and moulds. They compared this procedure with the traditional pour plate and streak plate methods and found that spiral plating gave a higher overall recovery and lower replicate plating errors than the other two methods. The medium they used was potato dextrose agar, but the technique should be no less efficient using the media recommended here. Automation of spiral plate counting was studied by Manninen et al. (1991). They compared counts of pure bacterial, yeast and mould cultures using standard plating methods and spiral plate counts determined both manually and with a laser colony detector. They concluded that counts were not significantly different except where large colonies (10-15 mm diameter) of Rhizopus oligosporus were enumerated. Other Rhizopus and Mucor species are also likely to interfere with this method unless a suitable plating medium (such as DRBC) is used. Alonso-Calleja et al. (2002) found that the spiral plate technique compared well with standard plate counting on OGYE agar for enumeration of yeasts and moulds in goat’s milk cheeses; however, Garcı´ a-Armesto et al. (2002) found the method unsuitable for enumeration of yeasts in raw ewe’s milk. Hydrophobic grid membrane filters. Membrane filters overprinted with a square hydrophobic grid have been developed for rapid enumeration of bacteria. The hydrophobic grid membrane filter TM (HGMF) system is marketed as ISO-Grid by Neogen (Lansing, MI, USA). The HGMF ”count” is determined by a most probable number (MPN) calculation. Brodsky et al. (1982) applied the HGMF technique to counting yeasts and moulds in foods. They compared it with spad plating on

    34

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    4.7 Estimation of Fungal Biomass A deficiency in all of the enumeration techniques which rely on culturing fungi is that the result is at best poorly correlated with growth or biomass. Biomass is usually regarded as the fundamental measure of fungal growth in biotechnology, but it is not easy to quantify under the conditions existing in foods. Mycelial dry weight is most commonly used as a biomass estimate, but its relationship to mycelial wet weight and to metabolism varies widely in foods, due to the great influence of aw on both of the latter parameters. Fungi growing at reduced aw can be expected to be more dense than at high aw due to increased concentrations of internal solutes, though this is exceptionally difficult to measure experimentally. The question of a satisfactory fundamental measure of fungal biomass remains unanswered. Despite these basic problems, several chemical and biochemical techniques are available to estimate the extent of fungal growth in commodities. These techniques rely either on some unique component of the fungus that is not found in other microorganisms or foods or on immunological or molecular techniques. Some are still in the developmental phase: the most important ones are described briefly here.

    4.7.1 Chitin Chitin is a polymer of N-acetyl-D-glucosamine and is a major constituent of the walls of fungal spores and mycelium. It also occurs in the exoskeleton of insects but is not psent in bacteria or in foods. Hence the chitin content of a food or raw material can provide an estimate of fungal contamination. Chitin is most effectively assayed by the method of Ride and Drysdale (1972). Alkaline hydrolysis of the food sample at 1308C causes partial depolymerisation of chitin to produce chitosan. Treatment with nitrous acid then causes partial solubilisation and deamination of glucosamine residues to produce 2,5-anhydromannose, which is estimated colorimetrically using 3-methyl-2-benzothiazolone hydrazone hydrochloride as the principal reagent. Alkaline hydrolysis is more readily accomplished at

    4.7 Estimation of Fungal Biomass

    1218C in an autoclave (Jarvis, 1977). Improved assay sensitivity was achieved by derivatisation of glucosamine and other products with o-phthalaldehyde, separation by high performance liquid chromatography and detection of fluorescent compounds with a spectrofluorimeter (Lin and Cousin, 1985). Ekblad and Nasholm (1996) also described an HPLC method which measured fluorescence of a 9-fluorenylmethylchloroformate derivative of glucosamine. The chitin assay remains rather complex and slow, usually requiring about 5 h. A number of studies have indicated that the chitin assay is a valuable technique for estimating the extent of fungal invasion in foods such as maize and soybeans (Donald and Mirocha, 1977), wheat (Nandi, 1978) and barley (Whipps and Lewis, 1980) to estimate mycorrhizal fungi and fungal pathogens in plant material and soil (Ekblad and Nasholm, 1996; Ekblad et al., 1998; Penman et al., 2000; Singh, 2005) and measure wood rotting fungi (Nilsson and Bjurman, 1998). Particular attention has been paid to the possibility of developing the chitin assay as a replacement for the Howard mould count for tomato products (Jarvis, 1977; Bishop et al., 1982; Cousin et al., 1984). The chitin assay has some shortcomings and has been severely criticised by some authors (e.g. Sharma et al., 1977). The relationship between dry weight and chitin content varies at least twofold for different food spoilage fungi (Cousin et al., 1984; Lin and Cousin, 1985; Cousin, 1996). Some foods contain naturally occurring amino sugars such as glucosamine and galactosamine, which should be removed by acetone extraction prior to hydrolysis (Whipps and Lewis, 1980). Products from rot-free tomatoes give positive glucosamine assays even after acetone extraction (Cousin et al., 1984) and chitin content does not increase proportionally with fungal growth (Sharma et al., 1977). Insect contamination of grain samples has been reported to produce grossly misleading results (Sharma et al., 1977), but the psence of fruit flies in tomatobased products was less serious (Lin and Cousin, 1985). Materials such as stored grains frequently contain insect fragments and need to be checked before chitin assays are attempted. Because of these difficulties, the use of chitin as a chemical assay for fungi in foods has largely been superseded by the ergosterol assay.

    35

    36

    mycelial mass, and varied with substrate, aeration and growth phase. The ergosterol content was low during the rapid growth phase but tended to increase, at times sharply, as growth slowed. Taniwaki (1995) demonstrated that in fungi growing in atmospheres low in O2 and with elevated CO2 levels, the ergosterol content of hyphae was significantly reduced. In atmospheres containing 60% CO2, ergosterol content per unit of hyphal length was up to six times less than in air. Growth medium also affected ergosterol concentrations: on average, seven foodborne fungal species grown on PDA produced more than twice as much ergosterol per unit hyphal length as when grown on CYA (Taniwaki, 1995; Taniwaki et al., 2006). However, there was a reasonable correlation between ergosterol and mycelium dry weight for seven of the eight species tested. Eurotium chevalieri was the exception: this species produced little ergosterol and appeared to produce several other sterols (Taniwaki et al., 2006). Marı´ n et al. (2005) examined 16 species of food spoilage fungi and concluded that ergosterol content and colony diameters were better correlated to fungal biomass than fungal counts were. Marı´ n et al. (2008) showed that, for 14 common food spoilage fungi, correlation coefficients between ergosterol and colony diameters were sufficiently significant over a range of aw values (0.95-0.85), pHs (5-7) and potassium sorbate concentrations (0.5-1.5%) for both parameters to be useful in growth modelling. Quantifying ergosterol production in foods has proved more difficult. Seitz et al. (1977) showed a good correlation between damage in rice grains and their ergosterol content, between ergosterol in wheat and rainfall during the growing season and between ergosterol content and fungal invasion in several sorghum hybrids. Matcham et al. (1985) reported good correlations between linear extension of Agaricus bisporus grown on rice grains and chitin, ergosterol and laccase production. Ergosterol content correlated with colony counts of fungi on wheat grains at 0.95 aw but not at 0.85 aw (Tothill et al., 1992). Using a stereomicroscope for visual examination, they concluded that sound grain contained up to 6 mg/g ergosterol, microscopically mouldy grain 7.5-10 mg/g and visibly mouldy grain more than 10 mg/g ergosterol. From studies on ergosterol levels, colony counts and mould growth in a variety of grain samples, Schnu¨rer and Jonsson (1992) concluded that ergosterol correlated with colony counts

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    better on DG18 (r = 0.77) than on MEA (r = 0.69). Ergosterol levels of food grade wheat ranged from 2.4 to 2.8 mg/g dry weight, samples from field trials (of unspecified quality) from 3.0 to 5.6 mg/g and feed grains from 8 to 15 mg/g dry weight. After an extensive survey of ergosterol levels in Danish crops, Hansen and Pedersen (1991) concluded that the normal levels of ergosterol in barley were 7.6 – 2.8, wheat for bread making 5.0 – 1.5, rye for bread making 6.8 – 2.2, peas 2.2 – 2.7 and rapeseed 2.4 – 1.3 mg/g dry weight. Ochratoxin A in barley correlated well with ergosterol content and reached significant levels when ergosterol increased to 25 mg/g dry weight. However, aflatoxin B1 became detectable in cottonseed meal when ergosterol reached only 4 mg/g. ”Burned” rapeseed, a measure of quality, became significant when ergosterol reached 1.4 mg/g dry weight. Lamper et al. (2000) found that ergosterol content correlated well (r = 0.87) with deoxynivalenol levels in wheat inoculated with Fusarium graminearum or F. culmorum. Moraes et al. (2003) found that there was good correlation between mould counts and ergosterol content of Brazilian maize (r = 0.94) but a poor correlation (r = 0.4) between ergosterol and aflatoxin content. Pietri et al. (2004) found significant correlation between ergosterol content of Italian maize and the major mycotoxins, fumonisin B1 (1995 crop) or zearalenone and deoxynivalenol (1996 crop). Ergosterol content correlated strongly with fat acidity values and germination ability of stored canola (Pronyk et al., 2006). These authors also noted that Penicillium and Aspergillus species contributed more to ergosterol than Eurotium species. Ergosterol levels in sound canola were between 1.46 and 1.67 mg/g, whereas levels above 2 mg/g indicated significant levels of spoilage (Pronyk et al., 2006). Karaca and Nas (2006) examined ergosterol content of dried figs and found good correlation (r = 0.92) between aflatoxin and ergosterol in reject figs which were fluorescent, but no significant correlation with patulin content. Kadakal et al. (2005) found good correlation (r = 0.98) between ergosterol and patulin in apple juice and that both patulin (r = 0.99) and ergosterol (r = 0.99) were linearly related to the proportion of decayed apples used to make the juice. Ergosterol has been used to assess mould growth in cheese with variable results (Pecchini, 1997; Taniwaki et al., 2001a).

    4.7 Estimation of Fungal Biomass

    Ergosterol content has also been investigated as an indicator of the mycological status of tomato products. Battilani et al. (1996) found a significant correlation between ergosterol, Howard mould count (HMC) and fungal growth, but with a high level of uncertainty. Kadakal et al. (2004) found a linear relationship between degree of decay in tomato pulp and HMC (r = 0.97) and ergosterol (r = 0.96) and concluded that ergosterol has the potential to be used in quality assessment of tomatoes. Sio et al. (2000) described an improved method for extraction of ergosterol from tomato products. Other applications of ergosterol as a measurement of fungal biomass include estimation of mould spores in indoor air and aerosols (Miller and Young, 1997; Robine et al., 2005; Lau et al., 2006), estimation of wood decay by fungi (Eikenes et al., 2005) and estimation of fungi in soil and wetlands (e.g. Headley et al., 2002; Zhao et al., 2005). The ergosterol assay is reported to have a high sensitivity and, in contrast to the chitin assay, requires only 1 h for completion (Seitz et al., 1979). Despite its limitations, it appears to be a useful indicator of fungal invasion of foods and to hold promise as a routine technique for quality control purposes.

    4.7.3 Impedimetry and Conductimetry Metabolites produced by growth of microorganisms in liquid media alter the medium’s impedance and conductance. The use of changes in these properties as a measure of bacterial growth was suggested by Hadley and Senyk (1975) and was first applied to yeasts by Evans (1982) and to moulds by Jarvis et al. (1983). Most of the subsequent work on fungi has been carried out with yeasts, but the methodology is often applicable to moulds also. During the 1980s there were a number of studies aimed at optimising media for inducing detectable and reproducible changes in either conductance or capacitance during fungal growth (see Pitt and Hocking, 1997). Watson-Craik et al. (1989, 1990) studied 27 mould species on a wide range of both commercially available and specially ppared media and concluded that conductance and capacitance were both medium and species specific. The use of media high in ammonium ions and glucose, with added yeast extract and peptone, decreased the

    37

    influence of product variability and induced higher conductance changes (Owens et al., 1992). An impedimetric method for detection of heat resistant fungi in fruit juices was described by Nielsen (1992). The detection limit in artificially contaminated juices was one Neosartorya ascospore per millilitre, detectable in 100 h. Huang et al. (2003) reported an impedance method for detection of bacteria and fungi in bottled water which shortened the detection time from 5 days to 27.1 h for fungi and from 48 to 11.3 h for bacteria. Although impedimetry and conductimetry promised to be effective rapid methods when used under well-defined conditions for a specific purpose with a particular kind of food, the methodology does not appear to have been broadly taken up for food mycology applications.

    4.7.4 Adenosine Triphosphate (ATP) ATP has also been suggested as a measure of microbial biomass because bioluminescence techniques provide a very sensitive assay (Jarvis et al., 1983). Provided that background levels of ATP in plant or other cells are very low, or that microorganisms can be effectively separated from such other materials, the method has some potential as a microbial assay. A good correlation was shown between ATP production and viable counts of six species of psychrotrophic yeasts grown in pure culture (Patel and Williams, 1985). The effective detection of low levels of yeasts in carbonated beverages by ATP has also been reported (LaRocco et al., 1985). However, living plant cells contain high levels of ATP and fungi are often very difficult to separate from food materials. Moreover, extraction of molecules from fungal cells is notoriously difficult, so this potential may be difficult to realise in food mycology. The most widespad application of ATP bioluminescence in the food industry is for monitoring hygiene of surfaces in food production facilities (Easter, 2007).

    4.7.5 Fungal Volatiles Methods for detection and characterisation of fungal volatiles are finding increasing applications in

    38

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    of volatile compound production as an indicator of mould deterioration in grains has been extensively assessed and reviewed (Kaminski and Wasowicz, 1991; Schnu¨rer et al., 1999; Magan and Evans, 2000; Paolesse et al., 2006; Balasubramanian et al., 2007). Fungal volatiles can be used to detect potential mycotoxin contamination, to discriminate between fungal species (Sunesson et al., 1995; Keshri et al., 1998) and even between toxigenic and non toxigenic strains of particular fungi (Sahgal et al., 2007). Karlshøj et al. (2007a) used an electronic nose to differentiate between closely related Penicillium species (P. camemberti, P. nordicum, P. paneum, P. carneum, P. roqueforti and P. expansum) from cheese. Volatile profiles can be used to pdict mould spoilage in bakery products (Vinaixa et al., 2004; Marı´ n et al., 2007a) and to detect and differentiate between toxigenic and non toxigenic P. verrucosum strains in bakery products (Needham and Magan, 2003). Volatile profiles have also been used to differentiate between toxigenic and non toxigenic Fusarium strains (Keshri and Magan, 2000; Demyttenaere et al., 2004), to identify mycotoxins (aflatoxins, ochratoxin A and deoxynivalenol) in durum wheat (Tognon et al., 2005) and to detect and quantify ochratoxin A and deoxynivalenol in barley (Olsson et al., 2002). This technology has also been applied to pdict the psence of P. expansum and patulin in apple products (Karlshøj et al., 2007b) and to detect and discriminate diseases of potato tubers (Kushalappa et al., 2002) and stemend rot and anthracnose in mangoes (Moalemiyan et al., 2006). Electronic nose technology has also been used for early detection of moulds in libraries and archives (Pinzari et al., 2004).

    4.7 Estimation of Fungal Biomass

    Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). The pparation of antigens from three common foodborne fungi (Penicillium aurantiogriseum, Mucor racemosus and Fusarium oxysporum) was described by Notermans and Heuvelman (1985). Preparation of immunoglobulin antibodies against these antigens was followed by development of an ELISA assay. Fungi were detected in both unheated and heat processed foods by this method. Antigens were relatively genus specific: the M. racemosus antigens reacted with other Mucor and Rhizopus species, and the Penicillium antigen reacted with the Aspergillus species tested. It was subsequently shown that the Penicillium antigen reacted with 43 of 45 Penicillium species tested and that antigen production correlated with mycelial weight and was unaffected by culture conditions, medium, temperature and aw (Notermans et al., 1986). The Penicillium antigen also reacted with Aspergillus flavus and the level of antigen correlated with aflatoxin production (Notermans et al., 1986). ELISA techniques have also been studied as a potential replacement for the Howard mould count. Antigens from tomato moulds (Alternaria alternata, Geotrichum candidum and Rhizopus stolonifer) were used to produce an ELISA test sensitive to 1 mg/g of mould in tomato. A correlation was observed between antigen formation and mould added to tomato puree, while background interference was very low (Lin et al., 1986). The method was tested against a broader range of foods, with encouraging results (Lin and Cousin, 1987). Robertson and Patel (1989) improved the sensitivity of the method for tomato paste by using a polyclonal antibody against Botrytis cinerea, Mucor piriformis and Fusarium solani in addition to the three species used by Lin et al. (1986). ELISA based methodology has been reported for the detection of Fusarium species in corn (Meirelles et al., 2006), cornmeal (Iyer and Cousin, 2003) and grain (Rohde and Rabenstein, 2005). Correlations with other measures of fungal growth (ergosterol, colony count, mycotoxin levels) were variable. Aspergillus species have also been examined as targets for immunological detection because of their importance in mycotoxin contamination. ELISA detection of A. ochraceus in wheat (Lu et al., 1995), coffee powder, chilli powders and poultry feed (Anand and Rati, 2006) has been investigated, with reasonable correction with other parameters

    39

    40

    Schwabe et al. (1992) compared the latex agglutination assay with ergosterol production for detection of Penicillium, Aspergillus and Fusarium species in pure culture. They concluded that the two methods were comparable for Penicillium and Aspergillus but that ergosterol was more sensitive for Fusarium. In food samples, both the latex agglutination test and ergosterol were effective means of detecting mould growth, but no clear correlation existed in values obtained by the two methods. Kesari et al. (2004) used a latex agglutination test to detect teliospores of Karnal bunt (Tilletia indica) in single grains of wheat and were able to detect a few as 750 teliospores, which they reported as suitable for single seed analysis. Fluorescent antibody techniques. Fluorescent antibody techniques have also been used directly for the detection of mould in foods. Warnock (1971) detected Penicillium aurantiogriseum in barley by this method, while Robertson et al. (1988) used antisera from five fungi to visualise moulds and simplify their detection in the Howard mould count technique.

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    4.8 Identification Media and Methods

    Sequencing of the ITS region along with ”housekeeping genes” such as calmodulin, b-tubulin and elongation factor 1-a is now commonly applied for purposes of identification and phylogenetic analysis of important food spoilage and mycotoxigenic fungi in the genera Aspergillus (Varga, 2006; Geiser et al., 2007; Peterson, 2008), Penicillium (Peterson, 2004, 2006; Samson et al., 2004b; Wang and Zhuang, 2007; Serra et al., 2008) and Fusarium (O’Donnell et al., 2004; Scott and Chakraborty, 2006; Leslie et al., 2007). Despite the apparent power of molecular techniques, they need to be applied with some caution, particularly when comparing DNA sequences with those in the publicly available databases to identify yeast or mould isolates. Correct identification relies on the database sequences having the correct name attached to them by the depositor, which is not always the case. If the identification makes sense, the percent homology is 98% or greater and the number of base pairs on which the homology is scored is high, then the answer is probably correct.

    4.8 Identification Media and Methods 4.8.1 Standard Methodology The identification keys in this book are based primarily on the standardised procedure described for the identification of Penicillium species by Pitt (1979b). Cultures are grown for 7 days on three standard media at 258C, and on one of these at 5 and 378C also. The three Media are Czapek yeast extract agar (CYA; Pitt, 1973) used at all three temperatures; malt extract agar (MEA; Raper and Thom, 1949) and 25% glycerol nitrate agar (G25N; Pitt, 1973). Their formulae are given in the Media Appendix. Preparation time of CYA and G25N is reduced by the use of Czapek concentrate (Pitt, 1973), which is added to the media at the rate of 1% of the aqueous portion. As media ingredients have become more purified in recent years, difficulties with extent and colour of sporulation on CYA have been encountered, especially with some Penicillium species. To overcome this problem, Czapek concentrate has been reformulated (Pitt, 2000) by the inclusion of traces of zinc and copper (Smith, 1949) (see Media Appendix).

    41

    4.8.3 Inoculation As shown in Fig. 4.3, Petri dishes of CYA and MEA for incubation at 258C are inoculated with a single culture at three points, equidistant from the centre and the edge of the plate and from each other. Plates of the other media are inoculated with two points per culture, as illustrated. With some fungi, especially Penicillium and Aspergillus, it is important to minimise colonies from stray spores. The most satisfactory technique is to inoculate plates with spores suspended in semisolid agar (Pitt, 1979b). Dispense 0.2-0.4 ml of melted agar (0.2%) and detergent (0.05%), such as polysorbitan 80 (Tween 80), in small vials and sterilise. To use, add a needle point of spores and mycelium to a vial and mix slightly. Then, before flaming the needle, use it to stab inoculate the 58C plate;

    42

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    Fig. 4.3 Schematic of regimen used for culturing fungal isolates for identification

    residual spores on the needle make a good inoculum. Next, take a sterile loop, mix the vial contents thoroughly and inoculate the standard plates. Used vials can be sterilised by steaming and reused several times before being washed or discarded.

    4.8.4 Additional Media and Methods The plating regimen outlined above can be used to identify most of the fungi described in subsequent chapters of this book. Some exceptions exist, because certain genera either grow poorly or fail to sporulate on the standard media. As noted earlier in this chapter, fastidious xerophiles are identified on MY50G agar. Eurotium species, traditionally identified on Czapek agar with 20% sucrose, are identified here on Czapek yeast extract agar with 20% sucrose (CY20S; see Appendix). Trichoderma species are best identified on potato dextrose agar (PDA) after a relatively short incubation time (3-4 days), as the structures tend to autolyse as cultures mature. Penicillium subgenus Penicillium. Many species classified in subgenus Penicillium are morphologically similar, and identification using traditional morphological techniques remains difficult. These

    Penicillia are very common in foods, and many produce mycotoxins, so correct identification is often critical. Species within subgenus Penicillium fall into two groups: those with an affinity for proteinaceous foods and those which grow more vigorously in foods high in carbohydrate. Frisvad (1981, 1985) introduced creatine sucrose agar (CREA) to permit differentiation between these two groups. Creatine (as the sole nitrogen source) permitted growth of the former group while inhibiting the latter. Incorporation of bromocresol purple enabled visualisation of pH changes, either acid or alkaline, depending on the creatine or sucrose metabolism of a particular species. However, discrimination between positive and negative responses was not always clear, and the main tabulation of species reactions to CREA (Table 1 in Frisvad, 1985) was difficult to interpt. Frisvad (1993) subsequently produced a number of variations of CREA, including acid and neutral pH formulations and substitution of sucrose with fructose or lactose. Although the merits of each formulation were discussed, no firm recommendation resulted from this exercise. Pitt (1993a) modified Frisvad’s strongly alkaline CREA medium by studying several sucrose and creatine concentrations over a wide pH range. The result was neutral creatine sucrose agar (CSN), a medium producing eight different reactions among

    4.8 Identification Media and Methods

    the 20 Penicillium subgenus Penicillium species tested. When included in the normal plating regimen for identification of Penicillium cultures from the subgenus Penicillium, CSN provides a very useful aid to distinguishing between these difficult and closely related species. See Chapter 7 for details of use of CSN, its reactions and interptation. Its formulation is given in the Media Appendix. Dematiaceous Hyphomycetes. The natural habitats for many dematiaceous Hyphomycetes are plants or plant material, so finding suitable laboratory media and conditions to induce typical sporulation can be difficult. Alternaria, Curvularia, Stemphylium and Ulocladium species are best identified from dichloran chloramphenicol malt extract agar (DCMA; Andrews, 1992b) plates incubated for 7 days at 258C under lights. Conidial characteristics of Bipolaris species vary with type of medium. Species described here are best identified from tap water agar (TWA) containing a natural substrate such as sterilised wheat or millet seeds, or wheat straw. Drechslera species will grow well on DCMA but sporulation is poor. The best sporulation is achieved with V-8 juice (V-8 J) agar or TWA with one of the natural substrates mentioned above, incubated at 258C for 7-10 days under lights with a 12 h photoperiod. Light/dark periodicity is important as Drechslera cultures require light to produce conidiophores and darkness to produce conidia, possibly due to light inactivation of flavine necessary for conidial formation (Knan, 1971; Platt et al., 1977). For the identification of Trichoderma and Fusarium species, potato dextrose agar (PDA) is used. Fusarium species also require additional methods and media as outlined below.

    4.8.5 Identification of Fusarium Species Fusarium isolates exhibit unusually high variability in colony morphology and also may deteriorate rapidly in culture. Thus, they should be identified as soon as possible after initial isolation with a minimum of subculturing to avoid deterioration. It is common practice to ppare cultures of Fusaria from single spores for growth on identification media, as this reduces both of these problems.

    43

    Single sporing. The technique for pparing single spore cultures is as follows (Nelson et al., 1983; Leslie and Summerell, 2006). Pour about 10 ml of 2% water agar into unscratched glass or plastic Petri dishes and allow to dry, either by holding the plates at room temperature for several days or by placing them inverted in an oven at 37-458C for about 30 min. Prepare a suspension of conidia in a 10 ml sterile water blank so that it contains 1-10 spores per low-power (10) microscope field when a drop from a 3 mm loop is examined on a slide. With experience, this concentration can be gauged simply by observing the turbidity of the suspension. Pour the suspension of spores onto a dried water agar plate, drain off the excess liquid and incubate in an inclined position at 20-258C for 18-20 h. After incubation, open the Petri dish, shake off any accumulated moisture droplets and examine under a stereomicroscope using transmitted light. The germinating conidia should be visible under 25 magnification. A dissecting needle with a flattened end and sharpened edges is used to cut out small squares of agar containing single, germinating conidia. These single conidia are then transferred on the agar blocks to the desired growth medium. If the original culture is contaminated with bacteria, a drop of 25% lactic acid may be added to the water blank. Allow this acidified spore suspension to stand for 10 min before pouring onto a water agar plate. Germination of acid-treated Fusarium conidia may be delayed by 24 h or more. Media. Two media have been used in this book for the identification of Fusarium isolates: potato dextrose agar (PDA) for colony characteristics and colour and dichloran chloramphenicol peptone agar (DCPA) for the development of diagnostic macro-, micro- and chlamydoconidia. A third medium, carnation leaf agar (CLA), is recommended by some Fusarium specialists for Fusarium cultivation and identification (Nelson et al., 1983; Leslie and Summerell, 2006). CLA is an excellent medium, on which most Fusarium species readily produce their diagnostic macroconidia. Production of macroconidia on DCPA is usually comparable with that on CLA, but microconidia and chlamydoconidia are often more plentiful on CLA due to greater production of aerial hyphae. DCPA is used in the psent work rather than CLA,

    44

    however, because dried, gamma-irradiated carnation leaves are difficult to obtain in many localities. Inoculation and incubation. For identification by the methods used in this book, single spore cultures of Fusarium isolates should be ppared on agar blocks as outlined above, inoculated, one per plate, onto two plates each of PDA and DCPA and incubated at 258C for 7 days. Inpidual plates may be used for each medium, or alternatively pided plates may be used, with one medium on each half of the plate. Illumination during incubation is essential for the production of macroconidia. The light source may be diffuse daylight (not direct sunlight) or light from a bank of fluorescent tubes. A photoperiod of 12 h per day is normally used. Alternating temperatures of 20 and 258C have been recommended (Nelson et al., 1983; Leslie and Summerell, 2006) but are not essential. A simple light bank may be constructed from a standard 40 watt fluorescent fixture with two cool white tubes, suspended 0.5-l m above the laboratory bench or shelf supporting the cultures. The addition of a black light tube (e.g. Philips TL 40 W/80 RS F40BLB) is also desirable and in some cases essential to induce macroconidial or chlamydoconidial production.

    4.8.6 Yeasts Yeast identification systems. Identification of foodborne yeasts remains a difficult task, as colony characteristics and microscopic morphology are of limited value. Generally it has been necessary to use biochemical and physiological tests such as fermentation of carbohydrates, assimilation patterns for a range of carbon and nitrogen sources and growth at various temperatures. Details of these methods and media may be found in Kurtzman and Fell (1998), Kurtzman et al. (2003) or Barnett et al. (2000). Molecular methods (see below) are being used increasingly in yeast identification, replacing time consuming biochemical testing. Identification using systems based on biochemical and physiological testing is complex and time consuming. However, a number of attempts have been made to assist those who wish to persevere with yeast identification. Several simplified systems

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    have been published in the literature, and both automated and manual yeast identification systems are now commercially available. Dea´k and Beuchat (1987) published a simplified identification key (SIK) which included 215 species of foodborne yeasts. They subsequently modified their system, restricting it to the 76 species most frequently occurring in foods (SIM), and reported that it was much more successful than the API 20C system (BioMe´rieux, Marcy-l’Etoile, France) for identification (Dea´k, 1992). The SIM uses only two Petri dishes and three test tubes to examine each strain for ability to assimilate 10 carbon sources, fermentation of glucose, assimilation of nitrate and splitting of urea. These biochemical tests are supplemented by morphological observations. SIM separates the yeasts into six groups by a dichotomous key utilising the results of five key tests. Further tests are used to differentiate the yeasts in these six groups using secondary dichotomous keys. A dichotomous key to 25 common species of foodborne yeasts was published by Smith and Yarrow (1995), who used 17 biochemical and physiological tests to distinguish the species. Of the commercial systems available, the most widely used for foodborne yeasts are the Biolog, which is an automated system, and the BioMe´rieux ID32C yeast identification strips which can be read manually or automatically using the ATB system. BioMe´rieux also markets the fully automated VITEK 2 system, based on a card containing 64 tests. However, the database comprises only 46 clinically important species (Aubertine et al., 2006) and so has limited application to foodborne yeasts. The Biolog (Biolog Inc., Hayward, CA, USA; http://www.biolog.com/microID.html) utilises a yeast identification test panel (YT MicroPlateTM) consisting of a matrix of 8 12 wells. The first three rows contain 35 carbon source oxidation tests using tetrazolium violet as an indicator of oxidation. The next five rows contain carbon assimilation tests which are scored turbidimetrically against a negative control panel containing only water. The last row contains two carbon sources and tests for the co-utilisation of various carbon sources with D-xylose. The hardware (Biolog MicroStation Reader) consists of an automated plate reader coupled with a computer, which interpts the

    4.9 Examination of Cultures

    results and compares them with the resident database which currently includes 267 species. Manual interptation of the Biolog plates is not recommended. This system has been designed with the food industry in mind, and the database contains all the common foodborne yeasts, unlike other systems which are usually aimed at the clinical market. The ATB ID32C system (BioMe´rieux, Marcyl’Etoile, France) is an automated system utilising the BioMe´rieux ID32C yeast identification strips. These strips contain 30 assimilation tests plus a positive (glucose) and a negative control well, all of which are inoculated with a yeast suspension of specified density. The strips are incubated at 308C for 48-72 h. As with the Biolog, the ATB automated system consists of a plate reader attached to a computer. The database associated with the ATB system contains 63 yeast species. The BioMe´rieux ID32C strips can be read manually, and the results enable identification of yeasts using published keys or computer identification programmes such as that of Barnett et al. (1996). This system may be used with reasonable success, particularly when the test results from the ID32C strips are supplemented with extra tests (glucose fermentation, urease production, nitrate utilisation, growth in 0.5 and 1% acetic acid and in 50 and 60% glucose, growth at 378C, production of pseudohyphae, ascospore formation and morphological observations) to give a more comphensive base for the identification. Growth in 0.5 and 1% acetic acid indicates pservative resistance, and growth in 50 and 60% glucose gives an indication of ability to grow at reduced aw. Both these parameters are important in determining a yeast’s ability to cause spoilage in particular products. Identification using DNA sequencing is increasingly becoming the method of choice, as extensive databases such as GenBank are freely available for identification purposes. The 600- 650 nucleotide D1/D2 region of the large subunit (26S) ribosomal DNA is the most widely targeted section of the genome, and sometimes the ITS region may also be used (Kurtzman et al., 2003). Sequencing of the D1/D2 region, along with some supplementary physiological and biochemical tests, is the identification method currently used in our laboratory.

    45

    Even using the available systems, identification of yeasts still requires some specialist knowledge and interptation and remains time consuming. Our experience indicates that no more than 12 species of spoilage yeasts are of real concern in foods. It is possible to differentiate these few species by relatively simple techniques, i.e. colony and microscopic morphology, growth on the standard media used for filamentous fungi, growth on other media which test for pservative resistance, ability to use nitrate as a nitrogen source and adaptation to high NaCl concentrations. Details of these techniques are given in Chapter 10.

    4.9 Examination of Cultures As noted above, all cultures for identification should first be grown on the standard regimen described earlier. After 7 days incubation, the following examination should be carried out and then the general key to fungi in Chapter 5 should be used. That key will be of assistance even in the event of cultures failing to grow under one or more of the standard conditions.

    4.9.1 Colony Diameters Measure the diameters of macroscopic colonies in millimetres from the reverse side (Fig. 4.4). Microscopic growth or germination at 58C is assessed by low power microscopy (60-100), by putting the 58C Petri dish on the microscope stage and examining by bright field transmitted light. Growth at 378C is assessed macroscopically only; germination of spores at 378C is an unreliable character.

    4.9.2 Colony Characters Colony appearance can be judged by eye or with a hand lens, but examination is more effective if a stereomicroscope is used. Magnifications in the range of 5-25 are the most useful. Characters such as type and location of sporing structures and

    46

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    Fig. 4.4 Technique for measuring colony diameters by transmitted light

    extent of sporulation are best gauged with the stereomicroscope. Reflected light is usually more effective than transmitted light. To determine colony colours, examine colonies by daylight or by daylight-type fluorescent light. In some genera, reference to a colour dictionary is helpful. The Methuen ”Handbook of Colour” (Kornerup and Wanscher, 1978) has been used in this work and is highly recommended.

    4.9.3 Preparation of Wet Mounts for Microscopy Fungi should always be examined microscopically as wet mounts rather than fixed and stained like bacteria. To ppare a wet mount, use an inoculating needle to cut out a small portion of the colony which includes sporing structures. Examination with the stereomicroscope can be an invaluable aid here. For freely sporing fungi with little mycelium, cut a piece of colony near the edge, where fruiting structures are young and spore numbers not excessive. Take structures which may enclose spores, i.e. cleistothecia, from near colony centres, where the probability of mature spores is highest. If the only differentiated parts of the colony appear to be

    buried in the agar, e.g. pycnidia, take a sample of these with a small piece of the agar. Float the cut colony sample from the needle onto a slide with the aid of a drop of 70% ethanol. It may be necessary to tease out the specimen with the needle and the corner of a cover slip (square cover slips are best). Fungal specimens may be highly hydrophobic: the ethanol helps to wet the pparation, minimising the amount of entrapped air. When most of the ethanol has evaporated, add a drop of lactic acid (for phase or interference contrast optics) or lactofuchsin stain (see below) for bright field. Add a cover slip; if necessary remove excess liquid from the pparation by gently blotting with facial tissue or similar absorbent paper. The pparation is now ready for examination.

    4.9.4 Staining A wide variety of stains are in use for mycological work. However, most are time consuming to ppare, or to use, or are slow to act, because fungal walls and spores are highly resistant to stains. By far the most effective stain for use in food mycology is lactofuchsin (Carmichael, 1955), which suffers from none of these faults. It consists of 0.1% acid fuchsin

    4.9 Examination of Cultures

    dissolved in lactic acid of 85% or higher purity. Young actively growing fungal structures are pferentially coloured bright pink, so sporing structures can usually be readily distinguished against a background of older mycelium. Cleistothecial initials, developing asci and maturing ascospores are also seen more readily in pparations stained with lactofuchsin. Like most other mycological stains, lactofuchsin is corrosive. Take care to clean it off microscope parts or skin! Be especially careful of the objective faces, because lactic acid will slowly corrode the relatively soft glass used in lenses.

    47

    equipped with an eyepiece micrometer, which is essential for measuring dimensions of spores and sporogenous structures. In the examination of fungal mounts, it is stressed that it is most important to use low power optics before succumbing to the temptation to use oil immersion. The principal reason is that fungal pparations usually remain as small clumps and do not disperse as bacteria do. Only under low power is the search for the optimal area of the slide for the observation of fruiting structures likely to be rewarded. Once a suitable area is located under the 10 or 16 objective, move to the 40. This should be the lens most used; microscope optics are such that only the finest details of ornamentation can be observed more effectively under oil immersion than at this magnification. Aligning the microscope. Correct alignment of the microscope is essential, so that its resolution is as high as possible and it can be used for long periods without discomfort. An incorrectly aligned microscope will lead to poor observation, discomfort, fatigue, headache and eye strain. A person of normal visual acuity should be able to use a correctly aligned instrument throughout a whole working day without discomfort. The steps to correctly align a microscope are given below. They should be read in conjunction with the microscope manufacturer’s instructions. 1. Mount a slide on the stage and bring it into approximate focus. If a ppared slide is not available, a slide marked with a marking pen or ink line is a satisfactory substitute. 2. Close the microscope’s field diaphragm (the one at the microscope base nearer the light source). The image of the diaphragm opening should now be visible in the microscope field. If it is, first focus it with the condenser focusing knob and then centre it in the field with the condenser centring screws. If the diaphragm opening cannot be seen, first rack the condenser up and down and watch to see if the opening becomes visible; if it does not, rack the condenser to its highest position and then slowly open the field diaphragm until the opening comes into view. Centre the diaphragm approximately and proceed as above. 3. For bright field optics, the condenser diaphragm should be adjusted each time the objective power is changed. Remove one ocular; close the

    48

    condenser diaphragm so that the field seen down the open tube is about two-thirds its maximum size. With phase contrast and interference contrast systems, this adjustment is less critical. The pceding steps align the microscope itself and should be checked frequently. If optimal illumination is desired, each step should be carried out for each new slide and each objective change. As a routine habit, the whole process should take only a few seconds. If the available microscope is not equipped with a built-in light source, a field diaphragm and a fully centring condenser, it is unlikely to be satisfactory for the identification of small spored fungi such as Penicillium species. The following steps are designed to align the observer with the microscope, compensating for inpidual differences in sight. Provided settings on the microscope are remembered, these steps need be carried out only occasionally, to check that visual acuity has not altered. Different settings will be needed for an inpidual with and without spectacles or contact lenses. 4. Assuming the microscope is binocular, pull the oculars out to their greatest distance apart and then, while watching a focused field, move them gradually together until a single circular field is seen without strain or head movement. Note the distance on the scale between the oculars; this is the inpidual’s interpupillary distance. Repeat this operation two or three times until satisfied that the correct distance has been found. This distance should always remain the same and be similar on any microscope. 5. Under the 40 or 100 objective, locate a tiny, readily recognised point on the slide and focus on it. Take a piece of white card and place it between the focusing ocular and the corresponding eye. Leave the eye open. Now focus the tiny point with the other eye, carefully, with the microscope fine focus. Next, transfer the white card to the other ocular and, using the focusing collar beneath the ocular, refocus the tiny point. Remove the card and note the setting on the scale. Repeat until satisfied the correct setting has been found. 6. On some microscopes, the eyepiece micrometer can be focused independently. Use the focusing system on the ocular itself to focus the micrometer. Note the setting on the scale on the side of the ocular.

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    Always check the settings on the microscope before use and after making measurements with the micrometer. It is very easy to upset the ocular alignment when measuring.

    4.10.1 Lyophilisation For unstable cultures, and indeed for the long term storage of any food spoilage fungi, freeze drying or lyophilisation is probably the best method of pservation. Many commercial systems are now available for carrying out this process. A satisfactory menstruum for lyophilisation of most fungi is l.5 normal strength reconstituted nonfat milk powder (15% in distilled water). For fungi with hydrophobic conidia, such as Aspergillus and Penicillium, a small amount of detergent (0.05%) such as polysorbitan 80 (Tween 80) should be added to the milk. Dispense the milk in 10 ml lots in small tubes or 12.5 ml (0.5 oz) McCartney bottles, and sterilise by steaming for 20 min on three successive days (the Tyndallisation process). The milk must be stored at 208C or above between steamings, to permit bacterial spores to germinate.

    4.10 Preservation of Fungi

    4.10.2 Other Storage Techniques A variety of systems other than lyophilisation have been proposed for long term storage of fungi. Of these, liquid nitrogen storage has found most acceptance with major culture collections. This type of storage appears to be superior to any other for plant pathogens and fungi which will not sporulate in pure culture. However, liquid nitrogen systems are expensive to establish and maintain and are only suitable for large collections. Freezer units which run at very low temperatures (-808C or below) are available and are well suited to the needs of culture collections. In our laboratory we routinely store cultures at -808C, using glycerol (60-80%) as a cryoprotectant. Spore suspensions are ppared by taking conidia or ascospores from a freely sporulating sector of the colony, dispersing them in the glycerol then freezing in screw capped

    49

    cryovials. An 80% solution of glycerol remains viscous at -808C, which enables cultures to be removed from the freezer for subculture without the need for defrosting. For smaller laboratories that do not have access to lyophilisation, liquid nitrogen or ultra-low temperature storage, some simple techniques exist that can be used to maintain fungal cultures over relatively long periods (e.g. 1-10 years) without the need for subculturing. Water storage. A simple and inexpensive method of fungal culture pservation is storage of agar blocks in water (Smith and Onions, 1994). Small agar blocks (7-10 mm2) are cut from the growing margin of a young fungal colony and placed in sterile water in a bottle such as a Bijou bottle (6.25 ml or 0.25 oz McCartney bottle). The rubber lined cap is screwed down and the bottles stored in a cool room (1-108C). Cultures may be revived by removal of a block and placing it on a suitable growth medium. Using this method, cultures have been reported to remain viable and retain their characteristics for up to 7 years (Boeswinkel, 1976; Smith and Onions, 1994). Some yeasts may be maintained by storing as suspensions in water (Kirsop, 1984). Growth from a late logarithmic slant culture is suspended in sterile distilled water and transferred to a sterile container so that 90% of the volume is filled with the suspension. Containers are stored at room temperature. Survival of some Candida, Saccharomyces, Cryptococcus, Rhodotorula and Schizosaccharomyces species for up to 4 years has been reported (Kirsop, 1984). Silica gel storage. Many fungal cultures may be maintained for long periods (often more than 10 years) by drying spore suspensions onto silica gel (Smith and Onions, 1983; Smith, 1984). This method is not suitable for mycelial cultures, but can be used with some success for yeasts (Kirsop, 1984). As silica gel liberates heat when moistened, the technique depends on keeping the cultures cool enough to avoid damaging the spores during pparation. Medium grain plain (non-indicating) silica gel of 6-22 mesh is placed in suitable glass bottles (Bijou or McCartney bottles) to a depth of about 1 cm and sterilised, either by dry heat at 1808C for 2-3 h or by autoclaving at 1218C for 15 min. Autoclaved silica gel must be thoroughly

    50

    dried in an oven before use. Bottles are pcooled by placing in a tray of ice or refrigerating for 24 h, then transferring to an ice tray for inoculation. Suspensions of fungal spores or yeasts are ppared in sterile skimmed milk (as for lyophilisation, above) and the suspension added to the cooled silica gel to wet three-quarters of it. The bottles and gel are allowed to dry at room temperature for 10-14 days with caps slightly loosened. Caps are then screwed down and the bottles stored at 48C (storage at room temperature is also satisfactory) in air-tight containers over indicating silica gel to absorb any moisture. Cultures are revived by shaking a few crystals of silica gel onto a suitable growth medium (broth culture may be better for yeasts). Survival varies according to species or even strain, but survival of yeasts for up to 5 years (Kirsop, 1984) and fungi for more than 10 years (Smith and Onions, 1983) has been reported.

    4.11 Housekeeping in the Mycological Laboratory Like any other microbiological laboratory, a mycological laboratory should be kept in a clean condition. Discard unwanted cultures regularly and dispose of them by steaming or autoclaving. Wipe bench tops regularly with ethanol (70-95%). Floors should be wet mopped or polished only with machines equipped with efficient vacuum cleaners and dust filters. Where possible store food and plant materials away from the laboratory. Open Petri dishes carefully. Use small inocula on wet needles. Transport Petri dishes to the stereomicroscope stage before removing lids. Do not bump cultures during transport. Contrary to popular belief, a well-run mycological laboratory is not a source of contamination to bacteriological laboratories. The air in a mycological laboratory should not carry a significant population of fungal spores. The reverse problem can occur, however, because bacteria multiply more rapidly than do fungi. Bacterial spores are often psent in food laboratories, readily infect fungal plates and can rapidly outgrow and inhibit fungal mycelia, especially at 378C.

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    If for any reason fungal spore concentrations do build up in a laboratory and cause an unacceptable level of contamination, the air should be purified. The simplest technique is to spray the air throughout the laboratory with an aerosol before it is closed in the evening. Any aerosol spray, such as a room deodoriser or air freshener, is effective. Aerosol droplets entrain fungal spores very efficiently and carry them to the floor. A more drastic and effective treatment in cases of severe contamination is to spray a solution of 2% thymol in ethanol around the room and close it for a weekend. The spray is rather pungent, and while not harmful to humans, it effectively kills fungal spores and mites (see below). Do not leave cultures on benches before fumigation.

    4.11.1 Culture Mites A major hazard in growing and maintaining fungal cultures is the culture mite. Many species of mites live on fungal hyphae as their main or sole diet in nature and find culture collections an idyllic environment. Mites crawl from culture to culture, contaminating them with fungi and bacteria as they go or, given long enough, may eat them out entirely. Mites are very small (0.05-0.15 mm long), usually just visible to the observant naked eye. They are arachnoids, related to spiders, and hermaphroditic. Each mite leaves a trail of eggs about half adult size as it goes. Eggs hatch within 24 h and reach adulthood within 2 or 3 days. The damage an unchecked mite plague can do to a fungal culture collection has to be experienced to be believed. The most common sources of mites are plant material, soil, contaminated fungal cultures and mouldy foodstuffs. Mites can also be carried on large dust particles. Building work near a laboratory almost always induces a mite infestation. The avoidance of losses due to mites requires constant vigilance. Always watch for telltale signs, such as contaminants growing around the edges of a Petri dish, a ”moth-eaten” appearance to colonies or ”tracks” of bacterial colonies across agar. Examination of suspect material or cultures under the stereomicroscope will readily reveal the psence of mites and mite eggs.

    4.11 Housekeeping in the Mycological Laboratory

    Adult mites are rapidly killed by freezing, and mite eggs will only survive 48-72 h at -208C. Cultures contaminated by mites can often be recovered by freezing for 48 h, then subculturing from uninfected portions of the culture with the aid of the stereomicroscope. Suspect food and other samples being brought into the laboratory should also be frozen for 24 h to destroy mites before enumeration or subculturing is carried out. Infestation by mites can be minimised by good housekeeping, i.e. by avoiding accumulation of dust or old cultures in the laboratory. It is also good practice to handle and store food and plant samples well away from areas where fungi are inoculated and incubated. To control a mite infestation, remove all contaminated material, including cultures. Freeze Petri dishes and culture tubes which must be recovered; autoclave, steam or add alcohol to all others. Clean benches thoroughly with sodium hypochlorite (household bleach) or 70% ethanol. Incubators can be disinfested with aerosol insecticides.

    4.11.2 Problem Fungi There are three fungal invaders which should be watched for carefully in a food mycology laboratory: Aspergillus fumigatus, Rhizopus stolonifer and Chrysonilia sitophila. The first is a human pathogen; the others can cause a contamination chain which is difficult to break. Aspergillus fumigatus may cause invasive aspergillosis in the lungs or serious allergenic responses in some inpiduals. It is sound practice to immediately kill and discard cultures of this fungus as soon as it is recognised. On no account should it be used for experimental studies in food spoilage or biodeterioration without pcautions to pvent dissemination of spores. The morphology of A. fumigatus is described in detail in Chapter 8, but it is readily recognisable in the unopened Petri dish:

    colonies are low, dull blue and broadly spading, with a velvety texture;

    growth is very rapid at 378C, covering a Petri dish in 2 days;

    long columns of blue conidia are readily seen under the stereomicroscope.

    51

    4.11.3 Pathogens and Laboratory Safety While it must be said that any fungus which is capable of growth at 378C is a potential mammalian pathogen, the physiology of the healthy human is highly resistant to nearly all of the fungi encountered in the food laboratory. Nevertheless, fungi which can grow at 378C should be treated with caution. In particular, the habit of sniffing cultures is to be avoided wherever possible. It is true that odours produced by fungi have been used quite frequently as taxonomic criteria, especially in older

    52

    publications, but their subjective and ephemeral nature makes them of little value for this purpose, and the risks involved are serious. Some laboratories regard fungal volatiles as such a serious risk that cultures such as Penicillium and Aspergillus species are handled in a biohazard cabinet. Many types of fungal spores are allergenic or carry mycotoxins. Inhalation of fungal spores should be avoided as far as possible. Of the fungi described in this book, only the Aspergilli normally pose any direct threat to health. Aspergillus fumigatus has already been mentioned, and care should also be taken when handling cultures of Neosartorya species, which are closely related to

    4 Methods for Isolation, Enumeration and Identification

    A. fumigatus and also grow prolifically at 378C. Other Aspergillus species, particularly A. flavus, A. niger and A. terreus, have been isolated from human specimens from time to time. For more details, see de Hoog et al. (2000). These species appear to be mainly opportunists and pose little threat to healthy people. Careful handling and good housekeeping are all that are required. However, immunocompromised inpiduals are in a different category. It is increasingly evident that such people have little resistance to fungal infection. Persons suspected to be immunocompromised, regardless of the cause, should not work in a mycology laboratory nor indeed be permitted knowingly to enter one.

    Chapter 5

    Primary Keys and Miscellaneous Fungi

    Principles underlying fungal classification have been outlined in Chapter 3, including a brief overview of the relevant pisions of the Kingdom Fungi and their principal methods of reproduction. Some further detailed information is necessary in this chapter to assist in the use of the keys which follow. Ascomycetes. As discussed in Chapter 3, Ascomycetes produce ascospores in asci (Fig. 3.2). One genus, Byssochlamys, produces asci which are unenclosed; all other genera of relevance here produce asci in some kind of fruiting body, or ascocarp. The two kinds of ascocarp commonly seen in food spoilage fungi, the cleistothecium and the gymnothecium, have been described and illustrated in Chapter 3 (Fig. 3.3). Both types of ascocarp are usually pale or brightly coloured, not dark, and release ascospores by rupturing irregularly. Of genera relevant here, cleistothecia are produced by Emericella, Eurotium, Eupenicillium, Monascus and Neosartorya, and gymnothecia by Talaromyces. A third class of ascocarp, less commonly encountered in foodborne fungi, is the perithecium. Perithecia have cellular walls like cleistothecia, but are distinguished by the psence of an apical pore or ostiole through which asci or ascospores are liberated; also asci are long and clavate with ascospores arranged linearly within them. In the one perithecial genus of interest here, Chaetomium, the perithecia are black and have stout hyphae attached to the walls (Fig. 5.10). Conidial fungi. The strictly conidial fungi, also known as Fungi imperfecti or Deuteromycetes or anamorphic fungi, possess an amazing variety of ways of producing conidia. Terminology for structures bearing conidia and for conidia themselves has

    become astonishingly complex in recent years; fortunately most of it is not essential for the recognition of the genera discussed in this text. Terms which are important in the keys which follow are described below. A fundamental pision within the asexual fungi separates genera which form conidia aerially, grouped in the class Hyphomycetes, from those in which conidia are borne in some sort of enveloping body, the class Coelomycetes. Hyphomycetes. Fungi have developed seemingly endless ways of extruding or cutting off conidia, solitarily or in chains, from fertile cells which themselves may be borne solitarily or aggregated into more or less ordered structures. Hyphomycete taxonomy attempts to thread a way through this maze. In general, type and degree of aggregation of the fertile cells, and type of conidium, provides the basis for generic classification, while details of these characters and of spore size, shape and ornamentation are more commonly used to distinguish species. Features of conidia used in the keys in this work are length, septation, ornamentation and colour, particularly whether walls are light or dark. The method of conidium formation (ontogeny) is seldom emphasised here, because terminology is complex and distinctions may not be obvious. The principal point to note is the disposition of conidia: they may be borne solitarily, i.e. just one conidium per point of production; singly, i.e. successively from a single point, but unattached to each other; or in chains. Solitary conidia are borne on a relatively broad base and usually adhere to the fertile cell. Conidia formed in chains are usually extruded from a small cell of determinate length, often a

    J.I. Pitt, A.D. Hocking, Fungi and Food Spoilage, DOI 10.1007/978-0-387-92207-2_5, Ó Springer ScienceþBusiness Media, LLC 2009

    53

    54

    phialide, which in most genera narrows to a distinct neck. Conidia borne singly may be extruded in this same manner, or be borne by extrusion from a pore in a hypha or fertile cell, or be cut off by hyphal fragmentation. Phialidic Hyphomycetes. Hyphomycetes may produce phialides solitarily (the genus Acremonium) or in loosely ordered structures (Trichoderma) or highly ordered structures (Aspergillus, Penicillium and related genera). Genera of interest here with less ordered phialidic structures can mostly be differentiated by macroscopic characters, e.g. colony diameters and colours. However, differentiating genera with highly ordered phialidic structures will necessitate careful microscopic examination. Phialides in Aspergillus, Penicillium and related genera are sometimes borne directly on a stalk or stipe which arises from a hypha; in other species, however, the phialides are borne from supporting cells, termed metulae (sing. metula) and in some species the metulae may in turn be supported by other cells, termed branches or rami (sing. ramus). The whole structure, including the stipe, is called a conidiophore. In Aspergillus, stipes are always robust, with thick walls and usually without septa; the stipe terminates in a more or less spherical swelling, the vesicle, which bears phialides, or metulae and phialides, over most of its surface. In Aspergillus, phialides (and metulae) are always produced simultaneously, and this feature can readily be recognised by examining young developing conidiophores (Fig. 8.1a). Similar structures, though smaller, are produced by some Penicillium species: these are clearly distinguished from Aspergillus species by stipes which are septate and by phialides which are produced over a period of time (successively; Fig. 8.2b). Most Penicillium species, and those of related genera, do not produce phialides on vesicles, but in a cluster directly on a stipe, or on metulae and/or rami. The fruiting structure in Penicillium and related genera is termed a penicillus, while that in Aspergillus (for want of a better term) is called a head (or more recently, an aspergillum, Klich, 2002). Coelomycetes. As noted earlier, Coelomycetes produce conidia within an enveloping body, termed a conidioma (pl. conidiomata). In Petri dish culture, conidiomata are produced on or just under the agar surface and are macroscopically visible, usually being 100-500 mm in diameter. Two kinds of conidioma are important here: the pycnidium, a more

    5 Primary Keys and Miscellaneous Fungi

    or less spherical body with one or more pores (ostioles) through which conidia are released, and the acervulus, a flat body from which conidia are released by lifting or rupturing of a lid. The majority of Coelomycetes are pathogens on plants and many have not been studied in pure culture. In consequence, their taxonomy is difficult and genera and species are often poorly delimited. For a complete account of Coelomycete taxonomy see Sutton (1980). Yeasts. Yeasts are fungi which have developed the ability to reproduce by forming single vegetative cells by budding or, in a few species, by fission, in a manner similar to bacteria. Like bacteria, and unlike fungal spores, such cells are metabolically active and may in turn reproduce by budding (or fission). Yeast cells may survive for long periods both in culture and in nature. In consequence many yeasts produce true spores rarely or not at all. Yeasts are readily distinguished from filamentous fungi on the agar plate by their soft-textured colonies and limited growth. They are usually also readily distinguished from bacteria by their raised and often hemispherical colonies, white or pink colours and lack of ”bacterial” odour. If in doubt, make a simple wet mount of a colony in water or lactofuchsin, add a cover slip and examine with the oil immersion lens. Yeast cells are larger than bacteria, measuring at least 3 2 mm and are nonuniform in size. If the culture is not too old, some cells will usually show developing buds. Yeasts cannot be classified solely by morphological features or growth on the standard media, and so are considered in a separate chapter (Chapter 10).

    5.1 The General Key The taxonomic terms discussed above will enable the use of the general and miscellaneous keys which follow, although some other taxonomic terms may be introduced in discussions of particular genera. It is emphasised that these keys are designed for use on isolates which have been incubated for 7 days on the standard plating regimen outlined in Chapter 4. Colony diameters should be measured in millimetres from the reverse side by transmitted light. The general key has been designed to be as simple as possible and suitable for routine use, but it should be read in conjunction with the notes below it.

    5.1 The General Key

    55

    General key to food spoilage fungi 1

    No growth on any standard medium in 7 days Growth on one or more standard media

    Chapter 9 – ”Xerophilic fungi” 2

    2 (1)

    Colonies yeasts, either recognisably so on isolation or in culture, i.e. colonies soft, not exceeding 10 mm diam on any standard medium Growth filamentous, exceeding 10 mm diam on one or more standard media

    Chapter 10 – ”Yeasts” 3

    3 (2)

    Growth on CYA and/or MEA faster than on G25N Growth on G25N faster than on CYA and MEA

    4 (3)

    Hyphae frequently and conspicuously septate Hyphae lacking septa or septa rare

    5 (4)

    No mature spores psent in 7 days Mature spores psent in 7 days

    6 9

    6 (5)

    Immature fruiting structures of some kind psent No fruiting structures (or spores) detectable by lowpower microscopy or wet mounts from CYA or MEA

    7

    5 Chapter 6 – ”Zygomycetes”

    7 (6)

    Colonies and fruiting structures white or brightly coloured Colonies or fruiting structures dark

    8 (7)

    Colonies and fruiting structures white Colonies or fruiting structures brightly coloured

    9 (5)

    Spores (conidia) less than 10 mm long, borne in chains on clustered fertile cells (phialides), on well-defined stipes Spores (conidia) of various sizes, borne singly or solitarily, or if borne in chains, then chains not in aggregates

    10 (9)

    11 (10)

    Conidia blue or green, phialides produced successively on vesicles, vesicles less than 10 mm diam, stipes usually septate Conidia variously coloured, phialides and/or metulae produced simultaneously on vesicles, vesicles larger than 10 mm diam, stipes nonseptate

    Couplet 1. No growth on any standard medium indicates an extreme xerophile, i.e. Xeromyces bisporus or a Chrysosporium species, or a nonviable culture. Next inoculate culture onto MY50G for 7 days at 258C. If growth occurs, enter the key in Chapter 9, ”Xerophilic Fungi”; no growth on MY50G indicates a nonviable culture. Chrysosporium and Xeromyces

    See section on ”Miscellaneous fungi” below 8 Continue incubation; when spores mature, refer to section on ”Miscellaneous fungi” below Chapter 8 – ”Aspergillus and its teleomorphs” Chapter 7 – ”Penicillium and related genera”

    Phialides or metulae and phialides borne on more or less spherical swellings on the stipe apices Phialides borne on penicilli, i.e. on unswollen stipes with or without intervening metulae and rami

    5.1.1 Notes on the General Key

    4 Chapter 9 – ”Xerophilic fungi”

    10 See section on ”Miscellaneous fungi” below

    11 Chapter 7 – ”Penicillium and related genera”

    Chapter 7 – ”Penicillium and related genera”

    Chapter 8 – ”Aspergillus and its teleomorphs”

    isolates are usually white or rarely golden brown. If the original culture used as inoculum is coloured other than pure white or golden brown, it is probably nonviable. Couplet 2. Yeasts are usually readily distinguished by slow growth, soft, easily sampled colonies, small spherical to ellipsoidal cells, often of variable size and shape and by reproduction by budding. See Chapter 10, ”Yeasts” for identification procedures.

    56

    5 Primary Keys and Miscellaneous Fungi

    Couplet 3. The ability to grow more rapidly on G25N than on CYA or MEA indicates a xerophile (at least for keying purposes here). Check the key in Chapter 9, ”Xerophilic Fungi”. Some isolates can be identified from the standard plates, while others will require growth on CY20S or MY50G for identification. Couplet 4. The absence of septa in young, growing hyphae indicates an isolate belongs to subkingdom Zygomycotina, discussed here in Chapter 6 ”Zygomycetes”. Couplets 5, 6. Some isolates from a variety of fungal genera will not produce spores on the standard media in 7 days. Continue to incubate such cultures, pferably in diffuse daylight such as a laboratory window sill, at temperatures near 258C. Also inoculate such cultures onto two or three plates of DCMA and incubate these at 258C or thereabouts in darkness and in diffuse daylight or, if possible, under fluorescent illumination (see Chapter 4). After 1-2 weeks, check again for spores or fruiting bodies. If such structures are not seen, the isolate is unlikely to be significant in foods. Apparently asporogenous cultures should also be checked with a stereomicroscope while scraping up a sector of the colony with a needle. Fruiting bodies submerged in the agar will sometimes become visible with this technique. Couplet 7. Some isolates which produce white or brightly coloured fruiting bodies also produce very sparse aerial conidial structures which are easily overlooked. Check such cultures carefully with the stereomicroscope; if conidial structures are found, make a wet mount and reenter the key at Couplet 5.

    A finely drawn glass needle will sometimes be of assistance in making mounts from delicate conidial structures on the colony. Nearly all dark fruiting structures encountered will mature at 258C within 2 weeks. Light does not usually influence this process. When mature spores are formed, refer to the following section.

    5.2 Miscellaneous Fungi In this section are considered the genera which do not logically fit into some larger grouping considered elsewhere. Some are important in specific food spoilage problems, others are found in particular habitats such as cereals, while still others repsent the aerially dispersed fungal flora found as ubiquitous contaminants or saprophytes. As will be seen, they are a very heterogeneous collection. Most fungi significant in food spoilage or food contamination and not treated in other chapters are included here. It is inevitable, though, that occasional isolates from foods will not belong to the genera considered in this section. The key has not been designed to take account of this, as it would be a practical impossibility. So when an isolate appears to key out satisfactorily, it must be checked against the description to confirm the identification. Some isolates will of course belong to a recognisable genus, but not the species described; in that case the references indicated will provide further information. The miscellaneous fungal genera are considered in alphabetical order following the key.

    Key to miscellaneous genera 1

    Colonies on CYA and MEA not exceeding 60 mm diam in 7 days Colonies on CYA or MEA exceeding 60 mm diam in 7 days

    2 12

    2 (1)

    Conidia borne within a fruiting body on or beneath the agar surface Conidia borne from aerial or surface hyphae

    3 (2)

    Mycelium and conidia hyaline or brightly coloured Mycelium and/or conidia dark coloured

    4 11

    4 (3)

    Conidia with a single lateral septum Conidia nonseptate or with more than one septum

    Trichothecium 5

    5 (4)

    Conidia borne from gradually tapering fertile cells (phialides) Conidia borne directly on hyphae or by budding or hyphal fragmentation

    Phoma 3

    6 7

    5.2 Miscellaneous Fungi

    6 (5)

    Colonies exceeding 50 mm diam on CYA Colonies not exceeding 50 mm diam on CYA

    7 (5)

    Colonies exceeding 45 mm diam on MEA; conidia borne solely by the breakup of hyphae to form arthroconidia Colonies not exceeding 40 mm diam on MEA; conidia not exclusively arthroconidia

    8 (7)

    9 (8)

    10 (9)

    Budding hyphal fragments (10-50 mm long) psent Hyphal fragments absent; or if psent, not budding

    11 (3)

    Colonies low, mucoid and yeast-like, becoming grey to black in both obverse and reverse Colonies dry and velutinous, obverse green, reverse olive or deep blue black

    57

    Fusarium Acremonium

    Geotrichum 8

    Monascus 9

    Endomyces 10 Hyphopichia Moniliella

    Aureobasidium Cladosporium

    12 (1)

    Spores borne within an enclosed fruiting body on or under the agar surface Spores borne from aerial or surface hyphae

    13 17

    13 (12)

    Spores consistently less than 15 mm long The larger or all spores more than 15 mm long

    14 15

    14 (13)

    Fruiting bodies perithecia with stout, black hyphae attached to the walls Fruiting bodies pycnidia, without attached hyphae

    15 (13)

    Fruiting bodies roughly spherical (pycnidia) Fruiting bodies flat (acervuli)

    16 (15)

    Conidia hyaline or brightly coloured, nonseptate, without terminal appendages Conidia dark, with three or four septa and with spike-like, sometimes branched, terminal appendages

    Chaetomium Phoma Lasiodiplodia 16 Colletotrichum Pestalotiopsis

    17 (12)

    Colonies and conidia hyaline or brightly coloured Colonies and/or conidia dark coloured

    18 22

    18 (17)

    Colonies with grey or green areas Colonies white, orange, pink or purple

    19 20

    19 (18)

    Colonies green Colonies grey

    20 (18)

    Colonies low and persistently white Colonies floccose, white or becoming brightly coloured

    Geotrichum 21

    21 (20)

    Colonies pdominantly orange, orange conidia shed profusely around the Petri dish rim Colonies white, pink or purple, sporulation on MEA weak or absent, better on DCPA under lights

    Chrysonilia

    22 (17)

    Conidia consistently less than 15 mm long Conidia frequently exceeding 15 mm long

    Trichoderma Botrytis

    Fusarium 23 25

    58

    23 (22)

    5 Primary Keys and Miscellaneous Fungi

    Conidiophores long, branched, apically swollen, bearing closely packed pale brown conidia Conidiophores short or ill-defined, dark brown or black conidia borne irregularly

    Botrytis 24

    24 (23)

    Conidia dark brown, often with a lighter coloured band around the periphery Conidia uniformly jet black

    Arthrinium Nigrospora

    25 (22)

    Conidia approximately spherical Conidia elongate

    Epicoccum 26

    26 (25)

    Conidia with transverse septa (or thick walls between cells) only Larger conidia with both transverse and longitudinal septa or irregularly septate

    27 30

    27 (26)

    Conidia clavate (club shaped), often with long hyphal appendages at the apices; found almost exclusively on rice Conidia cylindroidal, ellipsoidal or an elongate ”D” shape; source more general

    Trichoconiella 28

    28 (27)

    Conidia cylindroidal, with parallel sides except at the terminal cells Conidia fusoid, narrowing from the central cells to the terminal cells, often bent or ”D” shaped

    Drechslera

    29 (28)

    Conidia not exceeding 40 mm long Conidia usually exceeding 40 mm long

    Curvularia Bipolaris

    30 (26)

    Conidia clavate (club shaped) Conidia spherical to roughly ellipsoidal or short cylindrical

    Alternaria 31

    31 (30)

    Conidia often tapering towards the base and sometimes pointed, i.e. pyriform or apiculate Conidia spherical to short cylindrical, not tapering from base to apex, with rounded ends

    5.3 Genus Acremonium Link Commonly referred to as Cephalosporium Corda in p-1970 literature, Acremonium is a large and varied genus characterised by the production of small, hyaline, single-celled conidia borne singly, i.e. successively but not connected to each other, from solitary phialides. A variety of species have been recorded from foods from time to time. One species, A. strictum, described here, is of relatively common occurrence. In this species, the phialides gradually taper to the apices without basal thickening or formation of a distinct neck, and conidia aggregate in balls of slime. Under the stereomicroscope, the slime balls look like large single spores, but their true nature becomes evident in wet mounts. A. strictum appears mainly in the earlier food literature under the name C. acremonium. As noted by Domsch et al. (1980), this name has been used for a variety of species, so that reports on physiology and occurrence are unreliable (Fig. 5.1).

    Acremonium strictum W. Gams

    29

    Ulocladium Stemphylium

    Fig. 5.1

    Cephalosporium acremonium (name of uncertain application; no valid authority).

    Colonies on CYA 20-30 mm diam, white or orange to pink, dense to floccose or funiculose; reverse pale or with orange to pink tones. Colonies on MEA 13-20 mm diam, similar to those on CYA or of slimy texture. Colonies on G25N 1 mg/kg, but can occur at lower levels sometimes. In ppubertal gilts, clinical signs include vulval swelling, uterine enlargement and mammary development. Mature sows can develop ovarian atrophy, constant oestrus and pseudopgnancy (Hagler et al., 2001). Prepubertal male pigs can undergo a feminising effect with mammary development, decreased testicular size and loss of libido, but mature boars are resistant (Hagler et al., 2001). It was once claimed that humans had shown similar signs in Puerto Rico, but an FDA investigation failed to confirm this (Goodman et al., 1987). T-2 toxin. T-2 toxin is the cause of alimentary toxic aleukia (ATA) a devastating disease which occurred in the USSR during and after Second World War, in times of extreme food shortage resulting in consumption of overwintered cereals (Joffe, 1978; Beardall and Miller, 1994). Many people, probably hundreds of thousands, died as a result (Marasas et al., 1984). ATA was characterised by leucopoenia, bleeding from nose, throat and gums, haemorrhagic rash, exhaustion of the bone marrow and fever. Vomiting, nausea, diarrhoea and abdominal pain also usually occurred. Decrease in immunological functions led to susceptibility to bacterial and viral diseases, and often death (Joffe, 1978; Beardall and Miller, 1994). Haemorrhagic syndrome in cattle, pigs and poultry in the United States in the 1960s was also probably due to T-2 toxin (Desjardins, 2006). T-2 toxin is produced by F. sporotrichioides and, less commonly, F. poae (Desjardins, 2006). It appears to be produced only under cold conditions, and fortunately is now uncommon. The occurrence, toxicity and biology of T-2 toxin were examined in detail by JECFA (2001). They established that T-2 (and its metabolite HT-2) were immunotoxic and haemotoxic compounds in several animal species after short-term intake. Long-term effects could not be evaluated. T-2 was at most weakly genotoxic. In the absence of long-term studies, T-2 was not classifiable as to carcinogenicity (JECFA, 2001). Fumonisins. Fumonisins are produced by F. verticillioides (formerly known as F. moniliforme), by the closely related species F. proliferatum, uncommonly by F. subglutinans and F. oxysporum,

    92

    5 Primary Keys and Miscellaneous Fungi

    with neural tube defects such as spinal bifida in a population along the Texas-Mexican border (Desjardins, 2006). For the human population, a provisional maximum tolerable daily intake (PMTDI) of 2 mg/kg body weight per day was established by JECFA (2001). Determining which particular Fusarium species produces which mycotoxins has not been easy. Unstable taxonomy and misidentification have combined to cloud the picture. In a major contribution, Marasas et al. (1984) examined several hundred Fusarium isolates, identifying them according to Nelson et al. (1983) and then assessing mycotoxin production. Sections on mycotoxins in the species descriptions which follow are based on Marasas et al. (1984), Desjardins (2006) and Leslie and Summerell (2006). Claims concerning mycotoxin production by particular species in more recent references should be treated with some caution. Cultural instability. Many Fusarium species are notorious for their instability in culture. Isolates of some species will degenerate quickly, often after only one or two transfers. For this reason, it is important to identify Fusaria as soon as possible after primary isolation. Pure cultures for identification are traditionally started from a single germinated spore, as the mass transfer of Fusaria appears to increase the rate of deterioration of strains in culture. Identification procedures. Identification of Fusarium isolates is often difficult, but the task can be made easier by observing a few basic rules:

    identify cultures as soon as possible after primary isolation;

    always grow cultures for identification from single germinated conidia; standardised media and incubation conditions; use a light bank (Chapter 4) whenever possible.

    use

    Diagnostic features. The main characters used to distinguish species of Fusarium are (1) the size and shape of the macroconidia; (2) the psence or absence of microconidia; (3) the manner in which microconidia are produced; (4) the type of phialide on which microconidia are produced; (5) the psence or absence of chlamydoconidia; and (6) the colours and morphology of colonies on PDA.

    5.17 Genus Fusarium

    93

    The morphology of macroconidia is a principal diagnostic feature for Fusarium species. Macroconidia generally have at least three septa, with a differentiated apical cell which may be pointed, rounded, hooked or filamentous, and a basal cell which may be foot-shaped, with a distinct heel, or just slightly notched. Fusarium macroconidia generally exhibit some degree of curvature, the convex and concave sides being referred to as the dorsal and ventral sides, respectively. Although some macroconidia are usually produced in the aerial mycelium, the shape and size of those in sporodochia are more regular and are used for identification purposes where possible. Microconidia are usually produced in the aerial mycelium and their shape can be very important in Fusarium identification. Most species which produce microconidia form only a single type, the most common shape being ellipsoidal to clavate. However, F. poae produces spherical to apiculate microconidia and F. sporotrichioides produces a variety of shapes: ellipsoidal, pyriform and spherical. The method of production of microconidia and the types of phialides on which they are borne are also useful diagnostic criteria. F. verticillioides produces its microconidia in long, delicate, dry chains, which are best observed by using the 10 objective of the

    Key to Fusarium species included here 1

    Microconidia abundant Microconidia rare or absent

    2 9

    2 (1)

    Colonies on PDA with mycelium and/or reverse coloured greyish rose or burgundy Colonies on PDA in shades of cream, pale salmon or violet

    3 5

    3 (2)

    4 (3)

    5 (2)

    6 (5)

    F. poae 4

    F. chlamydosporum F. sporotrichioides

    6 7 F. verticillioides F. proliferatum

    94

    5 Primary Keys and Miscellaneous Fungi

    7 (5)

    Colonies cream or bluish, sporodochia cream Colonies pale salmon or violet, sporodochia salmon

    8 (7)

    Microconidia borne on short, stout monophialides; chlamydoconidia usually produced Microconidia borne on polyphialides and slender monophialides; chlamydoconidia not produced

    9 (1)

    Colonies cream, pale salmon or brown Colonies greyish rose to burgundy

    10 (9)

    Macroconidia cigar- or spindle-shaped, produced in the aerial mycelium Macroconidia obviously curved, produced in sporodochia

    11 (9)

    Macroconidia robust, ventral side straight; aerial mycelium tan to brown Macroconidia delicate and slender, slightly or definitely curved; aerial mycelium white or pinkish

    12 (11)

    Macroconidia longer and narrower, maximum width 5.5 mm 13 (11)

    Macroconidia with elongated basal cell and long, whip-like apical cell Macroconidia with basal and apical cells not obviously elongated

    14 (13)

    Macroconidia delicate and needle-like, with sides almost parallel Macroconidia with slight to definite curvature

    Telemorph: Gibberella acuminata Wollenw. Colonies on CYA 40-50 mm diam, of dense, felty mycelium, white to greyish rose or greyish magenta; reverse uniformly pale or with areas of greyish rose. Colonies on MEA 45-65 mm diam, yellow brown centrally, greyish rose at the margins; reverse deep brownish yellow to brownish orange, occasionally pale. Colonies on G25N 9-15 mm diam. At 58C, colonies 7-12 mm diam. No growth at 378C. On PDA, colonies usually covering the whole Petri dish, of dense to floccose white to pale salmon mycelium, sometimes greyish rose at the margins; reverse dark ruby centrally, greyish ruby at the margins. On DCPA, colonies sparse, of floccose to funiculose white to pale salmon mycelium; reverse pale or with brownish red annular rings. Macroconidia relatively slender, usually with five septa, but three and four septa not uncommon, with a long, tapering apical cell and foot-shaped basal cell, distinctly but not highly curved, with

    F. oxysporum F. subglutinans 10 11

    Macroconidia short and stout, up to 7 mm wide

    Fusarium acuminatum Ellis & Everh. Fig. 5.22

    F. solani 8

    F. semitectum F. equiseti 12 13 F. culmorum (See F. graminearum) F. graminearum F. longipes 14 F. avenaceum F. acuminatum

    the widest point often one third of the distance from the base, giving a ”bottom-heavy” appearance; microconidia produced sparsely by some isolates; chlamydoconidia produced, relatively slowly. Distinctive features. Ruby to dark ruby reverse colours on PDA, and relatively slender, slightly curved macroconidia, usually with five septa, are the distinctive features of Fusarium acuminatum. However, unless chlamydoconidia are psent, this species can be confused with F. avenaceum (see below). F. armeniacum is very closely related (Burgess and Summerell, 2000). Taxonomy. Perithecia of Gibberella acuminata Wollenw., the teleomorph of F. acuminatum, are formed in the laboratory when opposite mating types are inoculated onto sterile wheat straws (Booth, 1971). Isolates of F. acuminatum show considerable variability in culture, and this variability, correlated with secondary metabolite production (Logrieco et al., 1992), has been shown to be due to the fact that two species were included within F. acuminatum. F. armeniacum (Forbes et al.) L.W. Burgess and Summerell, pviously described as F. acuminatum var. armeniacum G.A.

    5.17 Genus Fusarium

    95

    Fig. 5.22 Fusarium acuminatum (a) colonies on PDA and DCPA, 7 d, 258C; (b, c) macroconidia, bar = 10 mm

    Forbes et al. has been elevated to species level (Burgess and Summerell, 2000) being distinguished on morphological grounds, isoenzyme patterns, molecular markers and mycotoxin profiles. Macroconidia of F. armeniacum are produced in distinct apricot coloured sporodochia. Physiology. Some isolates of Fusarium acuminatum have antioxidant enzyme activity (Kayali and Tarhan, 2005). Mycotoxins. Most of the mycotoxin production reported from Fusarium acuminatum, particularly the production of trichothecene toxins, is probably more correctly due to F. armeniacum (Desjardins, 2006; Leslie and Summerell, 2006). Isolates producing type A trichothecenes including T-2 toxin, HT-2 toxin and diacetoxyscirpenol (see Pitt and Hocking, 1997) are most likely to be F. armeniacum. In a survey of 25 isolates of F. acuminatum from different sources and geographic locations,

    Logrieco et al. (1992) pided the isolates into three categories, (a) enniatin B and/or moniliformin producers (probably F. acuminatum sensu stricto), (b) T-2, HT-2 and/or neosolaniol producers (probably F. armeniacum) and (c) nontoxigenic. F. acuminatum sensu stricto produces moniliformin (Chelkowski et al., 1990; Logrieco et al., 1992) and enniatins (Logrieco et al., 1992; Kononeko et al., 1993; Desjardins, 2006; Leslie and Summerell, 2006) as well as some other minor toxins (Desjardins, 2006). Ecology. Fusarium acuminatum has been isolated from a wide variety of plants throughout the world. Although some isolates may cause severe root rot in particular legume species (Leslie and Summerell, 2006), F. acuminatum is generally regarded as a saprophyte. It has been reported to cause rot in pumpkins (Elmer, 1996), is one cause of rot in stored potatoes (Theron and Holz, 1990) and is weakly pathogenic in

    96

    5 Primary Keys and Miscellaneous Fungi

    bananas (Jime´nez et al., 1993). It is quite common in poor quality wheat from cool temperate zones (Mills and Wallace, 1979; Abramson et al., 1987). It has been isolated from developing peanut pods (Barnes, 1971), barley (Abdel-Kader et al., 1979) and, in our laboratory, from rain damaged sorghum and soybeans. The incidence of F. acuminatum in tropical commodities was low (Pitt et al., 1993, 1994). References. Domsch et al. (1980), under G. acuminata; Nelson et al. (1983); Desjardins (2006); Leslie and Summerell (2006).

    Fusarium avenaceum (Fr.) Sacc.

    Fig. 5.23

    Teleomorph: Gibberella avenacea R.J. Cooke Colonies on CYA covering the whole Petri dish, moderately deep to deep, of open, floccose

    mycelium coloured white, very pale rose or deeper greyish rose; reverse varying from pale to pale yellow or with areas of greyish rose or sometimes uniformly deep burgundy. Colonies on MEA 45- 55 mm diam, low to moderately deep, of open floccose to funiculose mycelium, coloured white, pale rose or greyish rose, sometimes brown centrally; reverse brownish orange, sometimes paler centrally or at the margins. Colonies on G25N 9- 15 mm diam. At 58C, colonies 10-12 mm diam. No growth at 378C. On PDA, colonies moderately deep to deep, of dense mycelium coloured white, pale salmon or sometimes dark brownish red, with central masses of reddish orange sporodochia, sometimes surrounded by an outer ring of paler sporodochia; reverse greyish red, with darker annular rings, paler towards the margins. On DCPA, colonies deep, of moderately dense white to pale salmon mycelium with a central mass of orange to

    Fig. 5.23 Fusarium avenaceum (a) colonies on PDA and DCPA, 7 d, 258C; (b, c) macroconidia, bar = 10 mm

    5.17 Genus Fusarium

    salmon sporodochia, often surrounded by concentric rings of sporodochia; reverse pale. Macroconidia long, slender, with four to seven septa, thin-walled, straight or slightly curved, with a tapering apical cell and a notched or foot-shaped basal cell; microconidia produced sparsely by some isolates; chlamydoconidia absent. Distinctive features. Fusarium avenaceum is distinguished by thin walled, needle-like macroconidia and by the absence of chlamydoconidia. Despite the fact that F. avenaceum and F. acuminatum are not considered by Fusarium taxonomists to be closely related, these two species can be difficult to distinguish, as isolates with macroconidia of intermediate form are not uncommon. Colony diameters on PDA at 308C after 3 days can be a useful differentiating feature: under these conditions colonies of F. avenaceum are usually 8- 15 mm diam, whereas those of F. acuminatum are 15-28 mm diam (Burgess et al., 1994). Isolates of F. avenaceum show an unusually broad range of colours on PDA and also have a very broad host range. However, extensive genetic analysis has shown no bases from splitting the species, and pathogenicity tests on single strains have confirmed the broad host range (Nalim, 2004). Taxonomy. The teleomorph of Fusarium avenaceum is Gibberella avenacea R.J. Cook. It is not usually seen in culture on the media used here. Physiology. The optimum growth temperature for Fusarium avenaceum is 358C, the minimum near -38C and the maximum 318C (Domsch et al., 1980). The minimum aw for growth is approximately 0.90 at 258C (Magan and Lacey, 1984c), and the pH optimum ranges between 5.4 and 6.7 (Domsch et al., 1980). Mycotoxins. This species has been reported to produce a variety of trichothecene and other mycotoxins. However, Nelson et al. (1983) regarded only reports of moniliformin production as accurate. Later reports have confirmed this (Chelkowski et al., 1990; Abbas et al., 1991; Bosch and Mirocha, 1992). Reports of production of fusarin C (Farber and Sanders, 1986; Thrane, 1988; Leonov et al., 1993) and enniatins (Blais et al., 1992; Kononeko et al., 1993) also appear to be reliable (Desjardins, 2006; Leslie and Summerell, 2006). Production of any trichothecene toxin has not been confirmed, and Fusarium avenaceum does not carry the tri5 gene which is essential for trichothecene production (Tan and Niessen, 2003).

    97

    Ecology. Fusarium avenaceum has a worldwide distribution wherever crops are grown, but is relatively uncommon in food commodities. It is a major component of Fusarium head blight in cereals in Europe, the US Pacific Northwest region and Canada (Desjardins, 2006). Logrieco et al. (2002) identified F. avenaceum as a component of Fusarium ear rot of maize in Europe. It has been reported from barley (Flannigan, 1969; Petters et al., 1988; Stenwig and Liven, 1988) where it may inhibit germination of malting grains (Hudec, 2007), but is of minor importance in gushing of beer (Niessen et al., 1992). Other reported sources are sorghum (Onyike and Nelson, 1992), peanuts (Joffe, 1969), pigeon peas (Maximay et al., 1992) and, in our laboratory, triticale. F. avenaceum has been reported to cause spoilage of cool-stored broccoli (Mercier et al., 1991), dry rot of stored carrots in Italy (Marziano et al., 1992) and dry rot of rutabaga (swede turnip) in Canada (Peters et al., 2007). It has occasionally caused spoilage of apples, pears, asparagus, tomatoes, eggplant and potatoes (Snowdon, 1990, 1991) and has been reported as a postharvest pathogen of stonefruit in New Zealand (Hartill and Broadhurst, 1989). References. Domsch et al. (1980), as G. avenacea; Nelson et al. (1983); Leslie and Summerell (2006).

    Fusarium chlamydosporum Wollenw. & Reinking Fig. 5.24 Fusarium fusarioides (Gonz. Frag. & Cif.) Booth

    Colonies on CYA covering the whole Petri dish, of low to moderately deep floccose mycelium, coloured white to pale rosy pink, often with surface appearing powdery due to production of microconidia; reverse pale to greyish rose or brownish red. Colonies on MEA 55-70 mm diam, of low, moderately dense mycelium in shades of yellow brown, or greyish rose to greyish ruby, paler at the margins; reverse deep yellow brown to orange brown. Colonies on G25N 15-20 mm diam. At 58C, colonies 1-2 mm diam. At 378C, colonies 5-15 mm diam. On PDA, colonies of felty mycelium, coloured pale salmon, sometimes browner, or with patches of greyish red, often with a powdery appearance from profuse microconidial production; reverse deep violet brown to dark ruby, paler at the margins. On DCPA, colonies of sparse, floccose, pale salmon mycelium, often powdery with microconidia, showing poorly defined annulations; macroconidia

    98

    5 Primary Keys and Miscellaneous Fungi

    Fig. 5.24 Fusarium chlamydosporum (a) colonies on PDA and DCPA, 7 d, 258C; (b, c) polyphialides, bar = 10 mm; (d) macroconidia, bar = 10 mm; (e) microconidia, bar = 10 mm

    occasionally produced near the colony centres in salmon sporodochia; reverse pale. Macroconidia often rare, relatively short and stout, usually with three to five septa, slightly curved; microconidia produced abundantly from polyphialides in the aerial mycelium, with zero to two septa, fusiform to slightly clavate. Chlamydoconidia usually abundant in older cultures, produced singly, in pairs or in clumps. Distinctive features. The psence of abundant fusiform microconidia borne on polyphialides is the most outstanding feature of Fusarium chlamydosporum. Also colonies on PDA have dark violet brown to dark ruby reverse colours.

    Taxonomy. Fusarium chlamydosporum has priority over F. fusarioides as the correct name for this species (Domsch et al., 1980; Nelson et al., 1983; Leslie and Summerell, 2006). Physiology. This species has minimum, optimum and maximum temperatures for growth of 5, 27 and 378C (Seemu¨ller, 1968). Mycotoxins. Production of type A trichothecenes (including T-2 toxin, HT-2 toxin, monoacetoxyscirpenol, neosolaniol and iso-neosolaniol) by Fusarium chlamydosporum was reported by Park and Chu (1993); however, subsequent studies have found no evidence of trichothecene production in this species (Desjardins, 2006). Moniliformin is the

    5.17 Genus Fusarium

    major mycotoxin produced by F. chlamydosporum (Marasas et al., 1984; Desjardins, 2006). Ecology. Fusarium chlamydosporum is mainly an inhabitant of soils in warmer climates (Domsch et al., 1980; Leslie and Summerell, 2006), and is not regarded as a plant pathogen or spoilage fungus. However, it is commonly isolated from grains in drier areas, particularly in the Middle East, southern Europe, central Asia and Australia (Leslie and Summerell, 2006), and has also been isolated from pearl millet (Wilson et al., 1993; Jurjevic et al., 2007), pecans (Huang and Hanlin, 1975) and sorghum (Rabie et al., 1975; Onyike and Nelson, 1992). A low incidence of F. chlamydosporum was found in peanuts from both Indonesia and the Philippines (Pitt et al., 1998a) and from mung beans and sorghum in Thailand (Pitt et al., 1994). Involvement in dry rot of potatoes has also been reported (Somani, 2004; Esfahani, 2006). References. Domsch et al. (1980); Nelson et al. (1983); Leslie and Summerell (2006).

    99

    Fusarium culmorum (W.G. Smith) Sacc. Fig. 5.25 Colonies on CYA covering the whole Petri dish, of dense felty mycelium, often with a floccose overlay, sometimes reaching the Petri dish rim, pale red to pastel red; reverse pastel red to deep red. Colonies on MEA 60 mm or more diam, floccose, in age often reaching the Petri dish lid, pale red to pastel red, commonly with a greyish orange to yellowish brown overlay; reverse brown to reddish brown. Colonies on G25N usually 5-10 mm diam, mycelium orange white, reverse yellow to orange. At 58C, germination. No growth at 378C. On PDA, colonies covering the whole Petri dish, of dense to floccose mycelium, pale red and pale yellow brown; reverse red to deep red. On DCPA, colonies 50-65 mm diam, of sparse mycelium, orange to pinkish white, bearing abundant macroconidia in orange sporodochia; reverse dull orange brown.

    Fig. 5.25 Fusarium culmorum (a) colonies on PDA and DCPA, 7 d, 258C; (b, c) macroconidia, bar = 10 mm

    100

    Macroconidia relatively short, wide and only slightly curved, with four to five septa, 30-45 mm long, with rounded or sometimes papillate apical cells; basal cells with a slight to definite notch, sometimes papillate. Microconidia not produced. Chlamydoconidia sometimes formed, in conidia, or intercalary in the hyphae, singly or in chains, 9-14 mm diam, smooth walled. Distinctive features. Short, stout macroconidia are the prime feature distinguishing Fusarium culmorum from most other species. F. culmorum may be confused with F. crookwellense L.W. Burgess et al., but macroconidia of the latter species have a distinctly foot-shaped basal cell, whereas those of F. culmorum are shorter and stouter, and the basal cell is not distinctly foot-shaped. Taxonomy. No teleomorph is known for this species. Physiology. Fusarium culmorum has been reported to be psychrotrophic, growing down to 08C, with an optimum at 218C and a maximum of only 318C (Arsvoll, 1975); however, Magan and Lacey (1984c) reported growth at 358C. The minimum aw for growth is 0.87 at 20-258C and pH 6.5: at pH 4.0, growth did not occur below 0.90 aw (Magan and Lacey, 1984a). A strain of F. culmorum produced deoxynivalenol optimally at 258C, but only between 0.995 and 0.97-0.96 aw (Hope and Magan, 2003; Hope et al., 2005). At 158C, deoxynivalenol was produced in lower concentrations later in the growth cycle, but over a slightly greater aw range (0.995 to 0.95-0.94 aw). The dynamics of nivalenol production for this strain was similar (Hope and Magan, 2003). Zearalenone production by F. culmorum was reported to be optimal above 258C (Bottalico et al., 1982). F. culmorum is very tolerant of low O2 tensions (Magan and Lacey, 1984b). Radiation resistance of F. culmorum was relatively high: up to 0.8 kGy were needed for a tenfold reduction in spore numbers on grain, and up to 1.39 kGy on media (O’Neill et al., 1991). Mycotoxins. Fusarium culmorum produces a variety of mycotoxins: indeed the list in our files is of more than 40 compounds. However, the most important toxins confirmed to be produced by this species (Nelson et al., 1983; Marasas et al., 1984; Desjardins, 2006; Leslie and Summerell, 2006) are deoxynivalenol, nivalenol and their derivatives (Abramson et al., 2001; Hestbjerg et al., 2002;

    5 Primary Keys and Miscellaneous Fungi

    Chandler et al., 2003; Jennings et al., 2004) and zearalenone (Bakan et al., 2001; Hestbjerg et al., 2002; Llorens et al., 2004a; Brinkmeyer et al., 2005). Moniliformin production was reported by Scott et al. (1987) but was not detected in 42 isolates of F. culmorum from Canada by Abramson et al. (2001). Reports of production of type A trichothecenes (T-2 toxin, HT-2 toxin) have not been substantiated (Leslie and Summerell, 2006). The existence of two chemotypes of Fusarium culmorum, those that produce deoxynivalenol and those that produce nivalenol (Miller et al., 1991), has been confirmed by molecular studies. Within the trichothecene gene cluster, isolates possessing the Tri7 and Tri13 genes produce nivalenol and related compounds, whereas sequences in the Tri3, Tri5 and Tri6 genes are associated with deoxynivalenol production (Chandler et al., 2003; Jennings et al., 2004; Quarta et al., 2005, 2006). Of 55 European isolates examined by Quarta et al. (2005), 11 were the nivalenol chemotype, and the remainder were deoxynivalenol producers. Jennings et al. (2004) examined 153 isolates from England and Wales, and found that the DON chemotype was dominant over the NIV chemotype (59% vs 41%, respectively). Lauren et al. (1992) examined 45 isolates of F. culmorum from New Zealand soil and pasture and found none produced deoxynivalenol or its monoacetyl isomers. Two chemotypes were identified, one producing diacetylnivalenol with culmorin as the major metabolite accounted for 95% of isolates, while the other chemotype produced diacetoxyscirpenol. Ecology. This species has a worldwide distribution in soil and as a pathogen of cereals and other hosts, with a higher incidence in temperate climates (Domsch et al., 1980; Nelson et al., 1983; Leslie and Summerell, 2006). It is an important component of the cohort of Fusarium species that cause head blight of wheat and associated cereal crops in Europe, Canada, China and other areas with cool weather during the growing season (Desjardins, 2006). In wheat it causes extensive internal damage to the grain, and reductions in flour yield and baking quality (Meyer et al., 1986). F. culmorum was reported as the dominant Fusarium species on barley in Europe (see Pitt and Hocking, 1997). It also occurs in triticale (Perkowski et al., 1988). F. culmorum has been identified as a component of Fusarium ear rot of maize in Europe (Logrieco

    5.17 Genus Fusarium

    101

    et al., 2002). F. culmorum was one cause of crown rot in bananas (Wade et al., 1993), and is a minor cause of spoilage of apples and pears (Snowdon, 1990). References. Domsch et al. (1980); Nelson et al. (1983); Desjardins (2006); Leslie and Summerell (2006).

    Fusarium equiseti (Corda) Sacc.

    Fig. 5.26

    Teleomorph: Gibberella intricans Wollenw. Colonies on CYA filling the whole Petri dish, often to the lid, of dense to floccose white mycelium; reverse pale or pale salmon. Colonies on MEA

    covering the whole Petri dish, of open, floccose white to pale brown mycelium; reverse pale, or sometimes showing areas of pale greyish red. Colonies on G25N 12-20 mm diam. At 58C, colonies of 1- 4 mm diam produced. At 378C, usually no growth, although in isolates from the tropics, colonies up to 35 diam Produced. On PDA, colonies of dense to floccose mycelium, white to pale salmon, becoming brown with age, with a central mass of orange to brown sporodochia, sometimes surrounded by poorly defined sporodochial rings; reverse pale salmon, often with a brown central area and brown flecks. On DCPA, colony appearance usually dominated by salmon, orange or brownish

    Fig. 5.26 Fusarium equiseti (a) colonies on PDA and DCPA, 7 d, 258C; (b, c) macroconidia, bar ¼ 10 mm; (d) chlamydoconidia, bar ¼ 10 mm

    102

    421

    The factors enabling fungi to cause spoilage in cheese are the ability to grow at refrigeration temperatures, to grow in low oxygen concentrations, lipolytic activity, resistance to the pservative action of free fatty acids and growth at reduced aw. Penicillium roqueforti and P. commune meet all these criteria and are thus the most successful spoilage moulds on cheese. Toxin production (roquefortine and PR toxin from P. roqueforti and cyclopiazonic acid from P. commune) is a definite, though probably small, hazard. PR-imine was detected in 50 of 60 samples of blue-vein cheese, but PR toxin was not (Siemens and Zawistowski, 1993). Roquefortine was detected in 1 of 10 samples of Valdeon cheese, a blue´ mould ripened Spanish variety (Lopez-Dias et al., 1996), in all 11 samples of European blue-mould cheeses purchased in Finland (Kokkonen et al., 2005a) and in all 30 samples of European bluemould cheese examined in Italy (Finoli et al., 2001). The levels of roquefortine detected by Kokkonen et al. (2005b) ranged from 0.8 to 12 mg/kg, whereas levels reported by Finoli et al. (2001) were lower (0.08-1.47 mg/kg). Mycophenolic acid was detected in 4 of 12 samples of mouldy Spanish Manchego ´ cheese (Lopez-Dias et al., 1996) and 1 of 11 samples of blue-mould cheese in Finland (Kokkonen et al., 2005a). Ochratoxin A has recently been reported by Dall’Asta et al. (2008) in blue-mould cheeses from Italy (23 of 54 samples) and France (7 of 14 samples) at levels from 0.25 to 3.0 mg/kg. Cyclopiazonic acid detected in six samples of Italian Taleggio, a soft, smear-ripened cheese, was confined mainly to the rind (Finoli et al., 1999). Sterigmatocystin produced by Aspergillus versicolor was detected in the surface layer of hard cheeses in the Netherlands (Northolt et al., 1980). Mycotoxin levels reported in cheese are not usually considered to be of public health significance. Mouldy cheese is unsuitable for sale and for manufacturing purposes. Protection from the Penicillia relies on clean production conditions, low temperature storage, low oxygen atmospheres, integrity of packaging materials, intact rinds, pservative impgnated wrappers and rapid turnover of stock.

    “This page left intentionally blank.”

    Media Appendix

    Aspergillus flavus and parasiticus agar (AFPA) Peptone, bacteriological Yeast extract Ferric ammonium citrate Chloramphenicol Agar Dichloran (0.2% in ethanol, 1.0 ml) Water, distilled

    10 g 20 g 0.5 g 100 mg 15 g 2 mg 1l

    After addition of all ingredients, sterilise by autoclaving at 1218C for 15 min. The final pH of this medium is 6.0-6.5. Creatine sucrose neutral agar (CSN) CS concentrate Sucrose Creatine KH2PO4 Bromocresol purple Agar Water, distilled to

    10 ml 10 g 5.0 g 1.0 g 0.05 g 15 g 1l

    Creatine sucrose (CS) concentrate KCl MgSO4 7H2O FeSO4 7H2O ZnSO4 7H2O CuSO4 5H2O Water, distilled to

    5g 5g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.05 g 100 ml

    Sterilise by autoclaving at 1218C for 15 min. Final unadjusted pH is approximately 6.8. A pH between 5.5 and 6.8 is satisfactory. For identification of Penicillium subgenus Penicillium species. Czapek concentrate NaNO3 KCl

    30 g 5g

    MgSO4 7H2O FeSO4 7H2O Water, distilled

    5g 0.1 g 100 ml

    Czapek concentrate will keep indefinitely without sterilisation. The pcipitate of Fe(OH)3 which forms in time can be resuspended by shaking before use. Czapek iprodione dichloran agar (CZID) Sucrose Yeast extract Chloramphenicol Dichloran (0.2% in ethanol, 1 ml) Czapek concentrate Trace metal solution Agar Water, distilled Iprodione (suspension)

    30 g 5g 100 mg 2 mg 10 ml 1 ml 15 g 1l 1 ml

    Add iprodione suspension . Kvashnina, E.S. 1976. (Physiological and ecological characteristics of Fusarium species Sect. Sporotrichiella). Mikol. Fitopatol. 10: 275-281. Kwasna, H., Ward, E. and Bateman, G.L. 2006. Phylogenetic relationships among Zygomycetes from soil based on ITS1/2 rDNA sequences. Mycol. Res. 110: 501-510. La Guerche, S., Dauphin, B., Pons, M., Blancard, D. and Darriet, P. 2006. Characterization of some mushroom and earthy off-odors microbially induced by the development of rot on grapes. J. Agric. Food Chem. 54: 9193-9200. Labuda, R. and Tancˇinova´, D. 2003. Eupenicillium ochrosalmoneum, a rare species isolated from a feed mixture in Slovakia. Biologia, Bratislava 58: 1123-1126. Lacey, J. 1980. Colonization of damp organic substrates and spontaneous heating. In Microbial Growth and Survival in Extreme Environments, eds G.W. Gould and J.E.L. Corry. London: Academic Press. pp. 53-70. Lahali, R., Serrhini, M.N. and Jijakli, M.H. 2004. Efficacy assessment of Candida oleophila (strain O) and Pichia anomala (strain K) against major postharvest diseases of citrus fruits in Morocco. Commun. Appl. Biol. Sci. Ghent Univ. 69: 601-609. Lahali, R., Serrhini, M.N. and Jijakli, M.H. 2005. Studying and modelling the combined effect of temperature and water activity on the growth rate of P. expansum. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 103: 315-322. Lahlali, R., Serrhini, M.N., Friel, D. and Jijakli, M.H. 2007. Predictive modelling of temperature and water activity (solutes) on the in vitro radial growth of Botrytis cinerea Pers. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 114: 1-9. Laich, F., Fierro, F., Cardoza, R.E. and Martin, J.F. 1999. Organization of the gene cluster for biosynthesis of penicillin in Penicillium nalgiovense and antibiotic production in cured dry sausages. Appl. Environ. Microbiol., 65: 1236-1240. Lamper, C., Teren, J., Bartok, T., Komoroczy, R., Mesterhazy, A. and Sagi, F. 2000. Predicting DON contamination in Fusarium-infected wheat grains via determination of the ergosterol content. Cereal Res. Commun. 28: 337-344. Lanciotti, R., Sinigaglia, M., Gardini, F. and Guerzoni, M.E. 1998. Hansenula anomala as spoilage agent of cream-filled cakes. Microbiol. Res. 153: 145-148.

    463 Landers, K.E., Davis, N.D. and Diener, U.L. 1967. Influence of atmospheric gases on aflatoxin production by Aspergillus flavus in peanuts. Phytopathology 57: 1086-1090. Langseth, W., Bernhoft, A., Rundberget, T., Kosiak, B. and Gareis, M. 1999. Mycotoxin production and cytotoxicity of Fusarium strains isolated from Norwegian cereals. Mycopathologia 144: 103-113. Langvad, F. 1980. A simple and rapid method for qualitative and quantitative study of the fungal flora of leaves. Can. J. Microbiol. 26: 666-670. LaRocco, K.A., Galligan, P., Littel, K.J. and Spurgash, A. 1985. A rapid bioluminescent ATP method for determining yeast contamination in a carbonated beverage. Food Technol. 39: 49-52. Laroche, C., Fine, F and Gervais, P. 2005. Water activity affects heat resistance of microorganisms in fine powders. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 97: 307-315. Larsen, T.O. and Frisvad, J.C. 1995. Characterization of volatile metabolites from 47 Penicillium taxa. Mycol. Res. 99: 1153-1166. Larsen, T.O., Gareis, M., Frisvad, J.C. 2002. Cell cytotoxicity and mycotoxin and secondary metabolite production by common Penicillia on cheese agar. J. Agric. Food Chem. 50: 6148-6152. Larumbe, A., Gonzalez, H.H.L., Resnik, S.L. and Chirife, J. 1991. Moisture migration and mold growth in a composite chocolate product. Lebensm. Wiss. Technol. 24: 307-309. Las Heras-Vazquez, F.J., Mingorance-Cazorla, L., Clemente-Jimenez, J.M. and Rodriguez-Vico, F. 2003. Identification of yeast species from orange fruit and juice by RFLP and sequence analysis of the 5.8s rRNA gene and the two internal transcribed spacers. FEMS Yeast Res. 3: 3-9. Lasram, S., Bellı´ , N., Chebil, S., Nahla, Z., Mliki, A., Snachis, V. and Ghorbel, A. 2007. Occurrence of ochratoxigenic fungi and ochratoxin A in grapes from a Tunisian vineyard. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 114: 376-379. Latorre-Garcia, L., del Castillo-Agudo, L. and Polaina, J. 2007. Taxonomical classification of yeasts isolated from kefir based on the sequence of their ribosomal RNA genes. World J. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 23: 785-791. Lau, A.P.S., Lee, A.K.Y., Chan, C.K. and Fang Ming. 2006. Ergosterol as a biomarker for the quantification of the fungal biomass in atmospheric aerosols. Atmos. Environ. 40: 249-259. Lauren, D.R., Sayer, S.T. and Di Menna, M.E. 1992. Trichothecene production by Fusarium species isolated from grain and pasture throughout New Zealand. Mycopathologia 120: 167-176. Laurent, D., Platzer, N., Kohler, F., Sauviat, M.P. and Pellegrin, F. 1989. Macrofusine et micromoniline: deux nouvelles mycotoxines isolees de mais infeste par Fusarium moniliforme Sheld. Microbiol. Alim. Nutr. 7: 9-16. Le, V.K., Hatai, K., Yuasa, A. and Sawada, K. 2005. Morphology and molecular phylogeny of Fusarium solani isolated from kuruma prawn Penaeus japonicus with black gills. Gyobyo Kenkyu = Fish Pathology 40: 103-109. Lee, C.Z., Liou, G.Y. and Yuan, G.F. 2004. Comparison of Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus oryzae by amplified fragment length polymorphism. Bot. Bull. Acad. Sinica 45: 61-68.

    464 Lee, T.-S. and Lee, S.-K. 1970. Studies on yeasts for soy sauce brewing. I. Isolation, identification, and classification of yeasts in soy sauce koji. Han’guk Nonghwa Hakhoechi (J. Korean Agric. Chem. Soc.) 13: 97-103. Lee, U.-S., Jang, H.-S., Tanaka, T., Toyasaki, N., Sugiura, Y., Oh, Y.-J., Cho, C.-M. and Ueno, Y. 1986. Mycological survey of Korean cereals and production of mycotoxins by Fusarium isolates. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 52: 1258-1260. Lee. Y.J. and Hagler, W.M. 1991. Aflatoxin and cyclopiazonic acid production by Aspergillus flavus isolated from contaminated maize. J. Food Sci. 56: 871-872. Lefortier-Medvey. M. 1993. Unsere praktischen Erfahrungen in der Anwendung von Mikroorganismen fu¨r die Ka¨seoberfla¨che. Milchwirtsch. Ber. Bundesanst. Wolfpassing Rotholz 114: 35-36. Legan, J.D. and Voysey, P.A. 1991. Yeast spoilage of bakery products and ingredients. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 70: 361-371. Leifert, C., Sigee, D.C., Stanley, R., Knight, C. and Epton, H.A.S. 1993. Biocontrol of Botrytis cinerea and Alternaria brassicicola on Dutch white cabbage by bacterial antagonists at cold-store temperatures. Plant Pathol. 42: 270-279. Leistner, L. 1990. Mould-fermented foods: recent developments. Food Biotechnol. 4: 433-441. Leistner, L. and Ayres, J.C. 1968. Molds and meats. Fleischwirtschaft 48: 62-65. Leistner, L. and Eckardt, C. 1981. Schimmelpilze und Mykotoxine in Fleisch und Fleischerzeugnissen. In Mykotoxine in Lebensmitteln, ed. J. Reiss. Stuttgart, Germany: Gustav Fischer Verlag. pp. 297-341. Leistner, L. and Pitt, J.I. 1977. Miscellaneous Penicillium toxins. In Mycotoxins in Human and Animal Health, eds J.V. Rodricks, C.W. Hesseltine and M.A. Mehlman. Park Forest South, IL: Pathotox Publishers. pp. 639-653. Leistner, L. and Rodel, W. 1976. Inhibition of micro-organisms ¨ in foods by water activity. In Inhibition and Inactivation of Vegetative Microbes, eds F.A. Skinner and W.B. Hugo. London: Academic Press. pp. 219-237. Lennox, C.L., Spotts, R.A. and Booyse, M. 2004. Incidence of Postharvest decay of d’Anjou pear and control with a thiabendazole drench. Plant Dis. 88: 474-478. Lenovich, L.M., Buchanan, R.L., Worley, N.J. and Restaino, L. 1988. Effect of solute type on sorbate resistance in Zygosaccharomyces rouxii. J. Food Sci. 53: 914-916. Leonard, K.J. and Suggs, E.G. 1974. Setosphaeria prolata, the ascigerous state of Exserohilum prolatum. Mycologia 66: 281-297. Leong S.L., Hocking A.D. and Pitt, J.I. 2004. Occurrence of fruit rot fungi (Aspergillus section Nigri) on some drying varieties of irrigated grapes. Aust. J. Grape Wine Res. 10: 83-88. Leong S.L., Hocking A.D., Pitt, J.I., Kazi, B.A., Emmett, R. W. and Scott, E.S. 2006a. Australian research on ochratoxigenic fungi and ochratoxin A. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 111 Suppl. 1: S10-S17. Leong S.L., Hocking, A.D. and Scott E.S. 2006b. Effect of temperature and water activity on growth and ochratoxin A production by Australian Aspergillus carbonarius and A. niger isolates on a simulated grape juice medium. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 110: 209-216.

    References Leong, S.L., Hocking, A.D., Varelis, P., Giannikopoulos, G. and Scott, E.S. 2006c. Fate of ochratoxin A during vinification of Semillon and Shiraz grapes. J. Agric. Food Chem. 54: 6460-6464. Leong, S.L., Hocking, A.D. and Scott, E.S. 2006d. The effect of juice clarification, static or rotary fermentation and fining on ochratoxin A in wine. Aust. J. Grape Wine Res. 12: 245-251. Leong, S.L., Hocking, A.D. and Scott, E.S. 2006e. Effects of water activity and temperature on the survival of Aspergillus carbonarius spores in vitro. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 42: 326-330. Leong, S.L., Hien, L.T., An, T.V., Trang, N.T., Hocking, A. D. and Scott, E.S. 2007. Ochratoxin A-producing Aspergilli in Vietnamese green coffee. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 45: 301-306. Leonov, A.N., Kononenko, G.P. and Soboleva, N.A. 1990. Production of DON-related trichothecenes by Fusarium graminearum Schw. from Krasnodarski krai of the USSR. Mycotoxin Res. 6: 54-60. Leonov, A.N., Malinovskaya, L.S., Kononenko, G.P., Soboleva, N.A. and Putina, T.G. 1993. Production of fusarin C by fungi causing fusariosis of grain cultures. Appl. Biochem. Microbiol. 29: 28-31. Leslie, J.F. and Summerell, B.A. 2006. The Fusarium Laboratory Manual. Ames, IA: Blackwell Publishing. Leslie, J.F., Zeller, K.A., Logrieco, A., Mule`, G., Moretti, A. and Ritieni, A. 2004. Species persity of and toxin production by Gibberella fujikuroi species complex strains isolated from native prairie grasses in Kansas. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 70: 2254-2262. Leslie, J.F., Zeller, K.A. Lampcht, S.C., Rheeder, J.P. and Marasas, W.F.O. 2005. Toxicity, pathogenicity, and genetic differentiation of five species of Fusarium from sorghum and millet. Phytopathology 95: 275-283. Leslie, J.F., Anderson, L.L., Bowden, R.L. and Lee YinWon. 2007. Inter- and intra-specific genetic variation in Fusarium. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 119: 25-32. Levi, C.P., Trenk, H.L. and Mohr, H.K. 1974. Study of the occurrence of ochratoxin A in green coffee beans. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 57: 866-870. Lew, H., Adler, A. and Edinger, W. 1991. Moniliformin and the European corn borer (Ostrinia nubilalis). Mycotoxin Res. 7: 71-76. Lewis, P.R., Donoghue, M.B., Hocking, A.D. and Cook, L. 2005. Tremor syndrome associated with a fungal toxin: sequelae of food contamination. Med. J. Aust. 182: 582-584. Li, J.R., Liang X.G., Deng G. and Joyce, D. 2002. Isolation and identification of spoilage fungi from red bay berry. Postharvest News Inf. 13(4): 49 N-52 N. Li, S.Z., Marquardt, R.R. and Abramson, D. 2000. Immunochemical detection of molds: a review. J. Food Prot. 63: 281-291. Liardon, R., Braendlin, N. and Spadone, J.C. 1992. Biogenesis of Rio flavour impact compound: 2,4,6-trichloroanisole. In Proc. 14th Int. Conf. Coffee Sci., San Francisco, 14-19 July 1991. Paris: Assoc. Sci. Int. Cafe. pp. 608-614. Lichtwardt, R.W., Barron, G.L. and Tiffany, L.H. 1958. Mold flora associated with shelled corn in Iowa. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 33: 1-11.

    References Liewen, M.B. and Marth, E.H. 1984. Inhibition of Penicillia and Aspergilli by potassium sorbate. J. Food Prot. 47: 554-556. Liewen, M.B. and Marth, E.H. 1985. Use of gas chromatography and mass spectroscopy to identify and determine 1,3-pentadiene in cheese or mold cultures. Z. Lebensm. Unters. Forsch. 180: 45-47. Lillehoj, E.B. 1983. Effect of environmental and cultural factors on aflatoxin contamination of developing corn kernels. In Aflatoxin and Aspergillus flavus in Corn, eds U.L. Diener, R.L. Asquith and J.W. Dickens. Auburn, AL: Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station. pp. 27-34. Lillehoj, E.B., Fennell, D.I. and Kwolek, W.F. 1976a. Aspergillus flavus and aflatoxin in Iowa corn before harvest. Science 193: 495-496. Lillehoj, E.B., Kwolek, W.F., Peterson, R.E., Shotwell, O.L. and Hesseltine, C.W. 1976b. Aflatoxin contamination, fluorescence, and insect damage in corn infected with Aspergillus flavus before harvest. Cereal Chem. 53: 505-512. Lillehoj, E.B., Kwolek, W.F., Horner, E.S., Widstrom, N.W., Josephson, L.M., Franz, A.O. and Catalano, E.A. 1980. Aflatoxin contamination of pharvest corn: role of Aspergillus flavus inoculum and insect damage. Cereal Chem. 57: 255-257. Lim, W.H. 1983. Penicillium funiculosum isolates associated with fruit blemishes of pineapple (cv. Masmerah) in Peninsular Malaysia. MARDI Res. Bull. 11: 179-186. Lima, V.M.G., Krieger, N., Sarquis, M.I.M., Mitchell, D.A., Ramos, L.P. and Fontana, J.D. 2003. Effect of nitrogen and carbon sources on lipase production by Penicillium aurantiogriseum. Food Tech. Biotech. 41: 105-110. Lin, C.-F. 1975. Studies on the Monascus isolated from the starter of kaoliang brandy. Chin. J. Microbiol. 8: 152-160. Lin, H.H. and Cousin, M.A. 1985. Detection of mold in processed foods by high performance liquid chromatography. J. Food Prot. 48: 671-678. Lin, H.H. and Cousin, M.A. 1987. Evaluation of enzymelinked immunosorbent assay for detection of molds in foods. J. Food Sci. 52: 1089-1096. Lin, H.H., Lister, R.M. and Cousin, M.A. 1986. Enzymelinked immunosorbent assay for detection of mold in tomato puree. J. Food Sci. 51: 180-183. Linfield, C.A., Kenny, S.R. and Lyons, N.F. 1995. A serological test for detecting Botrytis allii, the cause of neck rot of onion bulbs. Ann. Appl. Biol. 126: 259-268. Ling, K.H. 1994. Territrems, tremorgenic mycotoxins isolated from Aspergillus terreus. J. Toxicol. Toxin Rev. 13: 243-252. Lioliou, K., Litopoulou-Tzanetaki, E., Tzanetakis, N. and Robinson, R.K. 2001. Changes in the microflora of manouri, a traditional Greek whey cheese, during storage. Int. J. Dairy Technol. 54: 100-106. Liou, G.-Y., Chen, S.-R., Wei, Y.-H., Lee, F.-L., Fu, H.-M., Yuan, G.-F. and Stalpers, A. 2007. Polyphasic approach to the taxonomy of the Rhizopus stolonifer group. Mycol. Res. 111: 196-203. Liu, B.-H., Wu, T.-S., Yu, F.-Y. and Su, C.-C. 2007a. Induction of oxidative stress response by the mycotoxin patulin in mammalian cells. Toxicol. Sci. 95: 340-347. Liu, C.L., Xu, W.N., Liu, F.M. and Jiang, S.R. 2007b. Fumonisins production by Fusarium proliferatum strains isolated from asparagus crown. Mycopathologia 164: 127-134.

    465 Liu, C.-H., Hsu, W.-H. Lee, F.-L. and Liao, C.-C. 1996. The isolation and identification of microbes from a fermented tea beverage, Haipao, and their interactions during Haipao fermentation. Food Microbiol. 13: 407-415. 1996. Liu, X.Y., Huang, H. and Zheng, R.Y. 2001. Relationships within Cunninghamella based on sequence analysis of ITS rDNA. Mycotaxon 80: 77-95. Llewellyn, G.C., Mooney, R.L., Cheatle, T.F. and Flannigan, B. 1992. Mycotoxin contamination of spices – an update. Int. Biodeter. Biodegr. 29: 111-121. Llorens, A., Mateo, R., Hinojo, M.J., Logrieco, A. and Jimenez, M. 2004a. Influence of the interactions among ecological variables in the characterization of zearalenone producing isolates of Fusarium spp. Syst. Appl. Microbiol. 27: 253-260. Llorens, A., Mateo, R., Hinojo, M.J., Valle-Algarra, F.M. and Jimenez, M. 2004b. Influence of environmental factors on the biosynthesis of type B trichothecenes by isolates of Fusarium spp. from Spanish crops. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 94: 43-54. LoBuglio, K.F., Pitt, J.I. and Taylor, J.W. 1993. Phylogenetic analysis of two ribosomal DNA regions indicates multiple independent losses of a sexual Talaromyces state among asexual Penicillium species in subgenus Biverticillium. Mycologia 58: 592-604. Lofti, A., Abd-El-Rahman, H.A., Hefnawy, Y. and Youssef, H. 1983. Studies on the mycological status of sausage in upper Egypt. Fleischwirtschaft 63: 595-596, 633-634. Logrieco, A., Bottalico, A. and Altomare, C. 1988. Chemotaxonomic observations on zearalenone and trichothecene production by Gibberella zeae from cereals in southern Italy. Mycologia 80: 892-895. Logrieco, A., Visconti, A. and Bottalico, A. 1990a. Mandarin fruit rot caused by Alternaria alternata and associated mycotoxins. Plant Dis. 74: 415-417. Logrieco, A., Bottalico, A., Solfrizzo, M. and Mule, G. 1990b. Incidence of Alternaria species in grains from Mediterranean countries and their ability to produce mycotoxins. Mycologia 82: 501-505. Logrieco, A., Altomare, C., Moretti, A. and Bottalico, A. 1992. Cultural and toxigenic variability in Fusarium acuminatum. Mycol. Res. 96: 518-523. Logrieco, A., Moretti, A., Altomare, C., Bottalico, A. and Torres, E.C. 1993a. Occurrence and toxicity of Fusarium subglutinans from Peruvian maize. Mycopathologia 122: 185-190. Logrieco, A., Moretti, A., Ritieni, A., Chelkowski, J., Altomare, C., Bottalico, A. and Randazzo, G. 1993b. Natural occurrence of beauvericin in pharvest Fusarium subglutinans infected corn ears in Poland. J. Agric. Food Chem. 41: 2149-2152. Logrieco, A., Moretti, A., Ritieni, A., Bottalico, A. and Corda, P. 1995. Occurrence and toxigenicity of Fusarium proliferatum from pharvest maize ear rot, and associated mycotoxins, in Italy. Plant Dis. 79: 727-731. Logrieco, A., Moretti, A., Castella, G., Kostecki, M., Golinski, P., Ritieni, A. and Chelkowski, J. 1998a. Beauvericin production by Fusarium species. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 3084-3088. Logrieco, A., Doko, B., Moretti, A., Frisullo, S. and Visconti, A. 1998b. Occurrence of fumonisin B1 and B2 in

    466 Fusarium proliferatum infected asparagus plants. J. Agric. Food Chem. 46: 5201-5204. Logrieco, A., Mule`, G., Moretti, A. and Bottalico, A. 2002. Toxigenic Fusarium species and mycotoxins associated with maize ear rot in Europe. Eur. J. Plant Pathol. 108: 597-609. Logrieco, A., Bottalico, A., Mule, G, Moretti, A. and Perrone, G. 2003. Epidemiology of toxigenic fungi and their associated mycotoxins for some Mediterranean crops. Eur. J. Plant Pathol. 109: 645-667. Loiveke, H., Ilumae, E. and Laitamm, H. 2004. Microfungi in grain and grain feeds and their potential toxicity. Agron. Res. 2: 195-205. Lomax, L.G., Cole, R.J. and Dorner, J.W. 1984. The toxicity of cyclopiazonic acid in weaned pigs. Vet. Pathol. 21: 418-424. Lombaert, G.A., Pellaers, P., Neumann, G., Kitchen, D., Huzel, V., Trelka, R., Kotello, S. and Scott, P.M. 2004. Ochratoxin A in dried vine fruits on the Canadian retail market. Food Addit. Contam. 21: 578-585. Lopandic, K., Zelger, S, Branszky, L. K., Eliskases-Lechner, F. and Prillinger, H. 2006. Identification of yeasts associated with milk products using traditional and molecular techniques. Food Microbiol. 23: 341-350. ´ Lopez-Dı´ az, T.M., Roma´n Blanco, C., Garcı´ a Arias, M.T., ´ Garcı´ a Ferna´ndez, M.C. and Garcı´ a Lopez, M.L. 1996. Mycotoxins in two Spanish cheese varieties. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 30: 391-395. ´ ´ Lopez-Dı´ az, T-M., Santos, J-A., Garcı´ a-Lopez, M-L. and Otero, A. 2001. Surface mycoflora of a Spanish fermented meat sausage and toxigenicity of Penicillium isolates. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 68: 69-74. ´ Lopez-Malo, A. and Palou, E. 2000. Modeling the growth/ no-growth interface of Zygosaccharomyces bailii in mango puree. J. Food Sci. 65: 516-520. Lotzsch, R. and Trapper, D. 1978. Bildung von Aflatoxinen ¨ und Patulin in Abha¨ngigkeit von der Wasseraktivita¨t (awWert). Fleischwirtschaft 58: 2001-2007. Loureiro, V and Malfeito-Ferreira, M. 2006. Dekkera/Brettamomyces spp. In Food Spoilage Microorganisms, ed. C. de W. Blackburn. Cambridge, UK: Woodhead Publishing. pp. 354-398. Lowings, P.H. 1956. The fungal contamination of Kentish strawberry fruits in 1955. Appl. Microbiol. 4: 84-88. Lowry, P.D. and Gill, C.O. 1982. Microbiological considerations in cold storage of beef. Sci. Technol. Froid 1982: 93-97. Lu, P., Marquardt, R.R., Frohlich, A.A. and Mills, J.T. 1995. Development of solid-phase immunoassays for the detection and quantification of Aspergillus ochraceus in wheat grain. Food Agric. Immunol. 7: 81-93. Lubulwa, A.S.G. and Davis, J.S. 1994. Estimating the social costs of the impacts of fungi and aflatoxins in maize and peanuts. In Stored Product Protection, eds E. Highley, E. Wright, H.J. Banks and B.R. Champ. Proc. 6th Int. Working Conf. Stored Prod. Protect. Wallingford, UK: CAB International. pp. 1017-1042. Ludemann, V., Pose, G.N., Pollio, M.L. and Segura, J.A. 2004. Surface mycoflora of Argentinean dry fermented sausages and toxigenicity of Penicillium isolates. J. Food Technol. 2: 288-292.

    References Lugauskas, A., Repeckiene, J. and Novosinskas, H. 2005. Micromycetes, producers of toxins, detected on stored vegetables. Ann. Agric. Environ. Med. 12: 253-260. Lugauskas, A., Raila, A., Railiene, M. and Raudoniene, V. 2006. Toxic micromycetes in grain raw material during its processing. Ann. Agric. Environ. Med. 13: 147-161. Lund, F. 1995a. Differentiating Penicillium species by detection of indole metabolites using a filter paper method. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 20: 228-231. Lund, F. 1995b. Diagnostic characterization of Penicillium palitans, P. commune and P. solitum. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 21: 60-64. Lund, F. 1996. Direct identification of the common cheese contaminant Penicillium commune in factory air samples as an aid to factory hygiene. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 22: 339-341. Lund, F. and Frisvad, J.C. 1994. Chemotaxonomy of Penicillium aurantiogriseum and related species. Mycol. Res. 98: 481-492. Lund, F. and Frisvad, J.C. 2003. Penicillium verrucosum in wheat and barley indicates psence of ochratoxin A. J. Appl. Microbiol. 95: 1117-1123. Lund, F., Filtenborg, O. and Frisvad, J.C. 1995. Associated mycoflora of cheese. Food Microbiol. 12: 173-180. Lund, F., Filtenborg, O., Westall, S. and Frisvad, J.C. 1996. Associated mycoflora of rye bread. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 23: 213-217. Lutchmeah, R.S. 1993. Common field and post-harvest diseases of passion fruit (Passiflora edulis f. flavicarpa) and the associated fungi in Mauritius. Rev. Agric. Sucr. Ile Maurice 72: 55-59. Ma, F., Misumi, J., Zhao, W., Aoki, K. and Kudo, M. 2003. Long-term treatment with sterigmatocystin, a fungus toxin, enhances the development of intestinal metaplasia of gastric mucosa in Helicobacter pyloriinfected Mongolian gerbils. Scand. J. Gastroenterol. 38: 360-369. McCallum, J.L., Tsao, R. and Zhou, T. 2002. Factors affecting patulin production by Penicillium expansum. J. Food Prot. 65: 1937-1942. McDonald, D. 1970. Fungal infection of groundnut fruit after maturity and during drying. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 54: 461-472. MacDonald, S., Wilson, P., Barnes, K., Damant, A., Massey, R., Mortby, E. and Shepherd, M.J. 1999. Ochratoxin A in dried vine fruit: method development and survey. Food Addit. Contam. 16: 253-260. McEvoy, I.J. and Stuart, M.R. 1970. Temperature tolerance of Aspergillus fischeri var. glaber in canned strawberries. Ir. J. Agric. Res. 9: 59-67. McGinnis, M.R. 1980. Recent taxonomic developments and changes in medical mycology. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 34: 109-135. McGuire, R.G. 1994. Application of Candida guillermondii in commercial citrus coatings for biocontrol of Penicillium digitatum on grapefruits. Biol. Control 4: 1-7. McNeill, J., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H.M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworth, D.L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D.H., Prado, J., Silva, P.C., Skog, J.E., Wiersema, J.H. and Turland, N.J. 2006. International Code of Botanical

    References Nomenclature (Vienna Code). Ruggell, Liechtenstein: A. R.G. Ganter Verlag. Madhyastha, S.M., Marquardt, R.R., Frohlich, A.A., Platford, G. and Abramson, D. 1990. Effects of different cereal and oilseed substrates on the growth and production of toxins by Aspergillus alutaceus and Penicillium verrucosum. J. Agric. Food Chem. 38: 1506-1510. MAFF (Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, U.K.). 1999. 1998 survey of retail products for ochratoxin A. Food Surveillance Information Sheet, No. 185: 1-36. Magan, N. and Evans, P. 2000. Volatiles as an indicator of fungal activity and differentiation between species, and the potential use of electronic nose technology for early detection of grain spoilage. J. Stored Prod. Res. 36: 319-340. Magan, N. and Lacey, J. 1984a. Effect of water activity, temperature and substrate on interactions between field and storage fungi. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 82: 83-93. Magan, N. and Lacey, J. 1984b. Effects of gas composition and water activity on growth of field and storage fungi and their interactions. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 82: 305-314. Magan, N. and Lacey, J. 1984c. Water relations of some Fusarium species from infected wheat ears and grain. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 83: 281-285. Magan, N., Cayley, G.R. and Lacey, J. 1984. Effect of water activity and temperature on mycotoxin production by Alternaria alternata in culture and on wheat grain. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 47: 1113-1117. Magan, N., Jenkins, N.E. and Howarth, J. 1993. Lipolytic activity and degradation of rapeseed oil and rapeseed by spoilage fungi. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 19: 217-227. Maggi, A., Gola, S., Spotti, E., Rovere, P. and Mutti, P. 1994. High-pssure treatments of ascospores of heatresistant moulds and patulin in apricot nectar and water. Ind. Conserve 69: 26-29. Magnani, M., Fernandes, T., Prete, C.E.C., Homechim, M., Sataque Ono, E.Y., Vilas-Boas, L.A., Furlaneto, M.C. and Fungaro Pelegrinelli, M.H. 2005. Molecular identification of Aspergillus spp. isolated from coffee beans. Sci. Agric. 62: 45-49. Magnoli C., Dalcero A.M., Chiacchiera S.M., Miazzo, R. and Saenz, M.A. 1998. Enumeration and identification of Aspergillus group and Penicillium species in poultry feeds from Argentina. Mycopathologia 142: 27-32. Magnoli C., Astoreca A., Ponsone L., Combina M., Palacio G., Rosa C.A.R. and Dalcero A.M. 2004. Survey of mycoflora and ochratoxin A in dried vine fruits from Argentina markets. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 39: 326-331. Magnoli C., Hallak, C., Astoreca A., Ponsone L., Chiacchiera S.M., Palacio, G. and Dalcero A.M. 2005. Surveillance of toxigenic fungi and ochratoxin A in ´ feedstuffs from Cordoba Province, Argentina. Vet. Res. Commun. 29: 431-445. Magnoli C., Astoreca A., Ponsone L., Ferna´ndez-Juri M., Chiacchiera S. and Dalcero A.M. 2006a. Ochratoxin A and the occurrence of ochratoxin A-producing black ´ aspergilli in stored peanut seeds from Cordoba, Argentina. J. Sci. Food Agric. 86: 2369-2373. Magnoli C., Hallak C., Chiacchiera S. and Dalcero A.M. 2006b. Occurrence of ochratoxin A-producing fungi in

    468 Marasas, W.F.O. 2001. Discovery and occurrence of the fumonisins: a historical perspective. Environ. Health Perspect. 109: 239-243. Marasas, W.F.O. and Vismer, H.F. 2003. Food for thought about mycotoxins, organic and genetically modified foods. In: Advances in Stored Product Protection. Proceedings of the 8th International Working Conference on Stored Product Protection, York, UK, 22-26 July 2002: 423-427. Marasas, W.F.O., Kriek, N.P.J., Steyn, M., van Rensburg, S.J. and van Schalkwyk, D.J. 1978. Mycotoxicological investigations on Zambian maize. Food Cosmet. Toxicol. 16: 39-45. Marasas, W.F.O., van Rensburg, S.J. and Mirocha, C.J. 1979. Incidence of Fusarium species and the mycotoxins, deoxynivalenol and zearalenone, in corn produced in esophageal cancer areas in Transkei. J. Agric. Food Chem. 27: 1108-1112. Marasas, W.F.O., Nelson, P.E. and Tousson, T.A. 1984. Toxigenic Fusarium Species. University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University. Marasas, W.F.O., Thiel, P.G., Rabie, C.J., Nelson, P.E. and Toussoun, T.A. 1986. Moniliformin production in Fusarium Section Liseola. Mycologia 78: 242-247. Marasas, W.F.O., Kellerman, T.S., Gelderblom, W.C.A., Coetzer, J.A., Thiel, P.G. and van der Lugt, J.J. 1988. Leucoencephalomalacia in a horse induced by fumonisin B1 isolated from Fusarium moniliforme. Onderstepoort J. Vet. Res. 55: 197-203. Maravalhas, N. 1966. Mycological deterioration of cocoa beans during fermentation and storage in Bahia. Rev. Int. Choc. 21: 375-378. Marcellino, N. and Benson, D.R. 1992. Scanning electron and light microscopic study of microbial succession on Bethlehem St. Nectaire cheese. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 58: 3448-3454. Marchi, A., Folchi, A. and Pratella, G.C. 1994. Phialophora spp. agent of epidermic lesions on kiwifruits in cold storage. Riv. Frutticoltura Ortofloricoltura 56: 73-74. Marfleet, I., Magan, N. and Lacey, J. 1991. The relationship between fungal biomass, ergosterol and grain spoilage. In Proceedings of the Fifth International Working Conference on Stored Product Protection, eds F. Fleurat-Lesard and P. Ducom. Bordeaux, France: Institut National de la Recherche Agronomique, Paris. pp. 405-412. Mari, M., Bertolini, P. and Pratella, G. C. 2003. Nonconventional methods for the control of post-harvest pear diseases. J. Appl. Microbiol. 94: 761-766. Marin, D.H., Sutton, T.B., Blankenship, S.M. and Swallow, W.H. 1996. Pathogenicity of fungi associated with crown rot of bananas in Latin America on Grande Naine and disease-resistant hybrid bananas. Plant Dis. 80: 525-528. Marı´ n, S., Sanchis, V., Vinas, I., Canela, R. and Magan, N. 1995. Effect of water activity and temperature on growth and fumonisin B1 and B2 production by Fusarium proliferatum and F. moniliforme on maize grain. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 21: 298-301. Marı´ n, S., Sanchis, V., Teixido, A., Saenz, R., Ramos, A.J., Vinas, I. and Magan, N. 1996. Water and temperature relations and microconidial germination of Fusarium moniliforme and Fusarium proliferatum from maize. Can. J. Microbiol. 42: 1045-1050.

    References Marı´ n, S., Magan, N., Belli, N., Ramos, A.J., Canela, R. and Sanchis, V. 1999. Two-dimensional profiles of fumonisin B1 production by Fusarium moniliforme and Fusarium proliferatum in relation to environmental factors and potential for modelling toxin formation in maize grain. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 51: 159-167. Marı´ n, S., Guynot, M. E., Sanchis, V. and Ramos, A. J. 2003. Hydrolytic enzyme activities as indicators of fungal spoilage in bakery products. J. Sci. Food Agric. 83: 685-691. Marı´ n, S., Abellana, M., Rull, F., Sanchis, V. and Ramos, A.J. 2004. Efficacy of propionates and benzoates on the control of growth of Eurotium species in bakery products with near neutral pH. J. Sci. Food Agric. 84: 1147-1152. Marı´ n, S., Ramos, A.J. and Sanchis, V. 2005. Comparison of methods for the assessment of growth of food spoilage moulds in solid substrates. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 99: 329-341. Marı´ n, S., Bellı´ , N., Lasrom, S., Chebil, S., Ramos, A.J., Ghorbel, A. and Sanchis, V. 2006. Kinetics of ochratoxin a production and accumulation by Aspergillus carbonarius on synthetic grape medium at different temperature levels. J. Food Sci. 71: M196-M200. Marı´ n, S., Vinaixa, M., Brezmes, J., Llobet, E., Vilanova, X., Correig, X., Ramos, A.J. and Sanchis, V. 2007a. Use of a MS-electronic nose for pdiction of early fungal spoilage of bakery products. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 114: 10-16. Marı´ n, S., Ramos, A.J., Vazquez, C. and Sanchis, V. 2007b. Contamination of pine nuts by fumonisin produced by strains of Fusarium proliferatum isolated from Pinus pinea. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 44: 68-72. Marı´ n, S., Cuevas, D., Ramos, A.J. and Sanchis, V. 2008. Fitting of colony diameter and ergosterol as indicators of food borne mould growth to known growth models in solid medium. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 121: 139-149. Marquina, D., Peres, C., Caldas, F.V., Marques, J.F., Peinado, J.M. and Spencer-Martins, I. 1992. Characterisation of the yeast populations in olive brines. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 14: 279-283. Martelleto, L.A.P., Castilho, A.M.C. and de Goes, A. 1998. Influence of incubation temperature on mycelial growth, sporulation and pathogenicity of Fusarium subglutinans, the causing agent of Fusarium wilt in the pineapple plant. Summa Phytopathol. 24: 242-246. Marth, E.H. 1978. Dairy products. In Food and Beverage Mycology, ed. L.R. Beuchat. Westport, CT: AVI Publishing Co. pp. 145-172. ´ Martı´ n, A., Cordora, J.J., Nu´n˜ez, F., Benito, M.J. and Asensio, M.A. 2004. Contribution of a selected fungal population to proteolysis on dry-cured ham. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 94: 55-66. Martı´ n, A., Aranda, E., Benito, M.J., Pe´rez-Nevado, F. and ´ Cordora, M.G. 2005. Identification of fungal contamination and determination of mycotoxigenic moulds by micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography in smoked paprika. J. Food Prot. 68: 815-822. ´ ´ Martı´ n, A., Cordora, J.J., Aranda, E., Cordora, M.G. and Asensio, M.A. 2006. Contribution of a selected fungal population to the volatile compounds on dry-cured ham. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 110: 8-18.

    References Martin, A.M., Chun, L. and Patel, T.R. 1993. Growth parameters for the yeast Rhodotorula rubra grown in peat extracts. J. Ferment. Bioeng. 76: 321-325. ´ Martı´ nez-Culebras, P.V. and Ramon, D. 2007. An ITSRFLP method to identify black Aspergillus isolates responsible for OTA contamination in grapes and wine. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 113: 147-153. Martı´ nez-Romero, D., Guille´n, F., Valverde, J.M., Baile´n, G., Zapata, P., Serrano, M., Castillo, S. and Valero, D. 2007. Influence of carvacrol on survival of Botrytis cinerea inoculated in taple grapes. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 115: 144-148. Martins, M.L., Martins, H.M. and Gimeno, A. 2003. Incidence of microflora and of ochratoxin A in green coffee beans (Coffea arabica). Food Addit. Contam. 20: 1127-1131. Martorell, P., Ferna´ndez-Espinar, T. and Querol, A. 2005a. Molecular monitoring of spoilage yeasts during the production of candied fruit nougats to determine food contamination sources. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 101: 293-302. Martorell, P., Querol, A. and Fernandez-Espinar, M.T. 2005b. Rapid identification and enumeration of Saccharomyces cerevisiae cells in wine by real-time PCR. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 71: 6823-6830. Martorell, P., Stratford, M., Steels, H., Fernandez-Espinar, M.T. and Querol, A. 2007. Physiological characterization of spoilage strains of Zygosaccharomyces bailii and Zygosaccharomyces rouxii isolated from high sugar environments. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 114: 234-242. Marziano, F., Nanni, B., Scalcione, M. and Noviello, C. 1992. Fusarium solani and F. avenaceum as causal agents of a post harvest rot of carrots. Inf. Fitopatol. 42: 57-63. Masih, E.I. and Paul, B. 2002. Secretion of beta-1,3-glucanases by the yeast Pichia membranaefaciens and its possible role in the biocontrol of Botrytis cinerea causing grey mould disease of the grapevine. Curr. Microbiol. 44: 391-395. Masih, E.I., Alie, I. and Paul, B. 2000. Can the grey mould disease of the grape-vine be controlled by yeast? FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 189: 233-237. Masoud, W. and Jespersen, L. 2006a. Pectin degrading enzymes in yeasts involved in fermentation of Coffea arabica in East Africa. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 110: 291-296. Masoud, W. and Kaltoft, C.H. 2006b. The effects of yeasts involved in the fermentation of Coffea arabica in East Africa on growth and ochratoxin A (OTA) production by Aspergillus ochraceus. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 106: 229-234. Masoud, W., Cesar, L.B., Jespersen, L. and Jakobsen, M. 2004. Yeast involved in fermentation of Coffea arabica in East Africa determined by genotyping and by direct denaturating gradient gel electrophoresis. Yeast 21: 549-556. Masuda, T. and Ueno, Y. 1984. Microsomal transformation of emodin into a direct mutagen. Mutat. Res. 125: 135-144. Matcham, S.E., Jordan, B.R. and Wood, D.A. 1985. Estimation of fungal biomass in a solid substrate by three independent methods. Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 21: 108-112.

    469 Matheny, P.B., Gossmann, J.A., Zalar, P., Kumar, T.K.A. and Hibbett, D.S. 2006. Resolving the phylogenetic position of the Wallemiomycetes: an enigmatic major lineage of Basidiomycota. Can. J. Bot. 84: 1794-1805. Matos, A.P. de, Cabral, J.R.S., Sanches, N.F. and Caldas, R. C. 2000. Effect of temperature and rainfall on the incidence of Fusarium subglutinans on pineapple fruits. Acta Hort. 529: 265-272. Matos, A.P. de, Ferreira, D.M.V. and Cordeiro, Z.J. 2005. Disease of pineapple. Inf. Agropec. 26: 7-11. Matossian, M.K. 1989. Poisons of the Past: Molds, Epidemics, and History. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Mawhinney, I., Woodger, N., Trickey, S. and Payne, J. 2008. Suspected sweet potato poisoning in cattle in the UK. Vet. Rec. 162: 62-63. Maximay, S., Duncan, E.J. and Brathwaite, C.W.D. 1992. Internally seedborne fungi of pigeon pea . Deutsche LebensmittelRundschau 99: 310-319. Schneider, R. 1954. Untersuchungen u¨ber Feuchtigkeitsanspruche parasitischer Pilze. Phytopathol. Z. 21: 63-78. Schnu¨rer, J. and Jonsson, A. 1992. Ergosterol levels and mould colony forming units in Swedish grains of food and feed grade. Acta Agric. Scand. Sect. B 42: 240-245. Schnu¨rer, J., Olsson, J. and Borjesson, T. 1999. Fungal vola¨ tiles as indicators of food and feeds spoilage. Fungal Genetics Biol. 27: 209-217. Schoch, U., Lu¨thy, J. and Schlatter, C. 1984. Mykotoxine von Penicillium roqueforti und P. camemberti in Ka¨se. II.

    References Suche nach chemisch nicht identifizierten, biologisch aktiven Stoffen. Milchwissenschaft 39: 583-584. Schol-Schwarz, M.B. 1959. The genus Epicoccum. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 42: 149-173. Schubert, K., Groenewald, J.Z., Braun, U., Dijksterhuis, J., Starink, M., Hill, C.F., Zalar, P., de Hoog, G.S. and Crous, P.W. 2007. Biopersity in the Cladosporium herbarum complex (Davidiellaceae, Capnodiales), with standardisation of methods for Cladosporium taxonomy and diagnostics. Stud. Mycol. 58: 105-156. Schwabe, M., Kamphuis, H., Tru¨mner, U., Offenba¨cher, G. and Kra¨mer, J. 1992. Comparison of the latex agglutination test and the ergosterol assay for the detection of moulds in foods and feedstuffs. Food Agric. Immunol. 4: 19-25. Schwan, R.F. and Wheals, A.E. 2003. Mixed microbial fermentations of chocolate and coffee. In Yeasts in Food, eds T. Boekhout and V. Robert. Cambridge, UK: Woodhead Publishing, pp. 429-449. Schweiggert, U., Mix, K., Schieber, A. and Carle, R. 2005. An innovative process for the production of spices through immediate thermal treatment of the plant material. Innov. Food Sci. Emerg. Technol. 6: 143-153. Scott, D.B. 1965. Toxigenic fungi isolated from cereal and legume products. Mycopath. Mycol. Appl. 25: 213-222. Scott, D.B. 1968. The Genus Eupenicillium Ludwig. Pretoria, South Africa: Council for Scientific and Industrial Research. Scott, D.B. and Stolk, A.C. 1967. Studies on the genus Eupenicillium Ludwig. II. Perfect states of some Penicillia. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 33: 297-314. Scott, J.B. and Chakraborty, S. 2006. Multilocus sequence analysis of Fusarium pseudograminearum reveals a single phylogenetic species. Mycol. Res. 110: 1413-1425. Scott, P.M. 1977. Penicillium mycotoxins. In Mycotoxic Fungi, Mycotoxins, Mycotoxicoses, an Encyclopedic Handbook. Vol. 1. Mycotoxigenic Fungi, eds T.D. Wyllie and L.G. Morehouse. New York: Marcel Dekker. pp. 283-356. Scott, P.M. 1981. Toxins of Penicillium species used in cheese manufacture. J. Food Prot. 44: 702-710. Scott, P.M., Abbas, H.K., Mirocha, C.J., Lawrence, G.A. and Weber, D. 1987. Formation of moniliformin by Fusarium sporotrichioides and Fusarium culmorum. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 53: 196-197. Scott, V.N. and Bernard, D.T. 1987. Heat resistance of Talaromyces flavus and Neosartorya fischeri isolated from commercial fruit juices. J. Food Prot. 50: 18-30. Scott, W.J. 1957. Water relations of food spoilage microorganisms. Adv. Food Res. 7: 83-127. Scudamore, K.A., Atkin, P.M. and Buckle, A.E. 1986. Natural occurrence of the naphthoquinone mycotoxins, xanthomegnin, viomellein and vioxanthin in cereals and animal feedstuffs. J. Stored Prod. Res. 22: 81-84. Scudamore, K.A., Clarke, J.H. and Hetmanski, M.T. 1993. Isolation of Penicillium strains producing ochratoxin A, citrinin, xanthomegnin, viomellein and vioxanthin from stored cereal grains. Lett. Appl. Microbiol 17: 82-87. Seefelder, W., Gossmann, M. and Humpf, H.U. 2002. Analysis of fumonisin B1 in Fusarium proliferatum-infected

    References asparagus spears and garlic bulbs from Germany by liquid chromatography-electrospray ionization mass spectrometry. J. Agric. Food Chem. 50: 2778-2781. Seemu¨ller, E. 1968. Untersuchungen u¨ber die morphologische und biologische differenzierung in der FusariumSektion Sporotrichiella. Mitt. Biol. Bundesanst. LandForstwirtsch. Berlin-Dahlem 127: 1-93. Seifert, K.A., Aoki, T., Baayen, R.P., Brayford, D., Burgess, L.W., Chulze, S., Gams, W., Geiser, D., de Gruyter, J., Leslie, J.F., Logrieco, A., Marasas, W.F.O., Nirenberg, H.I., O’Donnell, K., Rheeder, J., Samuels, G.J., Summerell, B.A., Thrane U. and Waalwijk, C. 2003. The name Fusarium moniliforme should no longer be used. Mycol. Res. 107: 643-644. Seiler, D.A.L. 1980. Yeast spoilage of bakery products. In Biology and Activities of Yeasts, eds F.A. Skinner, S.M. Passmore and R.R. Davenport. London: Academic Press. pp. 141-152. Seitz, L.M., Mohr, H.E., Burroughs, R. and Sauer, D.B. 1977. Ergosterol as an indicator of fungal invasion in grains. Cereal Chem. 54: 1207-1217. Seitz, L.M., Sauer, D.B., Burroughs, R., Mohr, H.E. and Hubbard, J.D. 1979. Ergosterol as a measure of fungal growth. Phytopathology 69: 1202-1203. Sekiyama, B.L., Ribeiro, A.B., Machinski, P.A. and Junior, M.M. 2005. Aflatoxins, ochratoxin A and zearaleone in maize-based food products. Braz. J. Microbiol. 36: 289-294. Selmanog˘lu, G. 2006. Evaluation of the reproductive toxicity of patulin in growing male rats. Food Chem. Toxicol. 44: 2021-2024. Sempere, F. and Santamarina, M.P. 2006. Microscopic and macroscopic study of the interaction between Alternaria alternata (Fr.) Keissler and Nigrospora oryzae (Berk. & Broome) Petch. Ann. Microbiol. 56: 101-107. Senser, F. 1979. Untersuchungen zum Aflatoxingehalt in Haselnu¨ssen. Gordian 79: 117-123. Sensidoni, A., Rondinini, G., Peressini, D., Maifreni, M. and Bortolomeazzi, R. 1994. Presence of an off-flavour associated with the use of sorbates in cheese and margarine. Ital. J. Food Sci. 6: 237-242. Senyuva, H.Z. and Gilbert, J. 2008. Identification of fumonisin B2, HT-2 toxin, patulin, and zearalenone in dried figs by liquid chromatography-time-of-flight mass spectrometry and liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry. J. Food Prot. 71: 1500-1504. Senyuva, H.Z., Gilbert, J., Ozcan, S. and Ulken, U. 2005. Survey for co-occurrence of ochratoxin A and aflatoxin B1 in dried figs in Turkey by using a single laboratoryvalidated alkaline extraction method for ochratoxin A. J. Food Prot. 68: 1512-1515. Senyuva, H.Z., Gilbert, J. and Ulken, U. 2007. Aflatoxins in Turkish dried figs intended for export to the European Union. J. Food Prot. 70: 1029-1032. Seo, J.A., Kim, J.C. and Lee, Y.W. 1996. Isolation and characterization of two new type C fumonisins produced by Fusarium oxysporum. J. Nat. Prod. 59: 1003-1005. Sepitkova, J. and Jesenska, Z. 1986. Analysis of the mycoflora of malting barley and malt. Bulletin Potravinarskeho Vyskumu 25: 241-253.

    487 Sepulveda, O.C. and Piontelli, L.E. 2005. Aspergillus population in maize and soja seed imported from Argentina: emphasis on section Flavi. Boletin Micol. 20: 41-55. Serra, R. and Peterson, S.W. 2007. Penicillium astrolabium and Penicillium neocrassum, two new species isolated from grapes and their phylogenetic placement in the P. olsonii and P. brevicompactum clade. Mycologia 99: 78-87. Serra, R., Braga, A. and Venancio A. 2005. Mycotoxinproducing and other fungi isolated from grapes for wine production, with particular emphasis on ochratoxin A. Res. Microbiol. 156: 515-521. Serra, R., Lourenc¸o, Alı´ pio, P. and Venaˆncio, A. 2006. Influence of the region of origin on the mycobiota of grapes with emphasis on Aspergillus and Penicillium species. Mycol. Res. 110: 971-978. Serra, R., Peterson, S. and Venancio, A. 2008. Multilocus sequence identification of Penicillium species in cork bark during plank pparation for the manufacture of stoppers. Res. Microbiol. 159: 178-186. Sewram, V., Nieuwoudt, T.W., Marasas, W.F.O., Shephard, G.S. and Ritieni, A. 1999. Determination of the mycotoxin moniliformin in cultures of Fusarium subglutinans and in naturally contaminated maize by high-performance liquid chromatography-atmospheric pssure chemical ionization mass spectrometry. J. Chromatogr. A 848: 185-191. Shabbir, S.M. and Rajasab, A.H. 2004. Diversity of Fusarium species on sorghum grain. Indian Phytopathol. 57: 450-453. Shahnaz, D. and Ghaffar, A. 1991. Detection of the seedborne mycoflora of sunflower. Pak. J. Bot. 23: 173-178. Shantha, T., Rati, E.R. and Bhavani-Shankar, T.N. 1990. Behaviour of Aspergillus flavus in psence of Aspergillus niger during biosynthesis of aflatoxin B1. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 58: 121-127. Sharma, P.D., Fisher, P.J. and Webster, J. 1977. Critique of the chitin assay technique for estimation of fungal biomass. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 69: 479-483. Sharma, R.B., Roy, A.N. and Singh, R.K. 2002. Fungal spores over fields of fruits and vegetables. Adv. Plant Sci. 15: 619-620. Sharma, R.C., Kaul, J.L. and Sharma, R.L. 1989. Effect of post-inoculation fungicidal dips on post-harvest diseases of peaches. Int. J. Trop. Plant Dis. 7: 221-224. Sharma, R.L. and Shukla, A. 2003. Effect of different packagings on soft rot (Fusarium spp.) of bell pepper in storage. J. Mycol. Plant Pathol. 33: 134-135. Sharma, Y.P. and Sumbali, G. 1999a. Incidence of aflatoxin producing strains and aflatoxin contamination in dry fruit slices of quinces (Cydonia oblonga Mill.) from the Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir. Mycopathologia 148: 103-107. Sharma, Y.P. and Sumbali, G. 1999b. Natural occurrence of ochratoxin A and toxigenic Aspergillus ochraceus strains in dry fruit slices of quinces from Jammu and Kashmir. Indian Phytopathol. 52: 148-150. Sharman, M., Patey, A.L., Bloomfield, D.A. and Gilbert, J. 1991. Surveillance and control of aflatoxin contamination of dried figs and fig paste imported into the United Kingdom. Food Addit. Contam. 8: 299-304. Sharpe, A.N. and Jackson, A.K. 1972. Stomaching: a new concept in bacteriological sample pparation. Appl. Microbiol. 24: 175-178.

    488 Shearer, A.E.H., Mazzotta, A.S., Chuyate, R. and Gombas, D.E. 2002. Heat resistance of juice spoilage microorganisms. J. Food Prot. 65: 1271-1275. Shephard, G.S., Thiel, P.G., Sydenham, E.W., Vleggaar, R. and Marasas, W.F.O. 1991. Reversed-phase highperformance liquid chromatography of tenuazonic acid and related tetramic acids. J. Chromatogr. 566: 195-205. Shephard, G.S., Sewram V., Nieuwoudt, T.W., Marasas, W. F.O. and Ritieni, A. 1999. Production of the mycotoxins fusaproliferin and beauvericin by South African isolates in the Fusarium section Liseola. J. Agric. Food Chem. 47: 5111-5115. Shephard, G.S., Marasas, W.F.O., Burger, H.M., Somdyala, N.I.M., Rheeder, J.P., Westhuizen, L. van der, Gatyeni, P. and van Schalkwyk, D.J. 2007. Exposure assessment for fumonisins in the former Transkei region of South Africa. Food Addit. Contam. 24: 621-629. Shlosberg, A., Zadikov, I., Perl, S., Yakobson, B., Varod, Y., Elad, D., Rapoport, E. and Handji, V. 1991. Aspergillus clavatus as the probable cause of a lethal mass neurotoxicosis in sheep. Mycopathologia 114: 35-39. Shoemaker, R.A. 1959. Nomenclature of Drechslera and Bipolaris, grass parasites segregated from ‘Helminthosporium’. Can. J. Bot. 37: 879-887. Sholberg, P.L. 1990. A new postharvest rot of peaches in Canada caused by Mucor piriformis. Can. J. Plant Pathol. 12: 218-221. Sholberg, P.L., Marchi, A. and Bechard, J. 1995. Biocontrol of postharvest diseases of apple using Bacillus spp. isolated from stored apples. Can. J. Microbiol. 41: 247-252. Shotwell, O.L. 1977. Aflatoxin in corn. J. Am. Oil. Chem. Soc. 54: 216A-224A. Shuangquan, B., Yu, B. and Miyamoto, T. 2006. Microflora in traditional strater cultures for fermented milk, hurunge, from Inner Mongolia, China. Anim. Sci. J. 77: 235-241. Shukla, A. and Sharma, R.L. 2000. Incidence of soft rot of bell pepper in Himachal Pradesh. Mycol. Plant Pathol. 30: 107-109. Suhr, K.I. and Nielsen, P.V. 2004. Effect of weak acid pservatives on growth of bakery product spoilage fungi at different water activities and pH values. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 95: 67-78. Siemens, K. and Zawistowski, J. 1993. Occurrence of PR imine, a metabolite of Penicillium roqueforti, in blue cheese. J. Food Prot. 56: 317-319, 325. Silva, C.F., Schwan, R.F., Dias, E.S. and Wheals, A.E. 2000. Microbial persity during maturation and natural processing of coffee cherries of Coffea arabica in Braz. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 60: 251-260. Silva, C.F., Batista, L.R. and Schwan, R.F. 2003. Incidence of Aspergillus produced by mycotoxins in berries and beans of coffee (Coffea arabica L.). Rev. Brasil. Armazenamenta 7: 30-36. Simmonds, J.H. 1965. Papaw diseases. Queensl. Agric. J. 91: 666-667. Simmons, E.G. 1967. Typification of Alternaria, Stemphylium and Ulocladium. Mycologia 59: 67-92. Simmons, E.G. 1969. Perfect states of Stemphylium. Mycologia 61: 1-26. Simmons, E.G. 1985. Perfect states of Stemphylium. II. Sydowia 38: 284-293.

    References Simmons, E.G. 1986. Alternaria themes and variations (22-26). Mycotaxon 25: 287-308. Simmons, E.G. 2007. Alternaria: an Identification Manual. Utrecht, Netherlands: Centraalbureau voor Schimmelcultures. Simoncini, N., Rotelli, D., Virgili, R. and Quintavalla, S. 2007. Dynamics and characterization of yeasts during ripening of typical Italian dry-cured ham. Food Microbiol. 24: 577-584. Singh, A.K., Singh, R.N., Hussain, M.A. and Prasad, B.K. 2003. Effect of storage fungi of oil yielding seeds on germination and seedling diseases. J. Phytol. Res. 16: 163-168. Singh, D. 2004. Effects of Debaryomyces hansenii and calcium salt on fruit rot (Rhizopus macrosporus) of peach. Ann. Plant Prot. 12: 310-313. Singh, K., Singh, A. K., Singh, R. P. 2005. Detection of seed mycoflora of chick pea (Cicer arietinum L.). Ann. Plant Prot. Sci. 13: 167-171. Singh, N.D., Sharma, A.K., Dwivedi, P., Patil, R.D. and Kumar, M. 2007. Citrinin and endosulfan induced teratogenic effects in Wistar rats. J. Appl. Toxicol. 27: 143-151. Singh, P. and Ahmad, S.K. 1989. Prestorage aflatoxin contamination and Aspergillus flavus association with various growth stages of chickpea (Cicer arietinum). Ann. Agric. Sci. 34: 805-812. Singh, P.K. and Shukla, A.N. 2005. Studies on mycoflora and natural occurrence of mycotoxins in Prunus armeniaca Linn. Indian J. For. 28: 397-399. Singh, P.K. and Shukla, A.N. 2008. Survey of mycoflora counts, aflatoxin production biochemical changes in walnut kernels. J. Stored Prod. Res. 44: 169-172. Singh, R.S. and Prashar, M. 1988. Two new post-harvest diseases of peach in India. J. Res. (Punjab Agric. Univ.) 25: 417-418. Singh, S. 2005. Fungal chitin and its use for estimation of mycorrhizal infection. Mycorrhiza News 17(3): 2-9. Sinha, A.K. and Ranjan, K.S. 1991. A report of mycotoxin contamination in Bhutanese cheese. J. Food Sci. Technol. India 28: 398-399. Sinha, K.K., Bilgrami, K.S., Ranjan, K.S. and Prasad, T. 1988. Incidence of aflatoxins in mustard crop in Bihar. Indian Phytopathol. 41: 434-437. Sinha, P., Sharma, R.P. and Roy, M.K. 1994. Management of storage rot in onion through gamma irradiation and chemicals. J. Food Sci. Technol. India 31: 341-343. Sinha, R.N. and Wallace, H.A.H. 1977. Storage stability of farm-stored rapeseed and barley. Can. J. Plant Sci. 57: 351-365. Sinha, R.N., Muir, W.E. and Sanderson, D.B. 1985. Quality assessment of stored wheat during drying with nearambient temperature air. Can. J. Plant Sci. 65: 849-866. Sinha, R.N., Tuma, D., Abramson, D. and Muir, W.E. 1988. Fungal volatiles associated with moldy grain in ventilated and nonventilated bin-stored wheat. Mycopathologia 101: 53-60. Sinigaglia, M., Albenzio, M., Corbo, M.R. and Ciccarone, C. 2004. Comparison of mycoflora associated to Canestrato Pugliese cheese produced according to three protocols. Sci. Aliments 24: 159-172. Sio, F. de, Laratta, B., Giovane, A., Quagliuolo, L., Castaldo, D. and Servillo, L. 2000. Analysis of free and

    References esterified ergosterol in tomato products. J. Agric. Food Chem. 48: 780-784. Siriacha, P., Kawashima, K., Okazaki, H., Saito, M., Kawasugi, S. and Tonboon-Ek, P. 1988. Aspergillus flavus and aflatoxin contamination of maize ears and kernels in Thailand. Maikotokishin (Proc. Jpn. Assoc. Mycotoxicol.) 28: 23-28. Sivanesan, A. 1987. Graminicolous species of Bipolaris, Curvularia, Drechslera, Exserohilum and their teleomorphs. Mycol. Papers 158: 1-261. Skirdal, I.M. and Eklund, T. 1993. Microculture model studies on the effect of sorbic acid on Penicillium chrysogenum, Cladosporium cladosporioides and Ulocladium atrum at different pH levels. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 74: 191-195. Skou, J.P. 1969. The effect of temperature on the growth and survival of Aureobasidium pullulans and of the radulasporic stage of Guignardia fulvida and Sydowia polyspora. Friesia 9: 226-236. Skou, J.P. 1975. Two new species of Ascosphaera and notes on the conidial state of Bettsia alvei. Friesia 11: 62-74. Skou, J.P. 1992. A series of xerophilic Chrysosporium species. Mycotaxon 43: 237-259. Smilanick, J.L. and Denis-Arrue, R. 1992. Control of green mold of lemons with Pseudomonas species. Plant Dis. 76: 481-485. Smilanick, J.L., Mansour, M.F., Mlikota Gabler, F. and Goodwine, W.R. 2006. The effectiveness of Pyrimethanil to inhibit germination of Penicillium digitatum and to control citrus green mold after harvest. Postharvest Biol. Technol. 42: 75-85. Smith, B.J. and Gupton, C.L. 1993. Calcium applications before harvest affect the severity of anthracnose fruit rot of greenhouse-grown strawberries. Acta Hortic. 348: 477-482. Smith, D. 1984. Maintenance of fungi. In Maintenance of Microorganisms. A Manual of Laboratory Methods, eds B.E. Kirsop and J.J. Snell. London: Academic Press. pp. 83-107. Smith, D. and Onions, A.H.S. 1983. A comparison of some pservation techniques for fungi. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 81: 535-540. Smith, D. and Onions, A.H.S. 1994. The Preservation and Maintenance of Living Fungi. 2nd edn. Wallingford, UK: CAB International. Smith, G. 1939. Some new species of mould fungi. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 22: 252-256. Smith, G. 1949. The effect of adding trace elements to CzapekDox medium. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 32: 280-283. Smith, J.P. 1994. Modified atmosphere packaging of bakery products. Tech. Bull., Am. Inst. Baking Res. Dept 16: 1-9. Smith, K.P., Havey, M.J. and Handelman, J. 1993. Suppssion of cottony leak of cucumber with Bacillus cereus strain UW85. Plant Dis. 77: 139-142. Smith, chúng tôi and Yarrow, D. 1995. Yeasts. In Introduction to Foodborne Fungi, 4th edn, eds R.A. Samson, E.S. van Hoekstra, J.C. Frisvad and O. Filtenborg. Baarn, Netherlands: Centraalbureau voor Schimmelcultures. pp. 222-234. Smith, S.L. and Hill, S.T. 1982. Influence of temperature and water activity on germination and growth of Aspergillus restrictus and A. versicolor. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 79: 558-560.

    489 Smoot, J.J. and Segall, R.H. 1963. Hot water as a postharvest treatment of mango anthracnose. Plant Dis. Rep. 47: 739-742. Snow, D. 1949. Germination of mould spores at controlled humidities. Ann. Appl. Biol. 36: 1-13. Snowdon, A.L. 1990. A Colour Atlas of Post-harvest Diseases and Disorders of Fruits and Vegetables. 1. General Introduction and Fruits. London: Wolfe Scientific. Snowdon, A.L. 1991. A Colour Atlas of Post-Harvest Diseases and Disorders of Fruits and Vegetables. 2. Vegetables. London: Wolfe Scientific. Soldevilla, C., Vazquez, C., Patino, B., Jurado, M. and Gonzalez-Jaen, M.T. 2005. Toxicogenic fungi associated to wheats and barleys of Castilla and Leon. Boletin de Sanida Vegetal, Plagas 31: 519-529. Solieri, L., Landi, S., De Vero, L. and Giudici, P. 2006. Molecular assessment of indigenous yeast population from traditional balsamic vinegar. J. Appl. Microbiol. 101: 63-71. Solfrizzo, M., Strange, R.N., Sabia, C. and Visconti, A. 1994. Production of a toxin stemphol by Stemphylium species. Nat. Toxins 2: 14-18. Somani, A.K. 2004. Potato tuber rots and associated incitants. Potato J. 31: 201-204. Sonjak, S., Frisvad, J.C. and Gunde-Cimerman, N. 2005. Comparison of secondary metabolite production by Penicillium crustosum strains, isolated from Arctic and other various ecological niches. FEMS Microbiol. 53: 51-60. Sonoda, R.M., Hayslip, N.C. and Stoffella, P.J. 1981. Tomato fruit rot infection cycle in a fresh market packing operation. Proc. Fla State Hortic. Soc. 94: 281-282. Sørensen, B.B. and Jakobsen, M. 1997. The combined effects of temperature, pH and NaCl on growth of Debaryomyces hansenii analyzed by flow cytometry and pdictive microbiology. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 34: 209-220. Sørensen, J.L., Nielsen, K.F. and Thrane, U. 2007. Analysis of moniliformin in maize plants using hydrophilic interaction chromatography. J. Agric. Food Chem. 55: 9764-9768. Sørensen, L.M., Jacobsen, T., Nielsen, P.V., Frisvad, J.C. and Koch, A.G. 2008. Mycobiota in the processing areas of two different meat products. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 124: 58-64. Sorenson, W.G., Hesseltine, C.W. and Shotwell, O.L. 1966. Effect of temperature on production of aflatoxin on rice by Aspergillus flavus. Mycopathol. Mycol. Appl. 33: 49-55. Souheil, H., Vey, A., Thuet, P. and Trilles, J.P. 1999. Pathogenic and toxic effects of Fusarium oxysporum (Schlecht.) on survival and osmoregulatory capacity of Penaeus japonicus (Bate). Aquaculture 178: 209-224. Souza, E.L. de, Sousa, C.P. de, Lima chúng tôi O. and Freire, K. R.L. 2003. Isolation and identification of filamentous fungi in cassava flour (Manihot esculenta Crantz) and maize meal (Zea mays L.) sold in markets in the city of Joao Pessao, PB. Higiene Aliment. 17: 34-39. Sousa, M.J., Teixeira, J.A. and Mota, M. 1993. Must deacidification with an induced flocculant yeast strain of Schizosaccharomyces pombe. Appl. Microbiol. Biotech. 39: 189-193. Sousa, M.J., Mota, M. and Leao, C. 1995. Effects of ethanol and acetic acid on the transport of malic acid and glucose in

    490 the yeast Schizosaccharomyces pombe: implications in wine deacidification. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 126: 197-202. Sousa, M.J., Miranda, L., CorteReal, M. and Leao, C. 1996. Transport of acetic acid in Zygosaccharomyces bailii: Effects of ethanol and their implications on the resistance of the yeast to acidic environments. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 62: 3152-3157. Southern, E. 1975. Detection of specific sequences among DNA fragments separated by gel electrophoresis. J. Mol. Biol. 98: 503-517. Southwell, R.J., Moore, K.J., Manning, W. and Hayman, P. T. 2003. An outbreak of Fusarium head blight of durum wheat on the Liverpool Plains in northern New South Wales in 1999. Aust. Plant Pathol. 32: 465-471. Spangenberg, D.S. and Ingham, S.C. 2000. Comparison of methods for enumeration of yeasts and molds in shredded low-moisture, part-skim Mozzarella cheese. J. Food Prot. 63: 529-533. Sparks, D. 2007. Pink mould of pecan kernels in the southeastern USA is associated with scab, above-normal temperatures, and humidity during nut maturation. J. Hort. Sci. Biotechnol. 82: 946-950. Spicher, G. 1984a. Die Erreger der Schimmelbildung bei Backwaren. I. Die auf verpackten Schnittbroten aufretenden Schimmelpilze. Getreide Mehl Brot 38: 77-80. Spicher, G. 1984b. Die Erreger der Schimmelbildung bei Backwaren. III. Einige Beobachtungen u¨ber die Biologie der Erreger de ”Kreidekrankheit” des Brotes. Getreide Mehl Brot: 38: 178-182. Spicher, G. 1985. Die Erreger der Schimmelbildung bei Backwaren. I. Weitere Untersuchungen u¨ber die auf verpackten Schnittbroten aufretenden Schimmelpilze. Dtsch. Lebensm. Rundsch. 81: 16-20. Spicher, G. 1986a. Die Sauerteigga¨rung. Chem. Mikrobiol. Technol. Lebensm. 10: 65-77. Spicher, G. 1986b. Neue Erkenntnisse u¨ber die Erreger der ‘Kreidekrankheit’ des Brotes und Moglichkeiten zur ¨ Wachstumsverhinderung. Brot Backwaren 34: 208-213. Spicher, G. and Isfort, G. 1987. Die Erreger der Schimmelbildung bei Backwaren. IX. Die auf vorgebackenen Brotchen, Toast- und Weichbrotchen auftretenden ¨ ¨ Schimmelpilze. Dtsch. Lebensm. Rundsch. 83: 246-249. Spicher, G. and Isfort, G. 1988. Die Erreger der Schimmelbildung bei Backwaren. X. Monascus ruber, ein nicht allta¨glicher Schimmelerreger des Brotes. Getreide Mehl Brot 42: 176-181. Spicher, G. and Mellenthin, B. 1983. Zur Frage der mikrobiologischen Qualita¨t von Getreidevollkornerzeugnissen. III. Die bei Speisegetreide und Mehlen auftretenden Hefen. Dtsch. Lebensm. Rundsch. 79: 35-38. Spicher, G., Schroder, R. and Schollhammer, K. 1979. Die ¨ ¨ Mikroflora des Sauerteiges. VII. Untersuchungen u¨ber die Art der in ‘Reinzuchtsauern’ auftretenden Hefen. Z. Lebensm. Unters. Forsch. 169: 71-81. Splittstoesser, D.F. 1987. Fruits and fruit products. In Food and Beverage Mycology, 2nd edn, ed. L.R. Beuchat. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. pp. 101-128. Splittstoesser, D.F., Kuss, F.R., Harrison, W. and Prest, D. B. 1971. Incidence of heat-resistant molds in Eastern orchards and vineyards. Appl. Microbiol. 21: 335-337.

    References Splittstoesser, D.F., Leasor, S.B. and Swanson, K.M.J. 1986. Effect of food composition on the heat resistance of yeast ascospores. J. Food Sci. 51: 1265-1267. Splittstoesser, D.F., Lammers, J.M., Downing, D.L. and Churey, J.J. 1989. Heat resistance of Eurotium herbariorum, a xerophilic mold. J. Food Sci. 54: 683-685. Sponholz, W.R., Lacher, M. and Dittrich, H.H. 1986. Die Bildung von Alditolen durch die Hefen des Weines. Chem. Mikrobiol. Technol. Lebensm. 10: 19-24. Spotti, E., Mutti, P. and Campanini, M. 1988. Microbiological study of the ‘phenol defect’ of ham during ripening. Ind. Conserve 63: 343-346. Spotti, E., Mutti, P. and Campanini, M. 1989. Occurrence of moulds on hams during pripening and ripening, contamination of the environment and growth on the muscle portion of hams. Ind. Conserve 64: 110-113. Spotti, E., Quintavalla, S. and Mutti, P. 1992. Contaminazione da spore fungine termoresistenti di frutta, pomodoro e loro derivati. Ind. Conserve 67: 421-425. Spotti, E., Mutti, P. and Scalari, F. 1994. P. nalgiovense, P. gladioli, P. candidum and A. candidus: possibility of their use as starter cultures. Ind. Conserve 69: 237-241. Spotti, E., Chiavaro, E., Pari, E. and Busolli, C. 2001. Growth of Penicllium verrocosum in model systems based on raw ripened meat products. Part II. Ochratoxin A determination and comparison between a rapid immunofluorometric method and traditional RP-HPLC technique. Ind. Conserve 76: 167-183. Spotts, R.A. and Cervantes, L.A. 1989. Evaluation of disinfestant-flotation salt-surfactant combinations on decay fungi of pear in a model dump tank. Phytopathology 79: 121-126. Spotts, R.A. and Cervantes, L.A. 1993. Use of filtration for removal of conidia of Penicillium expansum from water in pome fruit packinghouses. Plant Dis. 828-830. Spotts, R.A., Seradi, M., Mielke, E.A., Bai, J.H., Chen, P.M., Hansen, J.D., Neven, L.G. and Sanderson, P.G. 2006. Effect of high-pssure hot water washing treatment on fruit quality, insects, and disease in apples and pears. Part II. Effect on postharvest decay of d’Anjou pear fruit. Postharvest Biol. Technol. 40: 216-220. Srinivasulu, B., Aruna, K., Kumar, K.V.K. and Rao, D.V.R. 2003. Investigations on postharvest aflatoxin contamination of copra. Indian Coconut J. 34: 8-9. Stankovic, S., Levic, J., Petrovic, T., Logrieco, A. and Moretti, A. 2007. Pathogenicity and mycotoxin production by Fusarium proliferatum isolated from onion and garlic in Serbia. Eur. J. Plant Pathol. 118: 165-172. Steenkamp, E.T., Wingfield, B.D., Desjardins, A.E., Marasas, W.F.O. and Wingfield, M.J. 2002. Cryptic speciation in Fusarium subglutinans. Mycologia 94: 1032-1043. Steinbuch, E. 1965. Preparation of sauerkraut. Ann. Rept. Spnger Institute, Wageningen, Netherlands. 1965: 56-57. Steinbuch, E. 1966. Manufacturing of sauerkraut. Ann. Rept. Spnger Institute, Wageningen, Netherlands 1966: 47. Steiner, W.E., Rieker, R.H. and Battaglia, R. 1988. Aflatoxin contamination in dried figs: distribution and association with fluorescence. J. Agric. Food Chem. 36: 88-91. Stenwig, H. and Liven, E. 1988. Mycological examination of improperly stored grains. Acta Agric. Scand. 38: 199-205. Steyaert, R.H. 1949. Contribution a` l’e´tude monographique de Pestalotia et Monochaetia (Truncatella gen. nov. et

    References Pestalotiopsis gen. nov.). Bull. Jard. Bot. Etat. Brux. 19: 285-354. Stolk, A.C. 1969. Four new species of Penicillium. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 35: 261-274. Stolk, A.C. and Dakin, J.C. 1966. Moniliella, a new genus of Moniliales. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 32: 399-409. Stolk, A.C. and Samson, R.A. 1972. The genus Talaromyces. Studies on Talaromyces and related genera. II. Stud. Mycol., Baarn 2: 1-65. Stolk, A.C. and Samson, R.A. 1983. The Ascomycete genus Eupenicillium and related Penicillium anamorphs. Stud. Mycol. Baarn 23: 1-149. Stolk, A.C. and Samson, R.A. 1985. A new taxonomic scheme for Penicillium anamorphs. In Advances in Penicillium and Aspergillus Systematics, eds R.A. Samson and J.I. Pitt. New York: Plenum Press. pp. 163-192. Stolk, A.C. and Scott, D.B. 1967. Studies on the genus Eupenicillium Ludwig. I. Taxonomy and nomenclature of Penicillia in relation to their sclerotioid ascocarpic states. Persoonia 4: 391-405. Stoloff, L. 1977. Aflatoxins – an overview. In Mycotoxins in Human and Animal Health, eds J.V. Rodricks, C.W. Hesseltine and M.A. Mehlman. Park Forest South, IL: Pathotox Publishers. pp. 7-28. Stoloff, L. and Friedman, L. 1976. Information bearing on the evaluation of the hazard to man from aflatoxin ingestion. PAG Bull. 6: 21-23. Stoloff, L. and Trucksess, M.W. 1981. Effect of boiling, frying and baking on recovery of aflatoxin from naturally contaminated corn grits and cornmeal. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 64: 678-680. Stotzky, G. and Goos, R.D. 1965. Effect of high CO2 and low O2 tensions on the soil microbiota. Can. J. Microbiol. 11: 853-868. Stratford, M. and Anslow, P.A. 1998. Evidence that sorbic acid does not inhibit yeast as a classic ‘weak acid’ pservative. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 27: 203-206. Stratford, M. and James, S.A. 2003. Non-alcoholic beverages and yeasts. In Yeasts in Food, eds T. Boekhout and V. Robert. Cambridge, UK: Woodhead Publishing. pp. 309-345. Stratford, M. and Lambert, R.J.W. 1999. Weak-acid pservatives: mechanisms of adaptation and resistance by yeasts. Food Aust. 51: 26-29. Stratford, M. Plumridge, A. and Archer, D.B. 2007. Decarboxylation of sorbic acid by spoilage yeasts is associated with the PAD1 gene. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 73: 6534-6542. Strosnider, H., Azziz-Baumgartner, E., Banziger, M., Bhat, R.V., Breiman, R., Brune, M.N., DeCock, K., Dilley, A., Groopman, J., Hell, K., Henry, S.H., Jeffers, D., Jolly, C., Jolly, P., Kibata, G.N., Lewis, L., Liu, X.M., Luber, G., McCoy, L., Mensah, P., Miraglia, M., Misore, A., Njapau, H., Ong, C.N., Onsongo, M.T.K., Page, S.W., Park, D., Patel, M., Phillips, T., Pineiro, M., Pronczuk, J., Rogers, H.S., Rubin, C., Sabino, M., Schaafsma, A., Shephard, G., Stroka, J., Wild, C., Williams, J.T. and Wilson, D. 2006. Workgroup report: Public health strategies for reducing aflatoxin exposure in developing countries. Environ. Health. Perspect. 114: 1898-1903. Stubbs, S., Hutson, R., James, S. and Collins, M.D. 1994. Differentiation of the spoilage yeast Zygosaccharomyces bailii from other Zygosaccharomyces species using 18S

    491 rDNA as target for a non-radioactive ligase detection reaction. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 19: 268-272. Studer-Rohr, I., Dietrich, D.R., Schlatter, J. and Schlatter, C. 1995. The occurrence of ochratoxin A in coffee. Food Chem. Toxicol. 33: 341-355. Stynen, D., Meulmans, L., Goris, A., Braendlin, N., and Symons, N. 1992. Characteristics of a latex agglutination test based on monoclonal antibodies for the detection of fungal antigens in food. In Modern Methods in Food Mycology, eds R.A. Samson, A.D. Hocking, J.I. Pitt and A.D. King. Amsterdam: Elsevier. pp. 213-219. Suarez-Lepe, J.A. 1991. New biotechnology of pparation of base wines for manufacture of naturally sparkling wines. Ind. Bevande 20: 263-265, 269. Sua´rez-Quiroz, M., de Louise, B., Gonzalez-Rios, O., Barel, M., Guyot, B., Schorr-Galindo, S. and Guiraud, J.-P. 2005. The impact of roasting on the ochratoxin A content of coffee. Int. J. Food Sci. Technol. 40: 605-611. Subbarao, K.V., Michailides, T.J. and Morgan, D.P. 1993 Effects of osmotic potential and temperature on growth of two pathogens of figs and a biocontrol agent. Phytopathology 83: 1454-1459. Subden, R.E., Husnik, J.I., van Twest, R., van der Merwe, G. and van Vuuren, H.J.J. 2003. Autochthonous microbial population in a Niagara Peninsula icewine must. Food Res. Int. 36: 747-751. Subramanian, C.V. 1971. Hyphomycetes: An Account of Indian Species Except Cercosporae. New Delhi: Indian Council of Agricultural Research. Sud, D., Sharma, O.P. and Sharma, P.N. 2005. Seed mycoflora in kidney bean (Phaseolus vulgaris L.) in Himachal Pradesh. Seed Res. 33: 103-107. Sugihara, T.F., Kline, L. and Miller, M.W. 1971. Microorganisms of the San Francisco sour dough bread process. I. Yeasts responsible for leavening action. Appl. Microbiol. 21: 456-458. Sugita-Konishi, Y., Nakajima, M., Tabata, S., Ishikuro, E., Tanaka, T., Norizuki, H. Itoh, Y., Aoyama, K., Fujita, K., Kai, S. and Kumagai, S. 2006. Occurrence of aflatoxins, ochratoxin A, and fumonisins in retail foods in Japan. J. Food Prot. 69: 1365-1370. Sugiura, Y., Watanabe, Y., Tanaka, T., Yamamoto, S. and Ueno, Y. 1990. Occurrence of Gibberella zeae strains that produce both nivalenol and deoxynivalenol. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 56: 3047-3051. Sugiura, Y., Barr, J.R., Barr, D.B., Brock, J.W., Elie, C.M., Ueno, Y., Patterson, D.G.Jr., Potter, M.E. and Reiss, E. 1999. Physiological characteristics and mycotoxins of human clinical isolates of Fusarium species. Mycol. Res. 103: 1462-1468. Suhr, K.I. and Nielsen, P.V. 2004. Effect of weak acid pservatives on growth of bakery product spoilage fungi at different water activities and pH values. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 95: 67-78. Suhr, K.I. and Nielsen, P.V. 2005. Inhibition of fungal growth on wheat and rye bread by modified atmosphere packaging and active packaging using volatile mustard essential oil. J. Food Sci. 70: M37-M44. Suihko, M.-L. and Ma¨kinen, V. 1984. Tolerance of acetate, propionate and sorbate by Saccharomyces cerevisiae and Torulopsis holmii. Food Microbiol. 1: 105-110.

    492 Sujaya, I.N., Antara, N.S., Sone, T., Tamura, Y., Aryanta, W.R., Yokota, A., Asano, K. and Tomita, F. 2004. Identification and characterization of yeasts in brem, a traditional Balinese rice wine. World J. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 20: 143-150. Sumbali, G. and Sharma, Y.P. 1997. Mycoflora associated with cut dried fruits of quinces (Cydonia oblonga Mill.) from Jammu province. Microbial Biotechnol.: 151-155. Sumi, Y., Nagura, H. and Miyakawa, M. 1990. Induction of pituitary tumors in germ-free rats exposed to Aspergillus versicolor. Cancer Res. 50: 400-402. Sumi, Y., Nagura, H., Takeuchi, M. and Miyakawa, M. 1994. Granulomatous lesions in the lung induced by inhalation of mold spores. Virchows Arch. 424: 661-668. Summerell, B.A., Salleh, B. and Leslie, J.F. 2003. A utilitarian approach to Fusarium identification. Plant Dis. 87: 117-128. Sun, G., Zhang, M., Zhang, R., Ma, H.N. and Gleason, M.L. 2006. Wallemia – a genus newly recorded from China. Mycotaxon 95: 277-280. Sunesen, L.O. and Stahnke, L.H. 2003. Mould starter cultures for dry sausages – selection, application and effects. Meat Sci. 65: 935-948. Sunesson, A.L., Vaes, W.H.J., Nilsson, C.A., Blomquist, G. R., Andersson B. and Carlson, R. 1995. Identification of volatile metabolites from five fungal species cultivated on two media. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: 2911-2918. Suresh, E.R., Onkarayya, H. and Ethiraj, S. 1982. A note on the yeast flora associated with fermentation of mango. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 52: 1-4. Suriyarachchi, V.R. and Fleet, G.H. 1981. Occurrence and growth of yeasts in yogurts. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 42: 574-579. Susamma, P. and Menon, M.R. 1981. Microorganisms associated with the deterioration of copra. Madras Agric. J. 68: 686-687. Susamma, P., Menon, M.R. and Alice, A. 1981. Quantitative changes in the amino acids of copra due to fungal infection. J. Food Sci. Technol. India 18: 254-255. Susuri, L. and Doda-Gashi, N. 2003. Alfafa seed microflora and some characteristics of obtained isolates. Fragmenta Phytomed. Herbol. 28: 81-88. Sutton, B.C. 1980. The Coelomycetes: Fungi Imperfecti with Pycnidia, Acervuli and Stromata. Kew: Commonwealth Mycological Institute. Suzuki, T., Kurisu, M., Hoshino, Y., Ichinoe, M., Nose, N., Tokumaru, Y. and Watanabe, A. 1980. Production of trichothecene mycotoxins of Fusarium species in wheat and barley harvested in Saitama pfecture. Shokuhin Eiseigaku Zasshi (J. Food Hyg. Soc. Jpn) 21: 43-49. Suzuki, T., Kurisu, M. and Ichinoe, M. 1981. Trichothecenesproducing fungi of Fusarium species. Maikotokishin (Proc. Jpn. Assoc. Mycotoxicol.) 13: 34-36. Suzzi, G., Schirone, M., Martuscelli, M., Gatti, M., Fornasari, M.E. and Neviani, E. 2003. Yeasts associated with Manteca. FEMS Yeast Res. 3: 159-166. Swart, A.W. and Holz, G. 1994. Colonization of table grape bunches by Alternaria alternata and rot of cold-stored grapes. S. Afr. J. Enol. Vitic. 15: 19-25. Sydenham, E.W., Thiel, P.G., Marasas, W.F.O., Shephard, G.S., van Schalkwyk, D.J. and Koch, K.R. 1990. Natural

    References occurrence of some Fusarium mycotoxins in corn from low and high esophageal cancer pvalence areas of the Transkei, Southern Africa. J. Agric. Food Chem. 38: 1900-1903. Sydenham, E.W., Marasas, W.F.O., Thiel, P.G., Shephard, G. S. and Nieuwenhuis, J.J. 1991. Production of mycotoxins by selected Fusarium graminearum and F. crookwellense isolates. Food Addit. Contam. 8: 31-41. Szczerbanik, M., Jobling, J., Morris, S. and Holford, P. 2007. Essential oil vapours control some common postharvest fungal pathogens. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. 47: 103-109. Szekely, J.G., Chelack, W.S., Delany, S., Marquardt, R.R. and Frohlich, A.A. 1991. Scanning electron microscope observations of growth and ochratoxin A production of Aspergillus alutaceus variety alutaceus (formerly A. ochraceus) on gamma-irradiated barley. Food Struct. 10: 295-302. Tabuc, C., Bailly, J.D., Bailly, S., Querin, A. and Guerre, P. 2004. Toxigenic potential of fungal mycoflora isolated from dry cured meat products: pliminary study. Rev. Med. Vet. 155: 287-291. Tafuri, A., Ferracane, R. and Ritieni, A. 2004. Ochratoxin A in Italian marketed cocoa products. Food Chem. 88: 487-494. Takahashi, H., Yasaki, H., Nanayama, U., Manabe, M. and Matsuura, S. 1984. Distribution of sterigmatocystin and fungal mycelium in inpidual brown rice kernels naturally infected by Aspergillus versicolor. Cereal Chem. 61: 48-52. Takahashi, H., Uematsu, S., Oizumi, T., Mori, E., Yanagihori, S. and Ichinoe, M. 1995. Pink mold rot of muskmelons and tomato fruits and trichothecin production by Trichothecium roseum. Maikotokishin (Proc. Jpn. Assoc. Mycotoxicol.) 41: 53-59. Takatori, K., Watanabe, K., Udagawa, S. and Kurata, H. 1977. Studies on the contamination of fungi and mycotoxins in spices. I. Mycoflora of imported spices and inhibitory effects of the spices on the growth of some fungi. Maikotokishin (Proc. Jpn. Assoc. Mycotoxicol.) 1: 36-38. Taligoola, H.K., Ismail, M.A. and Chebon, S.K. 2004. Mycobiota associated with rice grains marketed in Uganda. J. Biol. Sci. 4: 271-278. Tam, J., Mankotia, M., Mably, M., Pantazopoulos, P., Neil, R.J., Calway, P. and Scott, P.M. 2006. Survey of breakfast and infant cereals for aflatoxins B1, B2, G1 and G2. Food Addit. Contam. 23: 693-699. Tamang, J.P. and Sarkar, P.K. 1995. Microflora of murcha – an amylolytic fermentation starter. Microbios 81: 115-122. Tammer, B., Lehmann, I., Nieber, K. and Altenburger, R. 2007. Combined effects of mycotoxin mixtures on human T cell function. Toxicol. Lett. 170: 124-133. Tan, M.K. and Niessen, L.M. 2003. Analysis of rDNA ITS sequences to determine genetic relationships among, and provide a basis for simplified diagnosis of, Fusarium species causing crown rot and head blight of cereals. Mycol. Res. 107: 811-821. Tan, M.K., Simpfendorfer, S., Backhouse, D. and Murray, G.M. 2004. Occurrence of Fusarium head blight (FHB) in southern NSW in 2000: identification of causal fungi and determination of putative chemotype of Fusarium graminearum isolates by PCR. Australas. Plant Pathol. 33: 385-392.

    References Tanaka, K., Kushiro, M and Manabe, M. 2006. A review of studies and measures to improve the mycotoxical safety of traditional Japanese mold-fermented foods. Mycotoxin Res. 22: 153-158. Tanaka, M., Sumida, T. and Mitsui, R. 2000. Effect of culture conditions on production of cellulases and xylanases by Eupenicillium javanicum – Note. Seibuttsu-Kogaku Kaishi 78: 43-47. Tandon, M.P., Bhargava, V. and Jamaluddin. 1975. Some new fruit rot diseases. Curr. Sci. 44: 708. Tangni, E.K. and Pussemier, L. 2007. Ergosterol and mycotoxins in grain dusts from fourteen Belgian cereal storages: a pliminary screening survey. J. Sci. Food Agric. 87: 1263-1270. Taniwaki, M.H. 1995. Growth and mycotoxin production by fungi under modified atmospheres. Ph.D. thesis. Kensington, NSW: University of New South Wales. Taniwaki, M.H., Pitt, J.I., Urbano, G.R., Teixeira, A.A. and Leita˜o M.F.F. 1999. Fungi producing ochratoxin A in coffee. Proceedings of the 18th ASIC Coffee Conference, Helsinki, Finland. pp 239-247. Taniwaki, M.H., Hocking, A.D., Pitt, J.I. and Fleet, G.H. 2001a. Growth of fungi and mycotoxin production on cheese under modified atmospheres. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 68: 125-133. Taniwaki, M.H., Silva, N. da, Banhe, A.A. and Iamanaka, B. T. 2001b. Comparison of culture media, Simplate, and Petrifilm for enumeration of yeasts and molds in food. J. Food Prot. 64: 1592-1596. Taniwaki, M.H., Pitt, J.I., Teixeira, A.A. and Iamanaka, B. T. 2003. The source of ochratoxin A in Brazilian coffee and its formation in relation to processing methods. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 82: 173-179. Taniwaki, M.H., Teixeira, A.A., Teixeira, A.R.R., Meletti, M.A., Iamanaka, B.T., Carvalho, M.A., Pfenning, L.H., Almeida, A.R. and Pitt, J.I. 2005. The influence of fungi on the flavour of coffee beverages. ASIC 20th Int. Conf. Coffee Sci. Bangalore, India, 11-15 October 2004, pp. 317-321. Taniwaki, M.H., Pitt, J.I., Hocking, A.D. and Fleet, G.H. 2006. Comparison of hyphal length, ergosterol, mycelium dry weight and colony diameter for quantifying growth of fungi from foods, In: Advances in Food Mycology, A.D. Hocking, J.I. Pitt, R.A. Samson and U. Thrane eds. New York: Springer. pp. 49-67. Tariq, M., Dawar, S., Abid, M. and Shaukat, S.S. 2005. Seedborne mycoflora of soybean. Int. J. Biol. Biotech. 2: 711-713. Teakle, D.S. 1965. Fusarium rhizome rot of ginger in Queensland. Queensl. J. Agric. Anim. Sci. 23: 263-272. Teixeira, H., Machado, J. da C., Oride, D., Alves, M. C. and Noda, A. 2005. Water restriction technique: effect on Acremonium strictum, seeds protrusion and obtaining of maize seeds infected. Fitopatologia Bras. 30: 109-114. Teixeira, M.A., Bettiol, W. and Cesnik, R. 2001. Pathogenicity of Colletotrichum gloesporioides, Orthezia praelonga pathogenic agent, to citrus leaves, flowers and fruits. Summa Phytopathol. 27: 352-357. Tekauz, A., McCallum, B., Ames, N. and Fetch, J.M. 2004. Fusarium head blight of oat – current status in western Canada. Can. J. Plant Pathol. 26: 473-479.

    493 Teoh, A.L., Heard, G. and Cox, J. 2004. Yeast ecology of Kombucha fermentation. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 95: 119-126. Terao, K. 1983. Sterigmatocystin – a masked potent carcinogenic mycotoxin. J. Toxicol. Tox. Rev. 2: 77-110. Terao, K., Ito E., Udagawa, S., Kawai, K. and Nozawa, K. 1988. Acute intoxication induced by emestrin, a new mycotoxin from Emericella species. Maikotokishin (Proc. Jpn. Assoc. Mycotoxicol.) 27: 31-32. Terao, K., Ito, E., Kawai, K., Nozawa, K. and Udagawa, S. 1990. Experimental acute poisoning in mice induced by emestrin, a new mycotoxin isolated from Emericella species. Mycopathologia 112: 71-79. Te´ren, J., Varga, J., Hamari, Z., Rinyu, E. and Kevei, F. 1996. Immunochemical detection of ochratoxin A in black Aspergillus strains. Mycopathologia 134: 171-176. Te´ren, J., Palagyi, A and Varga, J. 1997. Isolation of ochratoxin producing Aspergilli from green coffee beans of different origin. Cereal Res. Commun. 25: 305-306. Teuber, M. and Engel, G. 1983. Low risk of mycotoxin production in cheese. Microbiol. Aliments Nutr. 1: 193-197. Tharappan, B. and Ahmad, R. 2006. Fungal colonization and biochemical changes in coffee beans undergoing monsooning. Food Chem. 94: 247-252. Theron, D.J. and Holz, G. 1990. Effect of temperature on dry rot development of potato tubers inoculated with different Fusarium spp. Potato Res. 33: 109-117. Thom, C. and Raper, K.B. 1941. The Aspergillus glaucus group. U.S. Dep. Agric. Misc. Pub. 426: 1-46. Thomas, D.S. and Davenport, R.R. 1985. Zygosaccharomyces bailii – a profile of characteristics and spoilage activities. Food Microbiol. 2: 157-169. Thrane, U. 1988. Screening for fusarin C production by European isolates of Fusarium species. Mycotoxin Res. 4: 2-10. Thrane, U. 2001. Developments in the taxonomy of Fusarium species based on secondary metabolites. In Fusarium: Paul E. Nelson Memorial Symposium, eds B.A. Summerell, J. F. Leslie, D. Backhouse, W.L. Bryden and L.W. Burgess. St Paul, MN: APS Press. pp. 29-49. Thrane, U., Adler, A., Clasen, P.-E., Galvano, F., Langseth, W., Lew, H., Logrieco, A., Nielsen, K.F. and Ritieni, A. 2004. Diversity in metabolite production by Fusarium langsethiae, Fusarium poae, and Fusarium sporotrichioides. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 95: 257-266. Timmer, L.M., Brown, G.E. and Zitko, S.E. 1998. The role of Colletotrichum spp. in postharvest anthracnose of citrus and survival of C. acutatum on fruit. Plant Dis. 82: 415-418. Tilbury, R.H. 1980. Xerotolerant yeasts at high sugar concentrations. In Microbial Growth and Survival in Extreme Environments, eds G.W. Gould and J.E.L. Corry. Tech. Ser., Soc. Appl. Bacteriol. 15: 103-128. Tindale, C.R., Whitfield, F.B., Levingston, S.D. and Nguyen, T.H.L. 1989. Fungi isolated from packaging materials: their role in the production of 2,4,6-trichloroanisole. J. Sci. Food Agric. 49: 437-447. Tjamos, S.E., Antoniou, P.P., Kazantzidou, A., Antonopoulos, D.F., Papageorgiou, I. and Tjamos, E.C. 2004. Aspergillus niger and Aspergillus carbonarius in

    494 Corinth raisin and wine-producing vineyards in Greece: population composition, Ochratoxin A production and chemical control. J. Phytopathol. 152: 250-255. Tognon, G., Campagnoli, A., Pinotti, L., Dell’Orto, V. and Cheli, F. 2005. Implementation of the electronic nose for the identification of mycotoxins in durum wheat (Triticum durum). Vet. Res. Commun. 29(Supp. 2): 391-393. Toit, L.J. du, Inglis, D.A. and Pelter, G.Q. 2003. Fusarium proliferatum pathogenic on onion bulbs in Washington. Plant Dis. 87: 750. Tolleson, W.H., Dooley, K.L., Sheldon, W.G., Thurman, J. D., Bucci, T.J. and Howard, P.C. 1996. The mycotoxin fumonisin induces apoptosis in cultured human cells and livers and kidneys of rats. Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 392: 237-250. Tonon, S.A., Marucci, R.S., Jerke, G. and Garcia, A. 1997. Mycoflora of paddy and milled rice produced in the region of Northeastern Argentina and Southern Paraguay. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 37: 231-235. Torkar, K.G. and Vengust, A. 2008. The psence of yeasts, moulds and aflatoxin M-1 in raw milk and cheese in Slovenia. Food Control 19: 570-577. Tor T. and King, A.D. 1991. Thermal inactivation ¨ ok, ¨ kinetics of food-borne yeasts. J. Food Sci. 56: 6-9, 59. Tor ¨ ok, ¨ T., Rockhold, D. and King, A.D. 1993. Use of electrophoretic karyotyping and DNA-DNA hybridization in yeast identification. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 19: 63-80. Torp, M. and Nirenberg, H.I. 2004. Fusarium langsethiae sp. nov. on cereals in Europe. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 95: 247-256. Torres, A.M., Reynoso, M.M., Rojo, F.G., Ramirez, M.L. and Chulze, S.N. 2001. Fusarium species (section Liseola) and its mycotoxins in maize harvested in northern Argentina. Food Addit. Contam. 18: 836-843. Torres, M., Viladrich, R., Sanchis, V. and Canela, R. 1992. Influence of age on ergosterol content in mycelium of Aspergillus ochraceus. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 15: 20-22. Torres, R., Nunes, C., Garcı´ a, J.M., Abadias, M., Vin˜as, I., Manso, T., Olmo, M. and Usall, J. 2007. Application of Pantoea agglomerans CPA-2 in combination with heated sodium bicarbonate solutions to control the major postharvest diseases affecting citrus fruit at several Mediterranean locations. Eur. J. Plant Pathol. 118: 73-83. Tosun, N. and Delen, N. 1998. Minimising of contamination of aflatoxigenic fungi and subsequent aflatoxin development in fig orchards by fungicides. Acta Horticult. 480: 193-197. Tothill, I.E., Harris, D. and Magan, N. 1992. The relationship between fungal growth and ergosterol content of wheat grain. Mycol. Res. 96: 965-970. Tournas, V.H. 2005. Spoilage of vegetable crops by bacteria and fungi and related health hazards. Crit. Rev. Microbiol. 31: 33-44. Tournas, V.H. and Katsoudas, E. 2005. Mould and yeast flora in fresh berries, grapes and citrus fruits. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 105: 11-17. Tournas, V.H. and Stack, M.E. 2001. Production of alternariol and alternariol methyl ether by Alternaria alternata grown on fruits at various temperatures. J. Food Prot. 64: 528-532.

    References Townsend, J.F., Cox, J.K.B., Sprouse, R.F. and Lucas, F.V. 1971. Fungal flora of South Vietnamese fish and rice. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 74: 98-100. Tran-Dinh, N., Pitt, J.I. and Carter, D.A. 1999. Molecular genotype analysis of natural toxigenic and nontoxigenic isolates of Aspergillus flavus and A. parasiticus. Mycol. Res. 103: 1485-1490. Tran-Dinh, N., Kennedy, I., Bui, T. and Carter, D. 2009. Survey of Vietnamese peanuts, corn and soil for the psence of Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus parasiticus and their associated mycotoxin, aflatoxin. Mycopathologia (submitted). Tresner, H.D. and Hayes, J.A. 1971. Sodium chloride tolerance of terrestrial fungi. Appl. Microbiol. 22: 210-213. Trinci, A.P.J. 1994. Evolution of the Quorn myco-protein fungus, Fusarium graminearum A3/5. Microbiology 140: 2181-2188. Tripathi, M.N., Shukla, D.N. and Dwivedi, B.K. 1999. Effect of Hydrogen-ion concentration on the growth and development of Fusarium spp. Bioved 10: 31-37. Troller, J.A. and Christian, J.H.B. 1978. Water Activity and Food. New York: Academic Press. Trucksess, M.W. and Scott, P.M. 2008. Mycotoxins in botanicals and dried fruits: A review. Food Addit. Contam. 25: 181-192. Trung, T.S., Bailly, J.D., Querin, A., Le Bars, P. and Guerre, P. 2001. Fungal contamination of rice from south Vietnam, mycotoxinogenesis of selected strains and residues in rice. Rev. Med. Vet. 152: 555-560. Tsai, G.J. and Yu, S.C. 1997. An enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for the detection of Aspergillus parasiticus and Aspergillus flavus. J. Food Prot. 60: 978-984. Tsai, G.J. and Yu, S.C. 1999. Detecting Aspergillus parasiticus in cereals by an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 50: 181-189. Tseng, T.C. and Tu, J.C. 1997. Mycoflora and mycotoxins in adzuki and mung beans produced in Ontario, Canada. Microbios 90(363): 87-95. Tseng, T.C., Tu, J.C. and Tzean, S.S. 1995. Mycoflora and mycotoxins in dry bean (Phaseolus vulgaris) produced in Taiwan and in Ontario, Canada. Bot. Bull. Acad. Sinica 36: 229-234. Tseng, T.C., Tu, J.C. and Soo, L.C. 1996. Natural occurrence of mycotoxins in Fusarium-infected beans. Microbios 84(338): 21-28. Tsubouchi, H., Yamamoto, K., Hisada, K. and Sakabe, Y. 1984. A survey of occurrence of mycotoxins and toxigenic fungi in imported green coffee beans. Maikotokishin (Proc. Jpn. Assoc. Mycotoxicol.) 19: 14-21. Tsubouchi, H., Terada, H., Yamamoto, K., Hisada, K. and Sakabe, Y. 1985. Caffeine degradation and increased ochratoxin A production by toxigenic strains of Aspergillus ochraceus isolated from green coffee beans. Mycopathologia 90: 181-186. Tsuruta, O. and Saito, M. 1980. Mycological damage of domestic brown rice during storage in warehouses under natural conditions. 3. Changes in mycoflora during storage. Trans. Mycol. Soc. Jpn 21: 121-125. Tsuyoshi, N., Fudou, R., Yamanaka, S., Kozaki, M., Tamang, N, Thapa, S. and Tamang, J.P. 2005.

    References Identification of yeast strains isolated from marcha in Sikkim, a microbial starter for amylolytic fermentation. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 99: 135-146. Tubaki, K. 1973. An undescribed halophilic species of Scopulariopsis. Trans. Mycol. Soc. Jpn 14: 367-369. Tuite, J.F. and Christensen, C.M. 1957. Grain storage studies. 14. Moisture content of wheat seed in relation to invasion of the seed by species of the Aspergillus glaucus group, and effect of invasion upon germination of the seed. Phytopathology 47: 323-327. Tuthill, D.E., Frisvad, J.C. and Christensen, M. 2001. Systematics of Penicillium based on rDNA sequences, morphology and secondary metabolites. Mycologia 93: 298-308. Tzortzakis, N., Singleton, I. and Barnes, J. 2007. Deployment of low-level ozone-enrichment for the pservation of chilled fresh produce. Postharvest Biol. Technol. 43: 261-270. Udagawa, S. 1959. Taxonomic studies of fungi on stored rice grains. III. Penicillium group (Penicillia and related genera). 2. Tokyo Nogyo Daigaku Nogaku Shuho (J. Agric. Sci. Tokyo) 5: 5-21. Udagawa, S. 1988. Mycotoxicoses – the psent problem and pvention of mycotoxins. Asian Med. J. 31: 599-604. Udagawa, S. and Suzuki, S. 1994. Talaromyces spectabilis, a new species of food-borne ascomycetes. Mycotaxon 50: 81-88. Udagawa, S. and Tsuruta, O. 1973. Isolation of an osmophilic Penicillium associated with cereals during long-term storage. Trans. Mycol. Soc. Jpn 14: 395-402. Udagawa, S., Kobatake, M. and Kurata, H. 1977. Re-estimation of pservation effectiveness of potassium sorbate (food additive) in jams and marmalade. Eisei Shikensho Hokoku (Bull. Nat. Inst. Hyg. Sci., Tokyo) 95: 88-92. Uduebo, A.E. 1974. Effect of high temperature on the growth, sporulation, and pigment production of Botryodiplodia theobromae. Can. J. Bot. 52: 2631-2634. Ueno, Y. 1972. Temperature dependent production of citreoviridin, a neurotoxin of Penicillium citreo-viride Biourge. Jpn. J. Exp. Med. 42: 107-114. Ueno, Y. and Ueno, I. 1972. Isolation and acute toxicity of citreoviridin, a neurotoxic mycotoxin of Penicillium citreo-viride Biourge. Jpn. J. Exp. Med. 42: 91-105. Unterholzner, O., Aurich, M. and Platter, K. 1988. Geschmacks- und Geruchsfehler bei Rotweinen verursacht durch Schizosaccharomyces pombe L. Mitt. Klosterneuburg, Rebe und Wein, Obstbau und Fru¨chteverwertung 38: 66-70. Uraguchi, K. 1969. Mycotoxic origin of cardiac beriberi. J. Stored Prod. Res. 5: 227-236. Uraguchi, K. 1971. Yellowed rice toxins. IV. Citreoviridin. In Microbial Toxins. Vol. 4. Fungal Toxins, eds A. Ciegler, S. Kadis and S.J. Ajl. London: Academic Press. pp. 367-380. Uraguchi, K., Saito, M., Noguchi, Y., Takahashi, K., Enomoto, M., and Tatsuno, T. 1972. Chronic toxicity and carcinogenicity in mice of the purified mycotoxins, luteoskyrin and cyclochlorotine. Food Cosmet. Toxicol. 10: 193-207. Urbano, G.R., Taniwaki, M.H., Leitao, M.F.D. and Vicentini, M.C. 2001. Occurrence of ochratoxin A-producing fungi in raw Brazilian coffee. J. Food Prot. 64: 1226-1230.

    495 US Food and Drug Administration. 1992. Bacteriological Analytical Manual, 7th edn. Arlington, VA: AOAC International. Usha, C.M., Patkar, K.L., Shetty, H.S., Kennedy, R. and Lacey, J. 1994. Mycoflora of developing sorghum grains with special reference to Aspergillus flavus. Trop. Sci. 34: 353-360. Utkhede, R.S. and Mathur, S. 2004. Internal fruit rot caused by Fusarium subglutinans in greenhouse sweet peppers. Can. J. Plant Pathol. 26: 386-390. Vaamonde, G., Scarmato, G. and Bonera, N. 1987. Zearalenone production by Fusarium species isolated from soybeans. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 4: 129-133. Vaamonde, G., Patriarca, A., Ferna´ndez Pinto, V. Comerio, R. and Degrossi, C. 2003. Variability of aflatoxin and cyclopiazonic acid production by Aspergillus section Flavi from different substrates in Argentina. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 88: 79-84. Va´gvolgyi, C., Heinrich, H., A´cs, K. and Papp, T. 2004. ¨ Genetic variability in the species Rhizopus stolonifer, assessed by random amplified polymorphic DNA analysis. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 86: 181-188. Valdez, J.G., Makuch, M.A., Ordovini, A.F., Masuelli, R.W., Overy, D.P. and Piccolo, R.J. 2006. First report of Penicillium allii as a field pathogen of garlic (Allium sativum). Plant Pathol. 55: 583. Valera, H.R., Gomes, J., Lakshmi, S., Gururaja, R., Suryanarayan, S. and Kumar, D. 2005. Lovastatin production by solid state fermentation using Aspergillus flavipes. Enz. Microbial Technol. 37: 521-526. Valero, A., Marı´ n, S., Ramos, A.J. and Sanchis, V. 2005. Ochratoxin A-producing species in grapes and sun-dried grapes and their relation to ecophysiological factors. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 41: 196-201. Valero, A., Sanchis, V., Ramos, A.J. and Marı´ n, S. 2007a. Studies on the interactions between grape-associated filamentous fungi on a synthetic medium. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 113: 271-276. Valero, A., Begum, M., Leong, S.L., Hocking, A.D., Ramos, A.J., Sanchis, V. and Marı´ n, S. 2007b. Effect of germicidal UVC light on fungi isolated from grapes and raisins. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 45: 238-243. Valletrisco, M. and Niola, I. 1983. Possible effect of fungal diseases on apple juice quality. Ind. Bevande 12: 457-462. Van Beyma, F.H. 1933. Beschreibung einiger neuer Pilzarten aus dem Centraalbureau voor Schimmelcultures – Baarn (Holland). Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskrankh. Hyg. Abt. II, 88: 134-141. Van der Horst, M., Samson, R.A. and Karman, H. 1992. Comparison of two commercial kits to detect moulds by latex agglutination. In Modern Methods in Food Mycology, eds R.A. Samson, A.D. Hocking, J.I. Pitt and A.D. King. Amsterdam: Elsevier. pp. 241-245. Van der Merwe, K.J., Steyn, P.S. and Fourie, L. 1965. Ochratoxin A, a toxic metabolite produced by Aspergillus ochraceus Wilh. Nature (London) 205: 1112-1113. Van der Riet, W.B. 1976. Studies on the mycoflora of biltong. S. Afr. Food Rev. 3: 105, 107, 109, 111. Van der Riet, W.B. and Pinches, S.E. 1991. Control of Byssochlamys fulva in fruit juices by means of intermittent treatment with dimethyldicarbonate. Lebensm. Wiss. Technol. 24: 501-503.

    496 Van der Riet, W.B. and van der Walt, W.H. 1985. Effect of ionizing radiation on ascospores of three strains of Byssochlamys fulva in apple juice. J. Food Prot. 48: 1016-1018. Van der Riet, W.B., Botha, A. and Pinches, S.E. 1989. The effect of dimethyldicarbonate on vegetative growth and ascospores of Byssochlamys fulva suspended in apple juice and strawberry nectar. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 8: 95-102. Van der Spuy, J.E., Matthee, F.N. and Crafford, D.J.A. 1975. The heat resistance of moulds Penicillium vermiculatum Dangeard and Penicillium brefeldianum Dodge in apple juice. Phytophylactica 7: 105-108. Van der Vossen, J.M.B.M., Rahaoui, H., de Nus, M.W.C.M. and Hartog, B.J. 2003. PCR methods for tracing and detection of yeasts in the food chain. In Yeasts in Food, eds T. Boekhout and V. Robert. Cambridge, UK: Woodhead Publishing. pp.123-138. Van der Walt, A.M., van der Linde, E., Alberts, M., Modjajdi, P., Jivan, S.D. and Bezuidenhout, C.C. 2006. Fumonisin-producing Fusarium strains and fumonisins in traditional African vegetables (morogo). S. Afr. J. Sci. 102: 151-155. Van Dyk, K. 2004. Fungi associated with root and crown rot of wheat and barley in Tanzania. Afr. Plant Prot. 10: 117-124. Van Eck, J.H., Prior, B.A. and Brandt, E.V. 1993. The water relations of growth and polyhydroxy alcohol production by ascomycetous yeasts. J. Gen. Microbiol. 139: 1047-1054. Van Egmond, H.P. 1989. Aflatoxin M1: occurrence, toxicity, regulation. In Mycotoxins in Dairy Products, ed. H.P. van Egmond. London: Elsevier Applied Science. pp. 11-55. Van Oorschot, C.A.N. 1980. A revision of Chrysosporium and allied genera. Stud. Mycol., Baarn 20: 1-89. Vanden Bossche, H., Engelen, M. and Rochette, F. 2003. Antifungal agents of use in animal health – chemical, biological and pharmacological aspects. J. Vet. Pharmacol. Ther. 26: 5-29. Var, I., Kabak, B. and Gok, ¨ F. 2007. Survey of aflatoxin B1 in helva, a traditional Turkish food, by TLC. Food Control 18: 59-62. Varga, J. 2006. Molecular typing of aspergilli: recent developments and outcomes. Med. Mycol. 44 (Suppl 1): S149-S161. Varga, J. and Kozakiewicz, Z. 2006. Ochratoxin A in grapes and grape-derived products. Trends Food Sci. Technol. 17: 72-81. Varga, J., Kevei, F., Vriesema, A., Debets, F, Kozakiewicz, Z. and Croft, J.H. 1994. Mitochondrial DNA restriction fragment length polymorphisms in field isolates of the Aspergillus niger aggregate. Can. J. Microbiol. 40: 612-621. ´ K., Molna´r, J., Toth, ´ Varga, J., Rigo, B., Szencz, S., Te´ren, J. and Kozakiewicz. 2003. Mycotoxin production and evolutionary relationships among species of Aspergillus section Clavati. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 83: 191-200. Varga, M., Bartok, T. and Mesterhazy, A. 2006. Determination of ergosterol in Fusarium-infected wheat by liquid chromatography-atmospheric pssure photoionization mass spectrometry. J. Chromatogr. A 1103: 278-283. Vaughn, R.H., Douglas, H.C. and Gilliland, J.R. 1943. Production of Spanish-type green olives. Bull. Calif. Agric. Exp. Stn. 678.

    References Velez-Rodriguez, L. and Rivera-Vargas L.L. 2007. Recent studies of fungal pathogens of onions in Puerto Rico. J. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico. 91: 31-45. Venkatasubbaiah, P., Dwarakanath, C.T. and SreenivasaMurthy, V. 1985. Involvement of yeast flora in idli batter fermentation. J. Food Sci. Technol. India 22: 88-90. Venter, S.L. and Steyn, P.J. 1998. Correlation between fusaric acid production and virulence of isolates of Fusarium oxysporum that causes potato dry rot in South Africa. Potato Res. 41: 289-294. Vergeade, J., Guiraud, J., Larpent, J.P. and Galzy, P. 1976. Yeasts of Saint-Nectaire cheeses. Lait 56: 275-285. Veringa, H.A., van den Berg, G. and Daamen, C.B.G. 1989. Factors affecting the growth of Aspergillus versicolor and the production of sterigmatocystin on cheese. Neth. Milk Dairy J. 43: 311-326. Vesonder, R.F., Lambert, R., Wicklow, D.T. and Biehl, M. L. 1988. Eurotium spp. and echinulin in feed refusal by swine. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 54: 830-831. Vesonder, R.F., Logrieco, A., Bottalico, A., Altomare, C. and Petersen, S.W. 1995. Fusarium species associated with banana fruit and their potential toxicity. Mycotoxin Res. 11: 93-98. Viana, F.M.P., Freire, F.C.O., Barguil, B.M., Alves, R.E., Santos, A.A., Cardoso, J.E. and Vidal, J.C. 2002. Postharvest basal rot of coconut fruits in the State of Ceara, Brazil. Fitopatol. Brasil. 27: 545. Vieira-Dalode, G., Jespersen, L., Hounhouligan, J., Moller, P.L., Nago, C.M. and Jakobsen, M. 2007. Lactic acid bacteria and yeasts associated with gowe production from sorghum in Benin. J. Appl. Microbiol. 103: 342-349. Vijayalakshmi, M. and Rao, A.S. 1993. Effect of seed-borne fungi on quality of sunflower (Helianthus annus) oil. Indian J. Agric. Sci. 63: 529-531. Viljoen, B.C. and Greyling, T. 1995. Yeasts associated with Cheddar and Gouda making. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 28: 79-88. Viljoen, B.C., Khoury, A.R. and Hattingh, A. 2003a. Seasonal persity of yeasts associated with white-surface mould-ripened cheeses. Food Res. Int. 36: 275-283. Viljoen, B.C., Lourens-Hattingh, A., Ikalafeng, B. and Peter, G. 2003b. Temperature abuse initiating yeast growth in yoghurt. Food Res. Int. 36: 193-197. Villa-Carvajal, M., Querol, A. and Belloch, C. 2006. Identification of species in the genus Pichia by restriction of the internal transcribed spacers (ITS1 and ITS2) and the 5.8S ribosomal DNA gene: identification of Pichia species by 5.8S-ITS rDNA RFLP. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 90: 171-181. Vinaixa, M., Marin, S., Brezmes, J., Llobet, E., Vilanova, X., Correig, X., Ramos, A. and Sanchis, V. 2004. Early detection of fungal growth in bakery products by use of an electronic nose based on mass spectrometry. J. Agric. Food Chem. 52: 6068-6074. Vin˜as, I., Morlans, I. and Sanchis, V. 1990. Potential for the development of tolerance by Aspergillus amstelodami, A. repens and A. ruber after repeated exposure to potassium sorbate. Zentralbl. Mikrobiol. 145: 187-193. Vin˜as, I., Bonet, J. and Sanchis, V. 1992. Incidence and mycotoxin production by Alternaria tenuis in decayed apples. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 14: 284-287.

    References Vincent, M.A. and Pitt, J.I. 1989. Penicillium allii, a new species from Egyptian garlic. Mycologia 81: 300-303. Vindelov, J. and Arneborg, N. 2002. Effects of temperature, water activity, and syrup film composition on the growth of Wallemia sebi: development and assessment of a model pdicting growth lags in syrup agar and crystalline sugar. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 68: 1652-1657. Visconti, A. and Doko, M.B. 1994. Survey of fumonisin production by Fusarium isolated from cereals in Europe. J. AOAC Int. 77: 546-550. Visconti, A., Chelkowski, J., Solfrizzo, M. and Bottalico, A. 1990. Mycotoxins in corn ears naturally infected with Fusarium graminearum and F. crookwellense. Can. J. Plant Pathol. 12: 187-189. Vismer, H.F., Sydenham, E.W., Schlechter, M., Brown, N.L. , Hocking, A.D., Rheeder, J.P. and Marasas, W.F.O. 1996. Patulin producing Penicillium species isolated from naturally infected apples in South Africa. S. Afr. J. Sci. 92: 530-534. Viswanath, P., Kavitha, S., Farhana, A. and Appaiah, K.M. 2006. A survey of ochratoxin A in wheat and barley in India. J. Food Saf. 27: 111-123. Voigt, K., Cigelnik, E. and O’Donnell, K. 1999. Phylogeny and PCR identification of clinically important Zygomycetes based on nuclear ribosomal-DNA sequence data. J. Clin. Microbiol. 37: 3957-3964. Von Arx, J.A. 1957. Die Arten der Gattung Colletotrichum. Phytopathol. Z. 29: 413-468. Von Arx, J.A. 1970. The Genera of Fungi Sporulating in Pure Culture. Lehre, Germany: J. Cramer. Von Arx, J.A. 1977. Notes on Dipodascus, Endomyces and Geotrichum with the description of two new species. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 43: 333-340. Von Arx, J.A. 1981a. On Monilia sitophila and some families of Ascomycetes. Sydowia 34: 13-29. Von Arx, J.A. 1981b. The Genera of Fungi Sporulating in Pure Culture, 3rd edn. Vaduz, Germany: J. Cramer. Von Arx, J.A., Guarro, J. and Figueras, M.J. 1986. The Ascomycete Genus Chaetomium. Berlin: J. Cramer. Von Schelhorn, M. 1950. Untersuchungen u¨ber den Verberb wasserarmer Lebensmittel durch osmophile Mikroorganismen. I. Verberb von Lebensmittel durch osmophile Hefen. Z. Lebensm. Unters. Forsch. 91: 117-124. Vrany, J., Rasochova, M., Dobias, J. and Horackova, V. 1989. Fusarium on surface of tubers of selected potato varieties. Zentralbl. Mikrobiol. 144: 399-404. Vytrˇ asova´, J., Prˇ iba´nˇova´, P. and Marvanova´, L. 2002. Occurrence of xerophilic fungi in bakery gingerbread production. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 72: 91-96. Wade, N.L. and Gipps, P.G. 1971. Post-harvest control of brown rot and Rhizopus rot in peaches with benomyl and dichloran. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Anim. Husb. 13: 600-603. Wade, N.L. and Morris, S.C. 1982. Causes and control of cantaloupe post-harvest wastage in Australia. Plant Dis. 66: 549-552. Wade, N.L., Kavanagh, E.E. and Sepiah, M. 1993. Effects of modified atmosphere storage on banana postharvest diseases and the control of bunch main-stalk rot. Postharvest Biol. Technol. 3: 143-154. Wade, W.N., Vasdinnyei, R., Deak, T. and Beuchat, L.R. 2003. Proteolytic yeasts isolated from raw, ripe tomatoes

    497 and metabolic association of Geotrichum candidum with Salmonella. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 86: 101-111. Waghray, S., Reddy, C.S. and Reddy, A.P.K. 1988. Seed mycoflora and aflatoxin contamination in rice. Indian Phytopathol. 41: 492-494. Waje, C.K., Dizon, E.I., Serrano, E.P. and Mabesa, R.C. 2005. Mycological stability of minimally-processed young coconut (Cocos nucifera L.) as influenced by different chemical and physical treatments. Philipp. Agric. Sci. 88: 84-94. Walcott, R.R., Gitaitis, R.D. and Langston, D.B. 2004. Detection of Botrytis aclada in onion seed using magnetic capture hybridization and the polymerase chain reaction. Seed Sci. Technol. 32: 425-438. Walker, H.W. 1977. Spoilage of food by yeasts. Food Technol., Champaign 23(2): 57-61, 65. Walker, H.W. and Ayres, J.C. 1970. Yeasts as spoilage organisms. In The Yeasts. Vol. 3, eds A.H. Rose and J. S. Harrison. London: Academic Press. pp. 500-527. Wallace, H.A.H., Sinha, R.N. and Mills, J.T. 1976. Fungi associated with small wheat bulks during prolonged storage in Manitoba. Can. J. Bot. 54: 1332-1343. Wallbridge, A. 1981. Fungi associated with crown-rot disease of boxed bananas from the Windward Islands during a two-year survey. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 77: 567-577. Wan, K., Yousef, A.E., Schwartz, S.J. and Wang, H.H. 2006. Rapid, specific, and sensitive detection of spoilage molds in orange juice using a real-time Taqman PCR assay. J. Food Prot. 69: 385-390. Wang, E., Norred, W.P., Bacon, C.W., Riley, R.T. and Merrill, A.H. 1991. Inhibition of sphingolipid biosynthesis by fumonisins. J. Biol. Chem. 266: 14486-14490. Wang, J.-S. and Groopman, J.D. 1999. DNA damage by mycotoxins. Mutation Res. 424: 167-181. Wang, L. and Zhuang, W.Y. 2007. Phylogenetic analyses of penicillia based on partial calmodulin gene sequences. Biosystems 88: 113-126. Wang, Y. and Guo, L.-D. 2004. Morphological and molecular identification of an endophytic fungus Epicoccum nigrum. Mycosystema 23: 474-479. Wang, Y.-Z., Ju, X.-L. and Zhou, Y.-G. 2005. The variability of citrinin production in Monascus type cultures. Food Microbiol. 22: 145-148. Warnock, D.W. 1971. Assay of fungal mycelium in grains of barley, including the use of the fluorescent antibody technique for inpidual species. J. Gen. Microbiol. 67: 197-205. Warth, A.D. 1977. Mechanism of resistance of Saccharomyces bailii to benzoic, sorbic and other weak acids used as food pservatives. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 43: 215-230. Warth, A.D. 1985. Resistance of yeast species to benzoic and sorbic acids and to sulfur dioxide. J. Food Prot. 48: 564-569. Warth, A.D. 1986. Effects of nutrients and pH on the resistance of Zygosaccharomyces bailii to benzoic acid. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 3: 263-271. Warth, A.D. 1988. Effect of benzoic acid on growth yield of yeasts differing in their resistance to pservatives. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 54: 2091-2095. Warth, A.D. 1989a. Transport of benzoic and propanoic acids by Zygosaccharomyces bailii. J. Gen. Microbiol. 135: 1383-1390.

    498 Warth, A.D. 1989b. Relationships among cell size, membrane permeability, and pservative resistance in yeast species. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 55: 2995-2999. Warth, A.D. 1989c. Relationships between the resistance of yeasts to acetic, propanoic and benzoic acids and to methyl paraben and pH. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 8: 343-349. Warth, A.D. 1991. Mechanism of action of benzoic acid on Zygosaccharomyces bailii: effects on glycolytic metabolite levels, energy production, and intracellular pH. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 57: 3410-3414. Watkins, K.L., Fazekas, G. and Palmer, M.V. 1990. Patulin in Australian apple juice. Food Aust. 42: 438-439. Watson, D.H. 1984. An assessment of food contamination by toxic products of Alternaria. J. Food Prot. 47: 485-488. Watson-Craik, I.A., Aidoo, K.E. and Anderson, J.G. 1989. Induction of conductance and capacitance changes by food-borne fungi. Food Microbiol. 6: 231-244. Watson-Craik, I.A., Aidoo, K.E. and Anderson, J.G. 1990. Development and evaluation of a medium for the monitoring of food-borne moulds by capacitance changes. Food Microbiol. 7: 129-145. Webb, T.A. and Mundt, J.O. 1978. Molds on vegetables at the time of harvest. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 35: 655-658. Weber, Z., Kostecki, M., Bargen, S. von, Gossmann, M., Waskiewicz, A., Bocianowski, J., Knaflewski, M., Buttner, C. and Golinski, P. 2006. Fusarium species colonizing spears and forming mycotoxins in field samples of asparagus from Germany and Poland. J. Phytopathol. 154: 209-216. Webley, D.J., Jackson, K.L., Mullins, J.D., Hocking, A.D. and Pitt, J.I. 1997. Alternaria toxins in weather damaged wheat and sorghum in the 1995-1996 Australian harvest. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 48: 1249-1255. Weete, J.D. 1974. Fungal Lipid Biochemistry: Distribution and Metabolism. New York: Plenum Press. Weidenborner, M. and Kunz, B. 1994. Untersuchungen zur ¨ Mykoflora von Getreideflocken. Getreide Mehl Brot. 48: 114-116. Weidenborner, M., Wieczorek, C., Appel, S. and Kunz, B. ¨ 2000. Whole wheat and white wheat flour – the mycobiota and potential mycotoxins. Food Microbiol. 17: 103-107. Wells, J.M. 1980. Toxigenic fungi isolated from late-season pecans. J. Food Saf. 2: 213-220. Wells, J.M. and Payne, J.A. 1975. Toxigenic Aspergillus and Penicillium isolates from weevil-damaged chestnuts. Appl. Microbiol. 30: 536-540. Wells, J.M. and Payne, J.A. 1976. Toxigenic species of Penicillium, Fusarium and Aspergillus from weevil-damaged pecans. Can. J. Microbiol. 22: 281-285. Wells, J.M. and Uota, M. 1970. Germination and growth of five fungi in low-oxygen and high-carbon dioxide atmospheres. Phytopathology 60: 50-53. Wells, J.M., Cole, R.J. and Kirksey, J.W. 1975. Emodin, a toxic metabolite of Aspergillus wentii isolated from weevil-damaged chestnuts. Appl. Microbiol. 30: 26-28. Wells, J.M., Cole, R.J., Cutler, H.C. and Spalding, D.H. 1981. Curvularia lunata, a new source of cytochalasin B. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 41: 967-971. Westall, S. and Filtenborg, O. 1998. Spoilage yeasts of decorated soft cheese packed in modified atmosphere. Food Microbiol. 15: 243-249.

    References Wheeler, J.L., Harrison, M.A. and Koehler, P.E. 1987. Presence and stability of patulin in pasteurized apple cider. J. Food Sci. 52: 479-480. Wheeler, K.A. and Hocking, A.D. 1988. Water relations of Paecilomyces variotii, Eurotium amstelodami, Aspergillus candidus and Aspergillus sydowii, xerophilic fungi isolated from Indonesian dried fish. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 7: 73-78. Wheeler, K.A. and Hocking, A.D. 1993. Interactions among xerophilic fungi associated with dried salted fish. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 74: 164-169. Wheeler, K.A., Hocking, A.D., Pitt, J.I. and Anggawati, A. 1986. Fungi associated with Indonesian dried fish. Food Microbiol. 3: 351-357. Wheeler, K.A., Hocking, A.D. and Pitt, J.I. 1988a. Effects of temperature and water activity on germination and growth of Wallemia sebi. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 90: 365-368. Wheeler, K.A., Hocking, A.D. and Pitt, J.I. 1988b. Water relations of some Aspergillus species isolated from dried fish. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 91: 631-638. Wheeler, K.A., Hocking, A.D. and Pitt, J.I. 1988c. Influence of temperature on the water relations of Polypaecilum pisce and Basipetospora halophila, two halophilic xerophiles. J. Gen. Microbiol. 134: 2255-2260. Wheeler, K.A., Hurdman, B.F. and Pitt, J.I. 1991. Influence of pH on the growth of some toxigenic species of Aspergillus, Penicillium and Fusarium. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 12: 141-150. Whipps, J.M. and Lewis, D.H. 1980. Methodology of a chitin assay. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 74: 416-418. White, M.M., James, T.Y., O’Donnell, K., Cafaro, M.J., Tanabe, Y. and Sugiyama, J. 2006. Phylogeny of the Zygomycota based on nuclear ribosomal sequence data. Mycologia 98: 872-884. Whitfield, F.B., Nguyen, T.H.L. and Tindale, C.R. 1991. Effect of relative humidity and incubation time on the O-methylation of chlorophenols in fibreboard by Paecilomyces variotii. J. Sci. Food Agric. 55: 19-26. Wichmann, G., Herbarth, O. and Lehmann, I. 2002. The mycotoxins citrinin, gliotoxin, and patulin affect interferon-gamma rather than interleukin-4 production in human blood cells. Environ. Toxicol. 17: 211-218. Wicklow, D.T. 1983. Taxonomic features and ecological significance of sclerotia. In Aflatoxin and Aspergillus flavus in Corn, eds U.L. Diener, R.L. Asquith and J.W. Dickens. Auburn, AL: Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station. pp. 6-12. Wicklow, D.T. 1995. The mycology of stored grain: an ecological perspective. In Stored Grain Ecosystems, eds D.S. Jayas, N.D.G. White and W.E. Muir. New York: Marcel Dekker. pp. 197-249. Wicklow, D.T. and Cole, R.J. 1984. Citreoviridin in standing corn infested by Eupenicillium ochrosalmoneum. Mycologia 76: 959-961. Wicklow, D.T. and Shotwell, O.L. 1983. Intrafungal distribution of aflatoxins among conidia and sclerotia of Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus parasiticus. Can. J. Microbiol. 29: 1-5. Wicklow, D.T., Horn, B.W. and Shotwell, O.L. 1987. Aflatoxin formation in p-harvest maize ears coinoculated with Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus niger. Mycologia 79: 679-682.

    References Wicklow, D.T., Stubblefield, R.D., Horn, B.W. and Shotwell, O.L. 1988. Citreoviridin levels in Eupenicillium ochrosalmoneum-infested maize kernels at harvest. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 54: 1096-1098. Wicklow, D.T., Weaver, D.K. and Throne, J.E. 1998. Fungal colonists of maize grain conditioned at constant temperatures and humidities. J. Stored Prod. Res. 34: 355-361. Wicklow, D.T, Dowd, P.F., Alfatafta, A.A. and Gloer, J.B. 1996. Ochratoxin A: an antiinsectan metabolite from the sclerotia of Aspergillus carbonarius NRRL 369. Can. J. Microbiol. 42: 1100-1103. Wicks, T. and Blumbieris, M. 1981. Phytophthora fruit rot of Delicious apples in South Australia. Australas. Plant Pathol. 10: 23-24. Wiebe, M.G. 2004. QuornTM myco-protein – overview of a successful fungal product. Mycologist 18: 17-20. Wijeratnam, R.S.W., Hewajulige, I.G.H. and Abeyratne, N. 2005. Postharvest hot water treatment for the control of Thielaviopsis black rot of pineapple. Postharvest Biol. Technol. 36: 323-327. Wild, B.L. 1983. Double resistance by citrus green mould Penicillium digitatum to the fungicides guazatine and benomyl. Ann. Appl. Biol. 103: 237-241. Wiley, B.J. and Fennell, D.I. 1973. Ascocarps of Aspergillus stromatoides, A. niveus, and A. flavipes. Mycologia 65: 752-760. Wiley, B.J. and Simmons, E.G. 1973. New species and a new genus of Plectomycetes with Aspergillus states. Mycologia 65: 934-938. Wilkins, C.K. and Scholl, S. 1989. Volatile metabolites of some barley storage molds. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 8: 11-17. Will, F., Hasselbeck, G. and Dietrich, H. 1992. Charakterisierung einer gelartigen Truebung aus Himbeersaft. Fluess. Obst 59: 352-353. Williams, C.C., Cameron, E.J. and Williams, O.B. 1941. A facultatively anaerobic mold of unusual heat resistance. Food Res. 6: 69-73. Williams, J.H., Phillips, T.D., Jolly, P.E., Stiles, J.K., Jolly, C.M. and Aggarwal, D. 2004. Human aflatoxicosis in developing countries: a review of toxicology, exposure, potential health consequences, and interventions. Am. J. Clin. Nutr. 80: 1106-1122. Williams, K.C., Blaney, B.J., Dodman, R.L. and Palmer, C.L. 1992. Assessment for animal feed of maize kernels naturallyinfected pdominantly with Fusarium moniliforme and Diplodia maydis. Aust. J. Agric. Sci. 43: 773-782. Williams, W.P., Windham, G.L., Buckley, P.M. and Daves, C.A. 2006. Aflatoxin accumulation in corn hybrids infested at different growth stages with southwestern corn borer (Lepidoptera: Crambidae). J. Agric. Urban Entomol. 23: 97-103. Willingham, S.L., Cooke, A.W., Coates, L.M. and Pegg, K. G. 2000. Pepper spot: A new pharvest Colletotrichum disease of avocado cv. Hass. Aust. Plant Pathol. 29: 151. Wilson, B.J., Yang, D.T.C. and Boyd, M.R. 1970. Toxicity of mould-damaged sweet potatoes (Ipomoea batatas). Nature (London) 227: 521-522. Wilson, C.L. and Chalutz, E. 1989. Postharvest biological control of Penicillium rots with antagonistic yeasts and bacteria. Sci. Horticult. 40: 105-112.

    500 eburneus as a heat resistant fungus. Cryptogam. Mycol. 26: 133-141. Yamada, Y., Matsuda, M. and Mikata, K. 1996. The phylogeny of species of the genus Saccharomycopsis Schionning ¨ (Saccharomycetaceae) based on the partial sequences of 18S and 26S ribosomal RNAs. Biosci. Biotech. Biochem. 60: 1303-1307. Yamani, M.I. and Abu-Jaber, M.M. 1994. Yeast flora of labaneh produced by in-bag straining of cow milk set yogurt. J. Dairy Sci. 77: 3558-3564. Yamazaki, M., Horie, Y, Suzuki, S., Fujimoto, H. and Maebayashi, Y. 1971. Toxic fungal metabolites isolated from home-made miso. Shokuhin Eiseigaku Zesshi (J. Food Hyg. Soc. Jpn) 12: 370-375. Yamazaki, M., Fujimoto, H. and Miyaki, K. 1972. Metabolites of some strains of Penicillium isolated from foods. Yakugaku Zasshi (J. Pharmaceut. Soc. Jpn) 92: 101-104. Yang, W., Kim, W-S., Fang, A. and Demain, A.L. 2003. Carbon and nitrogen source nutrition of fumagillin biosynthesis by Aspergillus fumigatus. Curr. Microbiol. 46: 275-279. Yarrow, D. 1984. Genus 22. Saccharomyces Meyen ex Reess. In The Yeasts: A Taxonomic Study, 3rd edn, ed. N.J.W. Kreger-van Rij. Amsterdam: Elsevier. pp. 379-395. Yates, A.R., Seaman, A. and Woodbine, M. 1967. Growth of Byssochlamys nivea in various carbon dioxide atmospheres. Can. J. Microbiol. 13: 1120-1123. Yli-Mattila, T., Paavanen-Huhtala, S., Parikka, P., Konstantinova, P. and Gagkaeva, T.Y. 2004. Molecular and morphological persity of Fusarium species in Finland and northwestern Russia. Eur J. Plant Pathol. 110: 573-585. Yoder, J.A., Benoit, J.B. and Zettler, L.W. 2003. Effects of salt and temperature on the growth rate of a tickassociated fungus, Scopulariopsis brevicaulis Bainier (Deuteromycota). Int. J. Acarol. 29: 265-269. Yong, R.K. and Cousin, M.A. 2001. Detection of moulds producing aflatoxins in maize and peanuts by an immunoassay. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 65: 27-38. Yoshida, M., Tanigawa, M., Maeda, H. and Ifuku, Y. 1996. Rapid detection of microbial contaminants in fruit juice by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. J. Food Hyg. Soc. Jpn 37: 179-186. Yoshizawa, T., Matsuura, Y., Tsuchiya, Y., Morooka, N., Kitani, K., Ichinoe, M. and Kurata, H. 1979. On the toxigenic Fusaria invading barley and wheat in southern Japan. Shokuhin Eiseigaku Zasshi (J. Food Hyg. Soc. Jpn) 20: 21-26. Yoshizawa, T., Yamashita, A. and Luo, Y. 1994. Fumonisin occurrence in corn from high- and low-risk areas for human esophageal cancer in China. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 1626-1629. Yoshizawa, T., Yamashita, A. and Chokethaworn, N. 1996. Occurrence of fumonisins and aflatoxins in corn from Thailand. Food Addit. Contam. 13: 163-168. Youssef, M.S., Abo-Dahab, N.F. and Abou-Seidah, A.A. 2000. Mycobiota and mycotoxin contamination of dried raisins in Egypt. Afr. J. Mycol. Biotechnol. 8: 69-86.

    References Yu, T., Chen, J., Chen, R., Huang, B., Liu, D. and Zheng, X. 2007. Biocontrol of blue and gray mold diseases of pear fruit by integration of antagonistic yeast with salicylic acid. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 116: 339-345. Yuan, G.-F., Liu, C.-S. and Chen, C.-C. 1995. Differentiation of Aspergillus parasiticus from Aspergillus sojae by random amplification of polymorphic DNA. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61: 2384-2387. Yun, H., Lim, S., Chung, J., Jo, C., Park, J., Kwon, J. and Kim, D. 2006. Isolation and characterization of Penicillium crustosum, a patulin producing fungus, from apples. Food Sci. Biotech. 15: 896-901. Zaake, S. 1979. Nachweis und Bedeutung getra¨kescha¨dlicher Hefen. Monatsschr. Brau. 32: 250-356. Zadra, C., Cardinali, G., Corte, L., Fatichenti, F. and Marucchini, C. 2006. Biodegradation of the fungicide iprodione by Zygosaccharomyces rouxii strain DBVPG 6399. J. Agric. Food Chem. 54: 4734-4739. Zalar, P., de Hoog, G.S., Schroers, H.J., Frank, J.M. and Gunde-Cimerman, N. 2005. Taxonomy and phylogeny of the xerophilic genus Wallemia (Wallemiomycetes and Wallemiales, cl. et ord. nov.). Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 87: 311-328. Zalar, P., de Hoog, G.S., Schroers, H.-J., Crous, P.W., Groenewald. J.Z. and Gunde-Cimerman, N. 2007. Phylogeny and ecology of the ubiquitous saprobe Cladosporium sphaerospermum, with descriptions of seven new species from hypersaline environments. Stud. Mycol. 58: 157-183. Zardetto, S. 2005. Effect of modified atmosphere packaging at abuse temperature on the growth of Penicillium aurantiogriseum isolated from fresh filled pasta. Food Microbiol. 22: 367-371. Zare, R. and Ershad, D. 1997. Fusarium species isolated from cereals in Gorgan area. Iran. J. Plant Pathol. 33: 1-14 (Pe), 1-4 (En). Zein, G.N., Moussa, A.M., Abou-Zeid, M.M., Gomaa, E.A. and Nofel, A. 1983. Studies on Kareish cheese in the local markets of Monoufia. I. Yeast content. Egypt. J. Dairy Sci. 11: 317-319. Zhang, H.Y., Zheng, X.D. and Yu, T. 2007a. Biological control of postharvest diseases of peach with Cryptococcus laurentii. Food Control 18: 287-291. Zhang, J.B., Li, H.P., Dang, F.J., Qu, B., Xu, Y.B., Zhao, C. S. and Liao, Y.C. 2007b. Determination of the trichothecene mycotoxin chemotypes and associated geographical distribution and phylogenetic species of the Fusarium graminearum clade from China. Mycol. Res. 111: 967-975. Zhao, X.R., Lin, Q. and Brookes, P.C. 2005. Does soil ergosterol concentration provide a reliable estimate of soil fungal biomass? Soil Biol. Biochem. 37: 311-317. Zheng, R.Y. and Chen, G.Q. 2001. A monograph of Cunninghamella. Mycotaxon 80: 1-75. Zheng, R.-Z., Chen, G.-Q., Huang, H. and Liu, X.-Y. 2007a. A monograph of Rhizopus. Sydowia 59: 273-372. Zheng, X., Yu, T., Chen, R., Huang, B. and Wu, V.C-H. 2007b. Inhibiting Penicillium expansum infection of pear fruit by Cryptococcus laurentii and cytokinin. Postharvest Biol. Technol. 45: 221-227.

    References Zill, G., Engelharst, G. and Wallnofer, P.R. 1988. Deter¨ mination of ergosterol as a measure of fungal growth using Si 60 HPLC. Z. Lebensm. Unters. Forsch. 187: 246-249. Zipkes, M.R., Gilchrist, J.E. and Peeler, J.T. 1981. Comparison of yeast and mould counts by spiral, pour and streak plate methods. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 64: 1465-1469. Zitter, T.A. and Wien, H.C. 1984. Outbreak of Alternaria alternata causing fruit rot of tomatoes in upstate New York. Plant Dis. Reptr. 68: 628.

    501 Zohri, A.A. and Saber, S.M. 1993. Filamentous fungi and mycotoxins detected in coconut. Zentralbl. Mikrobiol. 148: 325-332. Zohri, A.A., Abdel-Sater, M.A. and Ismail, M.A. 1995. Incidence of aflatoxins and mould flora in corn snacks. J. Food Sci. Technol. India 32: 289-294. Zur, G., Shimoni, E., Hallerman, E. and Kashi, Y. 2002. Detection of Alternaria fungal contamination in cereal grains by a polymerase chain reaction-based assay. J. Food Prot. 65: 1433-1440.

    “This page left intentionally blank.”

    Index

    Note: Bold face denotes fungal species description A Absidia corymbifera, 148 in tree nuts, 408 oxygen requirements, 7 ramosa, 149 Acetic acid pserves, spoilage of, 419 Candida krusei, 363 Moniliella acetoabutans, 130 Pichia membranaefaciens, 371 Acremonium, 57, 58 strictum, 58 Acute cardiac beriberi, 197 Aflatoxins, 307-309 from Aspergillus flavus, 307 from Aspergillus nomius, 311 from Aspergillus parasiticus, 322 coconut cream agar for detection of, 28 from milk, 308 Air sampling, 23 Alimentary toxic aleukia (ATA), 1, 91, 109, 117 Altenuene, 62 Alternaria, 58, 60, 142 alternata, 60, 63 in cantaloupes, 387 in cereals, 395, 396 in citrus, 385 in figs, 389 in mangoes, 390 mycotoxins, 61 in pome fruits, 386 in rice, 396 in sorghum, 398 in soybeans, 397 in tomatoes, 387 in wheat, 395 citri, 60 in citrus, 384, 385 infectoria, 60, 62 in sorghum, 398 in wheat, 396

    padwickiii, 137, 138 passiflorae, in passionfruit, 390 tenuis, 60, 62 tenuissima, 60, 62 Alternariol, 62 Alternariol monomethyl ether, 62 Altertoxin, 62 Anaerobic growth of fungi, 7 Anamorph, 15 Apples, spoilage of, 385, 386 Botrytis cinerea, 69 Epicoccum nigrum, 90 Penicillium brevicompactum, 233 Penicillium expansum, 245 Penicillium funiculosum, 264 Penicillium solitum, 258 Arthrinium, 58, 64, 132 phaeospermum, 64 state of Apiospora montagnei, 65 Ascomycete-conidial fungus connections, 15 Ascomycetes, 53 Ascomycotina, 13-15 Aspergillus, 277, 278, 279, 295 aculeatus, 277, 295 in onions, 391 alliaceus, 320 alutaceus, 317, 321 amstelodami, 282 awamori, 313 candidus, 277, 279, 297, 317 in cereals, 402 in cheese, 421 in flour and pasta, 403 heat resistance, 6 in maize, 402 in peanuts, 406 in rice, 403 in soybeans, 405 carbonarius, 277, 279, 299 in coffee beans, 410, 411 in dried vine fruit, 413

    503

    504 Aspergillus (cont.) in grapes, 388 ochratoxin A, 388, 411 chevalieri, 285 classification, 277 clavatus, 277, 279, 302 colony diameters, 278 fischeri, 293 fischerianus, 293 flavipes, 277, 279, 303 flavus, 277, 279, 305, 315, 322, 329 in Brazil nuts, 399, 409 in cashews, 399, 409 in coffee beans, 411 in copra, 400 in figs, 414 in maize, 397, 406 in peanuts, 398, 406, 407 in pistachios, 400, 409 in rice, 38, 396, 402, 403 in salt fish, 416, 417 in sorghum, 398 in soybeans, 397, 405 in spices, 410 in sunflower seed, 398 in tree nuts, 399, 401, 408, 409 fonsecaeus, 299 fumigatus, 51, 277, 279, 311 in maize products, 405 in rice, 402, 403 in tree nuts, 399, 408, 409 glaucus, 291 japonicus, 277, 279, 297 key to common species, 277 manginii, 291 nidulans, 279 niger, 277, 279, 313 in chickpeas, 406 in cocoa, 411, 412 in coffee beans, 410, 411 in dried vine fruit, 413 in figs, 389, 414 in grapes, 388 in maize, 404, 405 in onions, 391 in peanuts, 398, 406, 407 in pistachios, 400, 408, 409 in rice, 402, 403 in salt fish, 416, 417 in spices, 410 in tree nuts, 399, 407, 408 in yams, 392 niveus, 278, 279, 298, 315 nomius, 277, 279, 311 ochraceus, 278, 279, 317 in chickpeas, 406 in coffee beans, 410, 411 in dried fruit, 413 in figs, 414 in pistachios, 408 oryzae, 277, 279, 306, 310

    Index parasiticus, 277, 279, 306, 321 in peanuts, 407 in tree nuts, 408 penicillioides, 278, 279, 323, 325 in cereals, 402 in confectionery, 415 in flour, 403 in fruit cakes, 414 in salt fish, 416 in processed meats, 417 pseudoglaucus, 287 pulchellus, 299 repens, 287 reptans, 287 restrictus, 278, 279, 324, 325 in cereals, 403 in fruit cakes, 414 in jams, 412 in maize, 404 in nuts, 409 in soybeans, 405 in rice, 403 ruber, 289 rubrobrunneus, 289 sejunctus, 289 sojae, 306, 322 steynii, 278, 279, 320 sydowii, 278, 279, 329 in cashews, 399, 409 in rice, 396 in salt fish, 416 in spices, 410 tamarii, 278, 279, 328 in Brazil nuts, 409 in cashews, 399, 409 in cocoa, 411, 412 in coffee beans, 411 in maize, 404 in peanuts, 406, 407 teleomorphs, 276 terreus, 278, 279, 330 tubingensis, 313, 314 ustus, 277, 279, 332 versicolor, 278, 279, 327, 333 vitis, 282 wentii, 278, 279, 336 westerdijkiae, 278, 279, 317, 320 in coffee beans, 411 ochratoxin, 411 Aspergillus flavus and parasiticus agar (AFPA), 28, 307, 319, 322, 329, 423 ATP, estimation of, 37 Aureobasidium, 57, 65 pullulans, 65 in meat, 394 Aurofusarin, 104, 117

    B Baked goods, mycoflora of, 403-404 Eurotium chevalieri, 287

    Index Balkan endemic nephropathy, 261 Bananas, spoilage of, 390 Alternaria alternata, 62 Colletotrichum gloeosporioides, 82 Fusarium oxysporum, 108 Fusarium semitectum, 113, 114 Fusarium subglutinans, 120 Fusarium verticillioides, 121, 122 Lasiodiplodia theobromae, 127 Nigrospora spherica, 133 Pestalotiopsis guepini, 134 Phoma sorghina, 135 Barley, mycoflora of, 395 Alternaria alternata, 62, 64 Arthrinium, 65 Aspergillus clavatus, 302 Chaetomium, 73 Cladosporium, 76, 79, 81 Fusarium culmorum, 100 Fusarium graminearum, 104 Fusarium sporotrichioides, 118 Geotrichum candidum, 124 Penicillium hordei, 249 Penicillium verrucosum, 261 Basidiomycotina, 15 Basipetospora, 340 halophila, 341, 350 in salt fish, 416 Beans, mycoflora of, 391, 397, 405 Rhizopus stolonifer, 160 Beauvericin, 102, 108, 110, 112, 117, 119 Beer, spoilage of, Brettanomyces bruxellensis, 358, 362 Berries, spoilage of, 389 Bettsia, 340, 343 alvei, 343 Biltong, mycoflora of, 412 Biomass, estimation of fungal, 34 ATP estimation, 37 chitin assay, 34 conductimetry, 37 ELISA, 39 ergosterol assay, 35 fluorescent antibodies, 40 immunological techniques, 38 impedimetry, 37 latex agglutination, 39 molecular methods, 40 PCR, 40 volatiles, 37 Biosystematics, 11-17 Bipolaris, 58, 67, 85 australiensis, 67 bicolor, 67 maydis, 67 oryzae, 67 setariae, 67 spicifera, 67 Botryodiplodia theobromae, 125

    505 Botryosphaera rhodina, 125, 126 ribis, 386 Botrytis, 58, 68 allii, 69 in garlic, 391 byssoides, 69 cinerea, 68 in beans, 391 in berries, 389 in carrots, 392 in grapes, 388 in kiwifruit, 389 in peas, 391 in pome fruits, 385 in stone fruit, 386 state of Sclerotinia porri, 69 Bread, spoilage of, 403 Chrysonilia sitophila, 73, 74 Endomyces fibuliger, 88 Hyphopichia burtonii, 125 Moniliella suaveolens, 131 Penicillium roqueforti, 256 Pichia membranaefaciens, 371 Brettanomyces bruxellensis, 360, 361 intermedius, 360 Brines for olives, pickles and cheese, spoilage of, 358, 364, 365, 366, 371, 372 Butenolide, 102, 104 Butter, spoilage of, 394 Candida parapsilosis, 364 Penicillium thomii, 207 Rhodotorula mucilaginosa, 373 Byssochlamys, 169, 170 in cream cheeses, 393 fulva, 2, 5, 170, 171, 184 in heat processed acid foods, 418 heat resistance, 5, 171, 173 nivea, 6, 170, 173 oxygen requirements, 7, 171 spectabilis, 170, 184

    C Cakes, spoilage of, 404 Eurotium rubrum, 291 Penicillium crustosum, 241 Xeromyces bisporus, 355 Calonectria, 90 Candida, 360, 361 chodatii, 124 famata, 364 holmii, 366 krusei, 360, 361, 362 mogii, 379 parapsilosis, 360, 361, 363 in cheese, 420 in pserved foods, 419 in yoghurt, 393

    506 Candida (cont.) pelliculosa, 369 valida, 370 Capsicums, spoilage of, 387 Alternaria alternata, 62 Rhizopus stolonifer, 160 Carbon dioxide, tolerance of fungi to, 7 Carnation leaf agar (CLA), 43 Carpenteles, 175 Carrots, spoilage of, 392 Rhizopus stolonifer, 160 Cashews, mycoflora of, 399, 409 Aspergillus flavus, 309 Cassava, mycoflora of, 392, 393 Penicillium oxalicum, 218 Cephalosporium acremonium, 56 Cereals, mycoflora of Alternaria alternate, 60, 62 Aspergillus versicolor, 335 Chaetomium globosum, 73 Cladosporium, 78 Curvularia lunata, 84 Drechslera, 85 Endomyces fibuliger, 88 Fusarium avenaceum, 97 Fusarium culmorum, 100 Fusarium equiseti, 102 Fusarium graminearum, 104 Fusarium oxysporum, 108 Fusarium poae, 110 Fusarium sporotrichioides, 117, 118 Fusarium spp, 91, 92 Nigrospora oryzae, 132 Penicillium aurantiogriseum, 231 Penicillium chrysogenum, 237 Penicillium verrucosum, 261 Pestalotiopsis, 133 Phoma, 135, 136 Trichothecium roseum, 142 Cereals, spoilage of, 395-397, 402-406 Chaetoglobosin, 73 Chaetomium, 57, 70 brasiliense, 70 funicola, 70, 71 globosum, 70, 72 in cashews, 399, 409 in rice, 396 in soybeans, 397 in spices, 410 Cheese, manufacture, 419-421 Debaryomyces hansenii, 366 Penicillium camemberti, 235 Penicillium commune, 238 Penicillium roqueforti, 256 Cheese, mycoflora and spoilage of, 419-421 Aspergillus versicolor, 335 Candida parapsilosis, 364 Cladosporium, 75, 77, 78, 81 Debaryomyces hansenii, 366 Eurotium amstelodami, 284 Eurotium herbariorum, 292

    Index Eurotium repens, 289 Fusarium oxysporum, 108 Geotrichum candidum, 124 Moniliella suaveolans, 131 Penicillium commune, 238 Penicillium crustosum, 241 Penicillium glabrum, 200 Penicillium roqueforti, 256 Pichia membranaefaciens, 371 Rhodotorula mucilaginosa, 373 Chickpeas, mycoflora of, 398, 405, 406 Chitin assay, 34-35 Chloroanisole formation in foods, 233, 411 Aspergillus versicolor, 336 Eurotium repens, 289 Paecilomyces variotii, 185 Penicillium chrysogenum, 236 Chocolates, spoilage of, 415 Chrysosporium inops, 347 Chrysosporium xerophilum, 347 Xeromyces bisporus, 355 Zygosaccharomyces rouxii, 382 Chrysonilia, 57, 73 sitophila, 51, 73, 74 Chrysosporium, 340, 342 farinicola, 343 in chocolate, 415 in coconut, 409 fastidium, 9, 344, 346 inops, 343, 345 in confectionery, 415 isolation techniques, 30 key to xerophilic species, 343 in prunes, 413 xerophilum, 343, 347 in coconut, 409 Citreoviridin, 197 from Eupenicillium ochrosalmoneum, 182 from Penicillium citreonigrum, 197 Citrinin, 129 from Monascus ruber, 129 from Penicillium citrinum, 208 from Penicillium verrucosum, 261 Citrus, spoilage of, 384-385 Alternaria, 61, 62 Fusarium oxysporum, 108 Geotrichum candidum, 123 Penicillium digitatum, 242 Penicillium italicum, 251 Penicillium ulaiense, 251 Cladosporium, 57, 75 butyri, 131 chodati, 124 cladosporioides, 75, 78, 80, 81 in cheese, 419 in chilled meat, 394 in coconut, 409 in low salt margarine, 394 in rice, 396 in salt fish, 416 in soybeans, 397, 405

    Index in tree nuts, 399, 407 in wheat, 395, 396 in grapes, 389 herbarum, 75, 76, 77, 78 in cheese, 419, 420 in chickpeas, 398 in margarine, 394 in meat, 394 in tomatoes, 387 in tree nuts, 408 key to included species, 75 macrocarpum, 75, 78 sphaerospermum, 75, 76, 80 in citrus, 385 in maize products, 405 in strawberries, 389 suaveolens, 131, 394 Classification of fungi, 11, 16-17 Claviceps purpurea, 1 Cochliobolus lunatus, 83 Cocoa beans, mycoflora of, 411-412 Aspergillus fumigatus, 312 Candida krusei, 363 Kloeckera apiculata, 368 Coconut cream agar, 28 Coconut, spoilage of, 400, 409 Aspergillus niger, 315 Chrysosporium farinicola, 344 Chrysosporium xerophilum, 347 Coelomycetes, 54 Coffee beans, mycoflora of, 410-411 Aspergillus ochraceus and related species, 320 Ochratoxin in, 410, 411 Coffee, off flavours, 411 Aspergillus versicolor, 336 Colletotrichum, 57, 81 acutatum, 81, 82 in berries, 389 circans, 81 coccodes, 81 dermatium, 82 gloeosporioides, 81 in avocados and mangoes, 390 higginsianum, 81 lindemuthianum, 81 musae, 81, 82 in bananas, 390 Colony characters, 45 diameters, 45 Commodities, tropical, mycoflora of, 396-398 Chaetomium brasiliense, 70 Chaetomium funicola, 72 Cladosporium cladosporioides, 77 Concentrated foods, spoilage of, 412-416 Conductimetry, 37 Confectionery, spoilage of, 415 Chrysosporium inops, 347 Xeromyces bisporus, 355 Zygosaccharomyces rouxii, 382 Consistency, effect on growth, 8

    507 Copra, mycoflora of, 400 Cream cheese, spoilage of, 393, 419, 421 Creatine sucrose agar (CREA), 42, 224 Creatine sucrose neutral agar (CSN), 224, 423 Cucumbers, spoilage of, 388 Penicillium oxalicum, 218 Culmorin, 100, 104 Culture mites, 50 Cultures, examination, 45 Cunninghamella, 148, 149 berttholletiae, 149 echinulata, 149 elegans, 149 Curvularia, 58, 67, 82 lunata, 83 lunata var. aeria, 83 pallescens, 83, 8

    --- Bài cũ hơn ---

  • Các Loại Phân Bón Phổ Biến Và Vai Trò Của Phân Bón * Tin Cậy 2021
  • Phân Bón Con Cò Vàng Nhập Khẩu Hữu Cơ Bỉ Enter
  • Phân Bón Con Cò Vàng Nhập Khẩu : Hữu Cơ Bỉ Enter
  • Thuốc Exotic Extra Thuốc Kích Rễ Thái Lan
  • Exotic Siêu Kích Rễ Hoa Lan
  • Cách Trồng Cây Sen Đá Trong Chậu: 7 Yếu Tố Quan Trọng Cho Cây Phát Triển

    --- Bài mới hơn ---

  • Ngẩn Ngơ Ngắm Nhìn Những Bông Hoa Sen Đá Nở Rực Rỡ
  • Sen Đá Bông Hồng Trắng
  • Làm Thế Nào Để Cứu Sen Đá Khi Bị Úng Nước
  • Cây Sen Đá Hợp Với Mệnh Gì Tuổi Gì Trong Phong Thủy?
  • Hướng Dẫn Bạn Chọn Cây Sen Đá Hợp Với Mệnh Của Mình
  • Cách trồng cây sen đá trong chậu tại nhà đơn giản chỉ có vài bước đơn giản mà ai cũng có thể trồng được, sen đá được rất nhiều người yêu thích, sen đá có tới 60 loại khác nhau, trong đó có loại sen đá khá là hiếm và rất đẹp.

    Để có được chậu sen đá đẹp nhưng để trồng được chậu sen đá thì quả là một việc cần sự tỉ mỉ hơn, cách trồng sen đá cũng khá đơn giản, bất cứ ai khi đi làm, ở nhà đều yêu thích cây sen đá, đều muốn sở hữu cho mình chậu sen đá xinh đẹp.

    Cây sen đá còn được gọi là liên đài, Echeveria ,hoa đán, cây có nguồn gốc từ mexico đến từ tây bắc nam mỹ. Khi trồng cây sen đá làm cảnh thì có thể kết hợp với cây cảnh khác tạo nên không gian tuyệt vời nhất.

    Cây sen đá sống ở vùng có khí hậu nhiệt độ cao, khô căn và cần ít nước trong quá trình phát triển, cây sen đá chăm sóc khá là dễ cũng như chăm bón cây. Trong suốt quá trình sống của cây, sen đán mang đến nhiều ý nghĩa nên sẽ dành tặng cho người phù hợp nhất. đất trồng sen đá

    1.Đặc điểm cây sen đá

    Cây sen đá là loài cây sống lâu năm, cây có bộ lá thường xanh, cây thuộc họ thuốc bỏng. Đôi khi có thể nói thêm là cây sen đá rất giống loại cây thảo mộc và cây sen đá là loại không có thân, thân cây tiêu biến, cây phát triển bộ lá to và dài hơn.

    Cây sen đá có bộ lá đá nhỏ, rất mọng nước, xếp hình hoa thị, giống hoa sen. Bộ lá sen thường rụng khỏi cây và có khả năng nảy chồi ở gốc thành cây mới. cụm hoa mọc ở nách lá, có cuống chung dài.

    Cây sen đá là loài cây ưa nắng và rất rể chăm sóc, cây có khả năng chịu hạn tuyệt vời, cây sinh trưởng trong môi trường nắng nóng, khô hạn, kể cả nơi thiếu chất dinh dưỡng. cây sen đá được trồng trong chậu nhỏ làm cảnh, thường đặt ở nơi làm việc, bàn học và rất được dân văn phòng ưa chuộng.

    2.Cách trồng cây sen đá và 7 yếu tố quan trọng

    2.1.Chậu trồng cây sen đá

    Để có thể lựa chọn được chậu trồng cây sen đá phù hợp, ta nên lựa chọn chậu có lỗ thoát nước bên dưới dáy chậu vì cây sống ở môi trường khô hạn nên cây không chịu được ngập úng.

    Khi lựa chọn chậu ta nên lựa chọn loại chậu có kích thước phu hợp, nhỏ nhắn xinh xắn với kích thước nhỏ bé của cây

    2.2.Chọn đất trồng sen đá

    Cây sen đá là loại cây chịu hạn tốt vì vậy mà đất trồng cây sen đá phải có khả năng thoát nước tốt, độ thông thoáng cao sẽ giúp cho cây sen đá sinh trưởng và phát triển tốt hơn.

    Ngoài ra có thể tạo thêm độ thông thoáng cho đất bằng cách trộn hỗn hợp đất pha cát với phân bò, tro, trấu theo tỉ lệ 1: 1: 1 giúp cho bộ rễ của cây phát triển tốt hơn.

    Ngoài ra khi trồng cây sen đá ta có thể trộn thêm các loại sỏi, sỏi pha cát để bổ sung độ thông thoáng và khả năng thoát nước, giúp cây khỏe mạnh hơn trong quá trình phát triển.

    2.3.Cách trồng cây sen đá

    Để trồng được cây sen đá phát triển ta cần chuẩn bị đất và chậu và tiến hành trồng thôi

    Cho đất vào chậu khoảng 2/3 chậu rồi nhẹ nhàng đặt cây sen đá vào trong đất.

    Một tay giữ cố định cây, tay còn lại thì đổ phần đất còn lại vào trong chậu cho tới khi đầy miệng chậu là được.

    Nhẹ nhàng ấn đất xuống để nén chặt đất xuống, giúp cố định cây.

    Sau đó tiến hành phun nước tưới ẩm cây, giúp cây nhanh chóng ổn định, phát triển.

    2.4.cách chăm sóc và tưới nước

    để có thể chăm sóc được cây sen đá phát triển ổn định hơn ta nên cần dùn tới dụng cụ tưới nước phù hợp. Không nên sử dụng bình phun sương, bình xịt để tưới nước vào lá cây sen đá. Bởi vì khi có nước đọng lên lá cây sen đá sẽ khiến cho bộ lá bị thối, vì vậy mà khi tưới Việt Nam cần tưới nước vào trong sát gốc.

    Để tưới nước một cách hiệu quả hơn ta nên sử dụng các dụng cụ đơn giản như cốc, bát và các loại bình chuyên dụng để tưới nước cho cây cảnh.

    Có thể sử dụng cốc chén tưới thẳng vào vùng đất xung quanh chậu cây, sao cho chậu cây ngấm vừa đủ là được và không được đọng lại trên lá, nếu vô tình có nước bắn lên lá, ta nên dùng khăn khô để lau nước.

    Bạn cũng có thể đặt nguyên cả chậu vào tròng thùng nước sao cho ngập 2/3 chậu, sau từ 1-2 phút rồi lấy chậu cây ra ngoài cho chậu cây ráo nước. Đây được xem là phương pháp tưới ngấm, khá hiệu quả và được rất nhiều người áp dụng vì sẽ hạn chế việc lá bị dính nước.

    2.5.Thay đất cho chậu sen đá

    Cây sen đá không cần quá nhiều các chất dinh dưỡng trong quá trình sinh trưởng, tuy nhiên muốn cho cây sinh trưởng và phát triển tốt hơn thì ta nên thường xuyên bổ sung các chất dinh dưỡng vào trong đất bằng cách thay hoặc thêm đất cho cây, có thể sử dụng các loại phân kèm theo hay phân tan chậm, giúp cho cây ổn định hơn, có thể thay đất tùy theo kích thước của cây, nhằm đảm bảo cây không vị thiếu các chất dinh dưỡng trong quá trình sinh trưởng. cách trồng sen đá khi mới mua về

    2.6.Ánh sáng quan trọng cho cây sen đá

    Cây sen đá là giống cây cần ánh sáng để phát triển, với bộ lá mọng nước, chúng cần nhiều ánh sáng hơn, trung bình mỗi cây sen đá cần được phơi ngoài ánh nắng từ 6-8 tiếng/ ngày mới đủ cho sự sinh trưởng và phát triển màu sắc của cây.

    Chính vì sự cần ánh sáng cho quá trình cây phát triển mà có rất nhiều bạn trẻ để cây ở văn phong, do không đủ ánh sáng cần thiết cho sự sinh trưởng của cây nên dần dần cây kém phát triển và lụi tàn dần,

    2.7.Phòng trừ sâu bệnh trên cây sen đá

    Cây sen đá là giống cây có khả năng chống chịu mọi thời tiết, tuy nhiên cây vẩn bị một số loài sâu bệnh hại tấn công như rệp sáp, nấm tấn công.

    Khi cây sen đá bị tấn công thường có biểu hiện ở lá rất rõ ràng, cây sen đá bị thối đen, lan dần sang các lá khác và toàn thân, thường bệnh phát triển nhanh vào mùa thu, khi mùa mưa kéo dài, thời tiết ẩm và ít nắng.

    Khi thấy cây có biểu hiện của ta nên tiến hành cắt bỏ đi phần bị bệnh và chuyển cây bị bệnh ra khu cách ly, nhằm hạn chế sự lây lan ra cây khác.

    Ta có thể sử dụng các loại thuốc đặc trị rệp sáp, thuốc kiến để diệt trừ các mối nguy hại cho cây, giúp cây phát triển khỏe manh hơn.

    Trường hợp cây bị nấm thì ta cần cách ly cây và tiến hành lọi bỏ lá bị bệnh. Sau đó đem cây ra nơi có nhiều ánh nắng hơn và nên trồng lại ra chậu mới, làm quang khu vườn, giúp khu vườn thông thoáng hơn, điều này sẽ giúp hạn chế nấm phát triển. Ta có thể sử dụng các loại thuốc COC85, Anzil để phun phòng.

    5.Ý nghĩa của cây sen đá

    Cây sen đá được nhiều người biết như là biểu tượng của tình yêu, loài hoa chứng minh cho một tình yêu chung thủy, bền vững, trọn đời và mãi mãi không thay đổi theo thời gian.

    Với vẻ đẹp mộc mạc, thuần khiết với sức sống mãnh liệt của cây sen đá , trong tình yêu sẽ luôn đối mặt với mọi gian nn thử thách để có được nhau, vẩn trường tồn bất diệt.

    Cây sen đá còn thể hiện quan điểm sống tốt, mọi thứ trong cuộc sống đều có cách giải quyết riêng, miển sao luôn mạnh mẽ, dũng cảm để đối diện với nó.

    Cây còn mang ý nghĩa phòng thủy, giúp mang đến may mắn, tài lộc cho gia chủ, việc trồng cây sen đa trong nhà sẽ giúp cho không gian tươi mới, gia chủ có nhiều thay đổi , thịnh vượng, tài lộc.

    6.Cách nhân giống cây sen đá

    Để có thể nhân giống được cây sen đá là việc hoàn toàn không khó khăn chút nào. Đầu tiên ta cần lựa chọn chiếc lá sen đá, lá bánh tẻ hoặc hơi già một chút là ổn vì khi lá già sẽ mọc cây con nhanh hơn.

    Đặt lá xuống nơi có độ ẩm cao, có bóng mát, có thể đặt lên cát ẩm cũng được

    Thời gian từ 1-2 tuần sau thì từ cuống lá sẽ mọc lên chồi non mới khỏe mạnh

    Lựa chọn chồi non khỏe mạnh để ươm thành cây trưởng thành.

    chăm sóc cây cảnh

    --- Bài cũ hơn ---

  • Trồng Sen Đá Niềm Đam Mê Thú Vị
  • Hạt Giống Hoa Sen Đá Mix
  • Sen Đá Chuỗi Ngọc Bi Indoor Garden Vườn Cây Cảnh Đẹp Giá Rẻ Nhất Tại Hà Nội
  • Các Loại Sen Đá Giá Rẻ Đà Lạt
  • Tận Mắt Chiêm Ngưỡng Bức Tường Sen Đá Đà Lạt “đẹp Rụng Rời”
  • “phát Sốt” Với Chậu Cây Cảnh Trồng Không Cần Đất: Aqua Bonsai

    --- Bài mới hơn ---

  • # 21【Cây Cảnh Lọc Không Khí Trong Nhà】Lọc Không Khí
  • Cây Cảnh Thanh Lọc Không Khí Và Thu Hút Tài Lộc, Làm Đẹp
  • 7 Loại Cây Cảnh Thanh Lọc Không Khí Trong Nhà
  • Nghệ Nhân Lâm Ngọc Vinh Và Các Tác Phẩm Quốc Tế Công Nhận
  • Những Cây Kiêng Kỵ Trồng Trước Nhà Theo Lời Khuyên Phong Thủy
  • Chậu cây Aqua bonsai – trồng cây không cần đất vừa sạch đẹp lại rất dễ chăm sóc đang khiến nhiều người “phát sốt”.

    Bonsai nghĩa là “cây con trồng trong chậu”, là loại cây cảnh nhỏ có dáng cổ thụ trồng trong chậu cảnh. Đây là nghệ thuật cây cảnh trang nhã có nguồn gốc từ Trung Quốc và Nhật Bản, được yêu thích bởi kiểu dáng tinh tế, nghệ thuật, hàm ẩn nhiều triết lí sống sâu sắc.

    Nghệ thuật cây cảnh Bonsai được nhiều người yêu thích nhưng vẫn e ngại khi trưng trong nhà, một phần do sợ đất vương vãi.

    Tuy nhiên, dù yêu thích loại hình nghệ thuật này, nhiều người vẫn e ngại chậu cây sẽ vương vãi đất trong nhà, đặc biệt là những gia đình có diện tích không gian sống giới hạn như hiện nay. Thế nhưng, mới đây, một ý tưởng Bonsai mới đã ra đời và được hưởng ứng nhiệt liệt bởi những tín đồ của cây cảnh trong nhà.

    Ý tưởng Bonsai thủy canh, hay còn gọi là Aqua Bonsai được nhiều người yêu thích bởi tính ứng dụng cao.

    Phương pháp này đã kết hợp nghệ thuật cây cảnh truyền thống lâu đời từ Nhật với kĩ thuật trồng cây tiên tiến, không cần dùng đất – thủy canh. Nhờ đó, chúng ta có được Aqua Bonsai, hay còn gọi là Bonsai thủy canh đầy mới mẻ mà không kém phần nghệ thuật, đặc biệt phù hợp để trang trí cho những ngôi nhà có diện tích nhỏ hẹp.

    Aqua Bonsai kết hợp nghệ thuật cây cảnh truyền thống lâu đời của Nhật Bản với phương pháp trồng cây tiên tiến

    Aqua Bonsai bao gồm nhiều loại với những hình dạng và kích thước khác nhau. Bạn có thể nhúng một phần của cây là bộ rễ vào nước, hoặc tạo nên “một khu vườn dưới nước” bằng cách bố trí toàn bộ cây trong nước. Tuy nhiên, phương pháp thứ hai chỉ ứng dụng được với những loại cây nhất định mà thôi.

    Bạn có thể nhúng một phần của cây là bộ rễ vào nước

    Hoặc tạo nên cả một khu vườn dưới nước lộng lẫy như thế này

    Tuy nhiên, loại thứ 2 chỉ phù hợp với một vài loại cây nhất định

    Thay vì cung cấp chất dinh dưỡng cho cây qua đất như truyền thống, phương pháp này bổ sung các chất dinh dưỡng cần thiết vào nước, tạo ra một môi trường thủy canh có thể đáp ứng đủ nhu cầu dinh dưỡng cho các loài cây trên cạn. Phương pháp này không chỉ sạch sẽ mà còn rất đơn giản, dễ làm tại nhà, ngay cả với những người chơi cây nghiệp dư.

    Nhờ kích thước nhỏ nhắn, những chậu cây Aqua Bonsai rất dễ chăm sóc và có thể dễ dàng trang trí ở những góc nhỏ trong nhà.

    Ngoài những thế cây độc đáo, những chiếc bình thủy tinh trồng cây cũng được tạo dáng để có được diện mạo hoàn hảo nhất.

    Các chậu Aqua Bonsai có thể được trưng trên mặt phẳng, hoặc bày trên các đế gỗ/ đá như thế này để thêm phần nghệ thuật.

    Ngoài việc định kì thay nước và bổ sung đầy đủ dinh dưỡng cho môi trường thủy canh mà cây sống, người chơi cần chú ý giữ gìn bộ rễ, làm sạch cây để tránh bệnh tật. Đồng thời, những chậu Aqua Bonsai nên được đặt gần cửa sổ, nơi có nhiều ánh sáng để cây phát triển tốt.

    Chậu Aqua Bonsai cần được thay nước, bổ sung dinh dưỡng và vệ sinh định kì để tránh bệnh tật và giữ cho chậu thủy tinh của cây luôn sạch sẽ.

    Aqua Bonsai sẽ phát triển tốt hơn nếu được đặt ở nơi nhiều ánh sáng.

    Nếu bạn đang trồng một cây Bonsai theo phương pháp truyền thống và muốn chuyển đổi sang phương pháp thủy canh, bạn cần rất cẩn thận khi thay đổi môi trường sống cho bộ rễ. Cây cần một thời gian nhất định để thích ứng với môi trường thủy canh hoàn toàn mới lạ.

    --- Bài cũ hơn ---

  • Lựa Chọn Cây Cảnh Văn Phòng Hợp Phong Thủy Cho Người Tuổi Thân
  • Cây Để Bàn Hợp Tuổi Nhâm Thân Năm 1992 Mang Tới May Mắn Tài Lộc
  • Cây Cảnh Hợp Phong Thủy Người Tuổi Thân
  • Cây Phong Thủy Tuổi Thân
  • Cây Phong Thủy Tuổi Nhâm Tuất, Tuổi Nhâm Tuất Trồng Cây Gì Hợp
  • Toàn Bộ Kỹ Thuật Trồng Dâu Tây Chịu Nhiệt Nhật Bản Tại Nhà Thành Công 100%

    --- Bài mới hơn ---

  • Bỏ Túi Ngay Kỹ Thuật Trồng Dâu Tây Trong Chậu Sai Trĩu Quả, Ngon Đúng Vị
  • Kỹ Thuật Trồng Dâu “khủng”
  • Kỹ Thuật Trồng Dâu Nuôi Tằm Truyền Thống Có Gì Đặc Biệt?
  • Chia Sẻ Kỹ Thuật Trồng Dâu Nuôi Tằm Đạt Năng Suất Cao
  • Hướng Dẫn Kỹ Thuật Trồng Dâu Nuôi Tằm
  • Những Điểm Khác Biệt Ấn Tượng Của Giống Dâu Tây Chịu Nhiệt Bạn Cần Biết !

    Dâu tây chịu nhiệt Nhật Bản là hạt giống f1, xuất xứ từ tỉnh Tochigi nổi tiếng với chất lượng hảo hạng. Đây là địa phương trồng dâu tây số 1 ở Nhật Bản và được mệnh danh là vương quốc dâu tây.

    Với đặc tính vượt trội chịu nhiệt đến 40 độ C nên hiện nay đã trồng thành công ở những nơi có khí hậu nóng bức, xóa bỏ hoàn toàn khái niệm dâu tây chỉ trồng ở xứ lạnh.

    Thu hoạch chỉ sau 100 ngày gieo trồng, các giống khác có thể phải mất đến 5 – 6 tháng.

    Cây có tuổi thọ và cho thu hoạch trong suốt 3 năm, nếu chăm sóc tốt có thể kéo dài 7 – 8 năm.

    Sản lượng trung bình 1 gốc khoảng 3 – 5 kg/cây/vụ, mỗi trái dâu nặng khoảng 15 gram.

    Quả to, màu đỏ tươi, căng tròn mọng nước, rất hấp dẫn. Ăn vào rất giòn, ngọt đậm đà, hương thơm cực kỳ đặc biệt.

    + + Gồm: 1 Gói Hạt Giống F1 Tochiotome 3 Viên nén kích mầm sinh học 1 Gói Phân Bón Lá Kích Thích Sinh Trưởng Bud Booster ( Gói Lớn khoảng 100 Hạt/Gói )

    (H ướng dẫn cách trồng kèm theo)

    Bộ Dụng Cụ 3 Món Trồng Dâu Tại Nhà

    GỬI THÔNG TIN VÀO MẪU BÊN DƯỚI ĐỂ ĐẶT HÀNG

    Lucky Garden – Giải pháp xanh cho ngôi nhà bạn!

    Toàn Bộ Kỹ Thuật Và Phương Pháp Trồng Dâu Tây Chịu Nhiệt Nhật Bản Tại Nhà

    Phương pháp 1: Trồng dâu tây chịu nhiệt bằng phương pháp trên đất trong chậu hoặc giỏ treo

    1. Vị trí để chậu hoặc giỏ treo

    2. Đất trồng

    – Bạn nên dùng loại đất tơi xốp, có thể dùng đất thịt và thỉnh thoảng xới đất cho cây. Có thể dùng đất tribat hoặc dùng đất thường trộn thêm phân bón và xơ dừa, trấu để đất tơi xốp lâu, luôn luôn ẩm, giữ ẩm tốt, nhiều chất dinh dưỡng, có thể bón phân bổ sung.

    – Do tính chất ưa ẩm của cây dâu và quả thường mọc thấp nằm trên mặt đất nếu ta trồng bằng chậu tròn nên có thể phủ lên 1 lớp rơm trên bề mặt xung quanh gốc và phía dưới quả vừa giữ ẩm tốt vừa nâng đỡ cho quả.

    3. Tiến hành ươm mầm

    + Cách 1: Sau khi vớt hạt giống đã ngâm ra, đặt lên khăn giấy ẩm, cuộn lại cho vào túi nilon, để ở nơi thoáng mát, tránh ánh nắng trực tiếp, 7 – 10 ngày sau hạt giống sẽ bắt đầu nảy mầm.

    +Cách 2: Dùng viên nén kích thích nảy mầm ngâm vào nước 3 – 5 phút cho viên nén nở ra. Mỗi viên nén các bạn có thể ươm 2 – 3 hạt giống được vớt ra sau khi ngâm vào. Đặt các viên nén ươm mầm ở nơi bóng râm, tránh nắng nắng trực tiếp. Hằng ngày kiểm tra viên nén, nếu thấy khô thì tưới nước giữ ẩm.

    Phương pháp 2: Trồng dâu tây chịu nhiệt bằng phương pháp thủy canh hồi lưu

    – Ống nhựa để làm giàn bằng tay hoặc hệ thống ống thủy canhcó sẵn để lắp đặt hệ thống.

    – Các ống nối và đầu nối…

    – Chân đế của hệ thống.

    – Máy bơm dinh dưỡng.

    – Ống dẫn nước dinh dưỡng

    – Bồn chứa nước dinh dưỡng.

    – Rọ trồng cây.

    – Công tắc hẹn giờ (Alpha time)

    2. Chuẩn bị ươm mầm dâu tây (phương pháp ươm như phương pháp 1)

    3. Chuẩn bị dinh dưỡng và cách pha dinh dưỡng.

    – Lựa chọn dinh dưỡng thủy canh phù hợp cho dâu tây.

    Hiện nay trên thị trường có rất nhiều loại dinh dưỡng thủy canh dùng để trồng dâu tây thủy canh. Các bạn có thể lựa chọn các loại dinh dưỡng tùy thích nhưng với kinh nghiệm mà Lucky garden đã trồng và theo dõi qua thời gian dài thì xin giới thiệu đến các bạn dòng sản phẩm chất lượng và thích hợp cho việc trồng dâu tây đó là sản phẩm bột dinh dưỡng thủy canh TC- MOBI.

    – Cách pha chế bột dinh dưỡng thủy canh

    Để pha bột dinh dưỡng thủy canh TC- MOBI bạn cần 1 cây bút TDS-3 để đo nồng độ dinh dưỡng hay còn gọi là hàm lượng chất tan có trong nước. Việc này giúp bạn kiểm soát được nồng độ dinh dưỡng trong nước, tránh trường hợp thừa hoặc thiếu dinh dưỡng cây sẽ phát triển không tốt hoặc ảnh hưởng đến chất lượng dâu tây.

    + Công thức tính lượng bột cần thiết cho một lượng nước và nồng độ xác định:

    Lượng bột = (Lượng nước x Nồng độ dung dịch) ÷ 1000

    + Công thức tính lượng bột cần thêm vào dung dịch:

    Lượng bột cần thêm = Lượng nước x (Nồng độ dinh dưỡng mong muốn – Nồng độ dinh dưỡng hiện tại ÷ 1000

    Phương pháp 3: Trồng dâu tây chịu nhiệt bằng phương pháp thủy canh tĩnh

    1. Chuẩn bị thùng trồng thủy canh tĩnh.

    – Bạn có thể tham khảo bộ sản phẩm 60 chậu thủy canh trồng rau sạch tại nhà của chúng tôi

    – Bộ sản phẩm gồm có:

    + Gồm 10 thùng riêng biệt với mỗi thùng 06 lỗ để rọ thủy canh.

    + Gồm 10 nắp có 6 lỗ chứa rọ trồng thủy canh với nhựa cao cấp

    + Gồm 1 túi dinh dưỡng thủy canh TC-Mobile(*) dạng bột dùng cho 200 lít nước.

    + Gồm 60 viên nén kích thích ươm mầm làm giá thể trồng rau.

    + Gồm 60 rọ thủy canh loại nhựa cao cấp.

    + Gồm bảng hướng dẫn(*) trồng rau ăn lá kèm theo.

    2. Chuẩn bị ươm mầm dâu tây (phương pháp ươm như phương pháp 1)

    3. Chuẩn bị dinh dưỡng và cách pha dinh dưỡng (Sử dụng như trên)

    Việc trồng dâu tây thủy canh tĩnh cơ bản không khác gì so với trồng hệ thống hồi lưu nhưng đối với trồng hồi lưu cây phát triển tốt hơn vì được cung cấp lượng oxi trong nước ổn định và hạn chế được rêu tảo phát triển. Nhưng trồng dâu tây thủy canh tĩnh bạn sẽ đỡ tốn chi phí hơn và không có quá nhiều kỹ thuật chăm sóc phức tạp.

    1. Chuẩn bị trụ khí canh

    – Chuẩn bị ống nhựa phi 168 hoặc phi 200, chiều cao tầm 2m tùy theo bạn chọn và gia công để làm thành trụ khí canh hoàn chỉnh.

    – Máy bơm công suất 32w để bơm dinh dưỡng

    – Ống dẫn nước phi 16 dài 2m (chiều dài theo chiều cao của trụ).

    – Công tắc hẹn giờ (Alpha time).

    – Rọ trồng rau (số lượng tương ứng với số lượng lỗ trồng trên trụ).

    2. Chuẩn bị ươm mầm dâu tây (phương pháp ươm như phương pháp 1)

    3. Chuẩn bị dinh dưỡng và cách pha dinh dưỡng (Sử dụng như trên)

    + + Gồm: 1 Gói Hạt Giống F1 Tochiotome 3 Viên nén kích mầm sinh học 1 Gói Phân Bón Lá Kích Thích Sinh Trưởng Bud Booster ( Gói Lớn khoảng 100 Hạt/Gói )

    (H ướng dẫn cách trồng kèm theo)

    Bộ Dụng Cụ 3 Món Trồng Dâu Tại Nhà

    GỬI THÔNG TIN VÀO MẪU BÊN DƯỚI ĐỂ ĐẶT HÀNG

    Lucky Garden – Giải pháp xanh cho ngôi nhà bạn!

    THÔNG TIN KỸ THUẬT CHO CHUYÊN GIA

    Lucky Garden chuyên cung cấp các dụng cụ Trồng Dâu thông minh, các loại hạt giống hoa, hạt giống cây ăn trái, cây mini, hạt giống cà chua và rất nhiều loại hạt giống mini khác.

    LUCKY GARDEN

    Mã Sản Phẩm

    Bộ Dâu Tây Chịu Nhiệt F1

    Loại hoa/cây

    Hạt giống dâu tây chịu nhiệt

    Xuất xứ

    Nhật Bản

    Tag: Hạt giống dâu tây chịu nhiệt F1, dâu tay chịu nhiệt, làm thế nào để trồng dâu tây

    + + Gồm: 1 Gói Hạt Giống F1 Tochiotome 3 Viên nén kích mầm sinh học 1 Gói Phân Bón Lá Kích Thích Sinh Trưởng Bud Booster ( Gói Lớn khoảng 100 Hạt/Gói )

    (H ướng dẫn cách trồng kèm theo)

    Bộ Dụng Cụ 3 Món Trồng Dâu Tại Nhà

    GỬI THÔNG TIN VÀO MẪU BÊN DƯỚI ĐỂ ĐẶT HÀNG

    Lucky Garden – Giải pháp xanh cho ngôi nhà bạn!

    LUCKY GARDEN – Chuyên cung cấp giống cây trồng, dụng cụ làm vườn, chế phẩm sinh học an toàn hiệu quả cao!

    LIÊN HỆ MUA HÀNG TRỰC TIẾP

    TRỤ SỞ CHÍNH:

    (Vườn lan, cây giống vật tư và mô hình tham khảo)

    Hotline / Zalo: 094 25 000 44

    CHI NHÁNH – ĐẠI LÝ:

    --- Bài cũ hơn ---

  • Bật Mí Kỹ Thuật Trồng Dâu Tây Nhật Bản Đơn Giản, Dễ Trồng Cây Cho Sai Quả
  • Kinh Nghiệm Trồng Dưa Leo Baby Mau Ra Trái Tại Nhà
  • Kỹ Thuật Trồng Dưa Hấu Ruột Vàng Cho Năng Suất Cao
  • Kỹ Thuật Trồng Dưa Hấu “siêu Ngọt” Và Cực Kì Đơn Giản
  • Tìm Hiểu Kỹ Thuật Trồng Dưa Hấu Mang Lại Lợi Nhuận Cao
  • Phát Sốt Với Chuối Đỏ Dacca Xuất Sứ Úc

    --- Bài mới hơn ---

  • Chia Sẻ Kỹ Thuật Trồng Chuối Đỏ Dacca Sai Trái
  • Giá Trị Kinh Tế Và Y Học Của Cây Chuối
  • Vựa Chuối Tiêu Hồng Bán Giá Cao Nhờ Bón Phân “4 Đúng”
  • Làm Giàu Từ Vùng Đất Bãi
  • Kỹ Thuật Trồng Cam Cara Ruột Đỏ
  • Mặc dù mới du nhập vào Việt Nam vài năm trở lại đây nhưng giá của những trái Chuối đỏ Dacca cực cao, dao động từ 40.000-100.000 đồng/nải tại các siêu thị nhưng chúng luôn được ưu ái, nguồn hàng không đủ để cung ứng. Chuối có màu đỏ độc đáo, hàm lượng dinh dưỡng gấp đôi chuối thường, lại có mùi thơm hấp dẫn.

    Dù đắt đỏ nhưng chúng lại rất dễ trồng, có giá trị trồng kiểng cao nên nhiều người đã săn lùng hạt giống để có một bụi chuối đỏ Dacca tại nhà.

    Giống chuối đỏ Dacca có quả rất đẹp mắt

    Chuối đỏ Dacca chứa đựng nhiều hương vị lạ miệng của chuối, mâm xôi, xoài và dưa lưới, cộng thêm màu đỏ bắt mắt tượng trưng cho may mắn và thịnh vượng.

    Các chủ vườn đã trồng chuối đỏ Dacca tại Việt Nam chia sẻ thông tin!

    – Gia đình anh Nguyễn Công Thành (thuộc tổ dân phố Gia Thạnh, thị trấn Đinh Văn) là một trong những hộ nông dân trồng thử nghiệm thành công cây chuối đỏ Dacca tại Lâm Hà (Lâm Đồng). Được biết do có người quen giới thiệu cây chuối đỏ thấy độc đáo và mới lạ nên gia đình anh đã quyết định mua và trồng thử một sào và hiện đang thu hoạch những buồng chuối đỏ với sản lượng và chất lượng tốt từ vườn nhà.

    – Ngoài thành công của các chủ vườn ở Lâm Đồng thì anh Nguyễn Văn Tiến, một chủ vườn ở Bến Tre đang trồng giống chuối đỏ Dacca cho biết giống chuối này có chiều cao khoảng 4 m, trồng từ 12-18 tháng sẽ cho trái. Hiện vườn chuối anh Tiến được một hệ thống cửa hàng ở chúng tôi bao tiêu với giá trị sản phẩm thu mua từ 3 triệu đồng/cửa hàng/tháng.

    Chuối đỏ Dacca có xuất xứ từ Australia. Đây là loại trái cây được yêu thích nhất vùng Trung Mỹ, với hơn 6,4 tỉ đô la thu được do tiêu thụ loại quả này mỗi năm. Vài năm gần đây, chuối đỏ du nhập vào Việt Nam và rất được ưa chuộng bởi màu sắc, mùi vị rất độc đáo, mới lạ.

    Chuối đỏ Dacca cho năng suất rất cao

    Trên thị trường chuối đỏ Dacca hiện có giá khoảng 40.000-100.000 đồng/ký nhưng vẫn được săn lùng. Điểm đặc biệt mà loại quả này tạo nên cơn sốt là sự kết hợp giữa nhiều hương vị khác nhau như chuối, mâm xuôi, xoài, dưa lưới và màu sắc đặc biệt cộng thêm độ khan hiếm của sản phẩm.

    Chuối đỏ dacca có nhiều hương vị khác nhau

    Chiều cao tối đa của cây có thể đạt 3 – 4m, sau 12 – 18 tháng cây sẽ ra quả. Trung bình một buồng có trên dưới 10- 15 nải và thời gian từ khi trổ cờ đến lúc quả chín khoảng 5 tháng.

    Khi chín thịt chuối có màu kem cho đến hồng với hương vị nhẹ nhàng, cắn thử một miếng chuối thì vị ngọt ngào của chuối thấm dần vào đầu lưỡi và chút thanh thanh vị của mâm xôi, xoài và dưa lưới ở cuống lưỡi ngon đến “say đắm” lòng người. Chuối chín bạn có thể bóc vỏ ăn trực tiếp hoặc dùng làm salad, sinh tố hay các loại bánh cũng rất ngon.

    Theo như chia sẻ của anh Thành (chủ vườn chuối đỏ ở Lâm Hà): “Khi xuống giống được 4 tháng, vườn chuối của gia đình phát triển rất tốt, cây mẹ sinh trưởng nhanh và cây con mọc lên xung quanh đã khá cao, việc chăm sóc cây chuối đỏ cũng như chăm sóc cây chuối truyền thống ở Lâm Hà, chỉ cần bóc bẹ, bỏ phân, tưới vừa phải. Với mùa mưa thì không cần phải tưới vì cây chuối ưa ẩm.

    Kỹ thuật trồng cây chuối đỏ Dacca cũng không khác mấy so với chuối thường. Khoảng cách trồng giữa các hàng thường khoảng 2,0-2,5m và khoảng cách trung bình giữa các cây là 2m. Như vậy với 1 sào Nam Bộ, bạn có thể trồng được từ 80-90 gốc chuối.

    Anh cho biết thêm chuối đỏ Dacca phù hợp với khí hậu và thổ nhưỡng của nước ta, không kén đất trồng nên vùng nào cũng có thể tiến hành trồng cây được, không tốn nhiều chi phí chăm sóc và nhân công lao động.

    Chuối đỏ Dacca không chỉ dễ trồng mà còn mang lại cho năng suất cao trung bình thu từ 25-30kg quả/buồng. Có tiềm năng kinh tế, là loại trái “hái ra tiền”. Hiện nay đã có rất nhiều bà con nông dân tại các tỉnh thành như Lâm Đồng, Bình Dương, TPHCM và đặc biệt các tỉnh miền Tây đã thu về rất nhiều nguồn tiền nhờ chuối đỏ. Đặc biệt, ngoài giá trị thu hoạch từ trái thì bắp chuối, lá và thân chuối đều mang lại thu nhập, bắp chuối là nguồn rau sống, bán ra thị trường từ 800đ đến 1.500đ/1 bắp. Thân chuối sau khi thu hoạch trái, phơi khô là nguyên liệu dùng làm hàng thủ công mỹ nghệ một thân chuối có từ 18 đến 20 bẹ, nếu bán với giá 120đ/ 1bẹ, thì một thân chuối cũng có thu nhập từ 2.000đ đến 2.200đ.

    huổi đỏ Dacca còn có giá trị Ngoài tiềm năng kinh tế lớn, c làm cảnh cao, trồng chậu cực lạ mắt. Với thân cây và lá sọc xanh đỏ, trái xinh xắn khi xanh có màu đỏ tươi, khi chín chuyển qua màu hơi tím khá đẹp mắt. Những chậu chuối kỳ lạ khiến ai nấy cũng thích thú muốn trồng. Cây có chiều cao không quá lớn nên có thể trồng ở mọi nơi như chậu, sân nhà, hàng rào,… Lưu ý nếu trồng trong chậu bạn nên chọn chậu có đường kính tối thiểu là 60 cm.

    Với giống chuối đỏ dacca đầy tiềm năng về kinh tế cũng như trồng cảnh tuyệt vời này thay vì ngồi tưởng tượng nó ngon và độc lạ đến như thế nào thì bạn chỉ cần l iên hệ với cungcaphatgiong.com để sở hữu ngay bộ hạt giống để trồng tại nhà. Shop cam kết cung cấp đúng giống F1, xuất xứ Úc đóng gói tại Nga.

    ++BỘ HẠT GIỐNG CHUỐI ĐỎ DACA++

    Giao hàng thu tiền tận nhà MIỄN PHÍ TRÊN TOÀN QUỐC

    Giá bán giảm giá 220.000 vnđ 36% còn 140.000 vnđ

    Bộ hạt giống gồm: 01 gói Hạt Giống Chuối Đỏ zin + 01 Gói Thuốc Trừ Bệnh + 3 Viên Nén Kích Thích Nảy Mầm + 1 Tờ Hướng Dẫn Ươm Hạt.

    QUÀ TẶNG ĐẶC BIỆT THÁNG NÀY

    MUA TRÊN 3 BỘ SẢN PHẨM TẶNG NGAY 20 CHẬU NHỰA ƯƠM MẦM SIÊU BỀN

    GỬI THÔNG TIN VÀO MẪU BÊN DƯỚI ĐỂ ĐẶT HÀNG

    LỢI ÍCH TUYỆT VỜI CỦA CHUỐI ĐỎ DACCA MANG LẠI

    Tốt cho máu

    Chuối đỏ Dacca được biết tới là loại thực phẩm cung cấp dồi dào vitamin, các dưỡng chất chống oxy hóa. Không những vậy, chuối đỏ còn cải thiện hàm lượng hemoglobin trong cơ thể, giúp tăng khả năng miễn dịch của cơ thể và hạn chế lượng đường trong máu.

    Giảm cân

    Chuối đỏ Dacca chứa lượng calo ít hơn so với các loại trái cây khác. Nó giúp bạn có cảm giác no mà không cần thêm quá nhiều calo. Ăn chuối đỏ thường xuyên, bạn sẽ giảm trọng lượng dư thừa.

    Ngăn ngừa sỏi thận

    Chuối đỏ Dacca giàu kali, từ đó ngăn chặn hình thành sỏi thận, bệnh tim và ung thư. Dưỡng chất trong chuối sẽ duy trì hàm lượng canxi và cải thiện hệ xương chắc khỏe. Vậy nên, để phòng ngừa sỏi thận, hãy bổ sung thêm loại trái cây tuyệt vời này trong các bữa ăn.

    Chuối đỏ Dacca chứa nhiều chất xơ

    Ngăn chặn bệnh tiểu đường

    Chuối đỏ Dacca giàu chất xơ, cung cấp khoảng 16% nhu cầu cần thiết của cơ thể mỗi ngày, bổ sung đều đặn trong các bữa ăn sẽ giúp bạn tránh xa căn bệnh tiểu đường tuýp 2.

    ++BỘ HẠT GIỐNG CHUỐI ĐỎ DACA++

    Giao hàng thu tiền tận nhà MIỄN PHÍ TRÊN TOÀN QUỐC

    Giá bán giảm giá 220.000 vnđ 36% còn 140.000 vnđ

    Bộ hạt giống gồm: 01 gói Hạt Giống Chuối Đỏ zin + 01 Gói Thuốc Trừ Bệnh + 3 Viên Nén Kích Thích Nảy Mầm + 1 Tờ Hướng Dẫn Ươm Hạt.

    QUÀ TẶNG ĐẶC BIỆT THÁNG NÀY

    MUA TRÊN 3 BỘ SẢN PHẨM TẶNG NGAY 20 CHẬU NHỰA ƯƠM MẦM SIÊU BỀN

    GỬI THÔNG TIN VÀO MẪU BÊN DƯỚI ĐỂ ĐẶT HÀNG

    HƯỚNG DẪN CHI TIẾT TỪNG BƯỚC TRỒNG BỘ HẠT GIỐNG CHUỐI ĐỎ DACCA

    1. Kỹ thuật trồng chuối kinh tế

    Nơi có mực nước ngầm cao, cần phải lên líp trước khi trồng sao cho mặt líp cách mực nước cao nhất từ 0,6-1m. Chiều rộng líp trung bình 5-6m, được trồng 2 hoặc 3 hàng, kích thước hố trồng 40 x 40 x 40 cm, trộn lớp đất mặt với 3-5kg phân hữu cơ + 50gr P2O5 và thêm 10gr Furadan 3H cho vào hố.

    – Khoảng cách trồng

    Khoảng cách trồng giữa các hàng thường khoảng 2,0-2,5m và khoảng cách trung bình giữa các cây là 2m.

    2. Cách trồng

    Bước 1: Pha nước ấm (2 sôi – 3 lạnh) – nhiệt độ hơi ấm ấm và ngâm hạt giống 1 ngày.

    Bước 2: Gieo hạt giống vào đất, sâu khoảng 0,6 cm. Đặt chậu cây ở nơi có nhiều ánh sáng trực tiếp, lấp đất lại, tưới nước hàng ngày. Trong khi trồng cây chuối đỏ cần đảm bảo nguồn nước đầy đủ cho cây, ngày tưới hai lần (sáng và tối).

    Lưu ý: Chuối đỏ Dacca thường nảy mầm hơi lâu, thời gian nảy mầm có thể từ 4-6 tuần, nếu chưa gặp điều kiện thuận lợi có thể kéo dài tới 45-60 ngày. Do vậy, cần hết sức kiên trì khi trồng loại cây này.

    Bước 3: Cung cấp phân bón thường xuyên cho cây, Chuối đỏ Dacca thích hợp với các vùng khí hậu nhiệt đới. Khoảng 4 tháng sau, chuối sẽ đạt độ cao khoảng 1m50. Sau 5-6 tháng trồng cây chuối đỏ, chuối sẽ ra những bông hoa đầu tiên đối với cây sớm, còn thông thường tầm 9 tháng. Chuối đỏ Daca có hoa với cánh màu hồng cánh sen. Nhụy hoa màu vàng nghệ. Sau khoảng 1 tuần ra hoa, chuối sẽ đậu những trái đầu tiên.

    Trồng cây chắn gió quanh vườn, hạn chế rách lá làm giảm năng suất.

    Tưới nước: ở giai đoạn cây con tưới 2 ngày/lần, cây trưởng thành 2 lần/tuần. Vào mùa mưa (tháng 5-11 dương lịch) thoát nước tốt cho vườn chuối, tháng 8-10 dương lịch mưa nhiều dễ gây ngập úng.

    4. Sâu bệnh thường gặp

    – Sùng đục củ: ấu trùng có màu trắng, đục thành những đường bên trong củ, chất bài tiết có màu vàng nâu, mịn, làm thối củ, cây tăng trưởng kém, buồng nhỏ, trái lép không phát triển được.

    Phòng trị: vệ sinh vườn chuối thường xuyên, sử dụng Furadan hay Basudin rải trên cổ gốc chuối hoặc dùng bả mồi là những khúc thân chuối bổ đôi úp quanh gốc để bắt thành trùng.

    – Sâu cuốn lá: Sâu non màu trắng đầy phấn. Cắn lá chuối cuộn lại làm nhộng bên trong. Gây hại tập trung vào đầu và cuối mùa mưa, phổ biến nhất trên các vườn chuối xiêm.

    Biện pháp thông thường là ngắt bỏ các lá bị cuốn và giết sâu.

    – Tuyến trùng: xâm nhiễm vào rễ làm vỡ vách tế bào, ngăn cản rễ hút dinh dưỡng. Cây sinh trưởng kém, quày nhỏ, trái lép rễ có các vết u, thối đen.

    Phòng trị: loại cây bệnh ra khỏi vườn, rải Basudin hay Furadan 20-30 kg/ha. Phải khử đất và xử lý con giống trước khi trồng.

    Tham Khảo Video Cách Trồng chuối đỏ Dacca!

    ++BỘ HẠT GIỐNG CHUỐI ĐỎ DACA++

    Giao hàng thu tiền tận nhà MIỄN PHÍ TRÊN TOÀN QUỐC

    Giá bán giảm giá 220.000 vnđ 36% còn 140.000 vnđ

    Bộ hạt giống gồm: 01 gói Hạt Giống Chuối Đỏ zin + 01 Gói Thuốc Trừ Bệnh + 3 Viên Nén Kích Thích Nảy Mầm + 1 Tờ Hướng Dẫn Ươm Hạt.

    QUÀ TẶNG ĐẶC BIỆT THÁNG NÀY

    MUA TRÊN 3 BỘ SẢN PHẨM TẶNG NGAY 20 CHẬU NHỰA ƯƠM MẦM SIÊU BỀN

    GỬI THÔNG TIN VÀO MẪU BÊN DƯỚI ĐỂ ĐẶT HÀNG

    Công ty Cam Kết Hạt Giống Đúng Chất Lượng Đúng Giống như trên.

    THÔNG TIN KỸ THUẬT VỀ HẠT GIỐNG CHUỐI ĐỎ DACCA DÀNH CHO CHUYÊN GIA

    Mã Sản Phẩm

    Hạt Giống Chuối Đỏ Dacca – Tên khoa học: Dacca Banana

    Loại hoa/cây

    Hạt giống Chuối Đỏ, Chuối Dacca

    Màu sắc

    Đỏ

    Tag: chuối đỏ Dacca, chuối Dacca, cách trồng chuối đỏ Dacca, hạt giống chuối đỏ dacca, kỹ thuật trồng chuối đỏ, mua giống chuối đỏ dacca ở tphcm,

    THÔNG TIN LIÊN HỆ

    Địa chỉ 325 Bình Lợi, P13, Bình Thạnh, TPHCM

    --- Bài cũ hơn ---

  • Giống Cây Trồng Đặc Sản
  • Kỹ Thuật Trồng Cây Ổi Nữ Hoàng
  • Kỹ Thuật Trồng Cây Cọ Dầu
  • Kỹ Thuật Trồng Cây Me Thái
  • Kỹ Thuật Trồng Cây Me Ngọt Thái
  • Cách Trồng Đu Đu Lùn Cao Sản Trong Chậu Làm Cảnh Ngay Tại Nhà

    --- Bài mới hơn ---

  • Hướng Dẫn Trồng Đu Đủ Trong Chậu Đúng Kỹ Thuật Cho Sai Quả
  • Quy Trình Kỹ Thuật Sản Xuất Đậu Đũa Theo Tiêu Chuẩn Vietgap
  • Kỹ Thuật Chăm Sóc Mai Chiếu Thủy Ra Hoa Ngày Tết
  • Lịch Sử Phát Triển Của Cây Hồ Tiêu
  • Học Cách Chăm Sóc Đào Bonsai Như Thế Nào Để Đạt Hiệu Quả?
  • Cây cao từ 1 – 1,5 m, thu hoạch sau 5 – 7 tháng trồng. Đu Đủ Xanh Lùn Cao Sản cho trái quanh năm, mỗi cây cho bình quân 40 – 60 trái/năm, sản lượng đạt tối đa 150 kg/cây/năm. Với giá bán bình quân từ 7.000 – 10.000 đồng/kg tùy vụ, giống đu đủ lùn có thể cho thu hoạch trên 200 triệu đồng/ha/năm.

    Giống đu đủ xanh lùn cao sản ruột đỏ

    CÓ THỂ BẠN CHƯA BIẾT ?

    Hiện nay giống cây Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản đã được trồng phổ biến ở Việt Nam khoảng gần 2 năm trở lại đây. Cây dễ trồng, sinh trưởng khoẻ, ít khi bị sâu bệnh và đặc biệt cho năng suất cao. Cây cao tầm 1 đến 1,5 m, t hu hoạch trái sau khi trồng từ 5 – 7 tháng. Trọng lượng bình quân 1,5 – 2 kg/trái, có trái nặng tới 3 kg. Trung bình 1 cây cho năng suất tối đá khoảng 150kg/cây/năm.

    Giống Đu Đủ Xanh Lùn Cao Sản

    Giống Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản khi chín vỏ có màu vàng tươi, ruột màu đỏ cam, ít hạt, ăn ngọt và thơm, thịt dày tỷ lệ phần ăn được cao trên 85%…

    Dù được trồng ở những vùng đất miền Trung “nắng như đổ lửa, mưa ngập cả đất trời” hay trồng sứ miền Tây có những giai đoạn ngập mặn hoặc miền Bắc vào mua Đông, thế nhưng giống Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản vẫn nặng trĩu, sai quả quanh năm. Và cho năng suất cao.

    Năng suất trung bình 40-60 quả/cây/năm. Sản lượng đạt hơn 150Kg/cây/năm. Với giá bán trên thị trường dao động từ 7.000-9.000 đồng/kg. Có thể cho thu hoạch trên 200 triệu đồng/Hecta/năm khá cao so với nhiều loại cây trồng truyền thống khác .

    Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản mỗi năm cao lên không nhiều và cho trái quanh năm

    Khác với đu đủ thường khi trưởng thành cao 2-3 mét thì mới ra quả nên người trồng phải bắc thang lên trèo hái, hoặc dùng cây khèo chọc cho rụng xuống để thu hoạch. Còn với giống Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản này ,

    trái ra chỉ cách mặt đất từ 40 – 50 cm,nên việc thu hoạch vô cùng dễ dàng, rất tiện chăm sóc tiết kiệm được khá nhiều thời gian cho người trồng.

    Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản có thể trồng vào chậu

    ĐIỂM KHÁC BIỆT CỦA GIỐNG ĐU ĐỦ LÙN CAO SẢN

    Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản F1 khi trưởng thành cho thịt ngọt, thơm, mềm mà không nát, vỏ quả cứng dễ bảo quản và vận chuyển. Cây mang lại hiệu quả kinh tế nhanh , là cây kinh tế chiến lượt của rất nhiều bà con nông dân.

    Cây Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản rất dễ trồng, vốn đầu tư rất thấp, cây sinh trưởng khỏe mạnh, ít bị sâu bệnh nhưng lại cho năng suất cao.

    Cây Đu Đủ Cao Sản rất dễ trồng

    Với ưu điểm cây thấp và năng suất cao nên rất tiện cho việc chăm sóc và thu hoạch, trái ra sai, chất lượng cơm ngon, có thể thu xanh để chế biến nhiều món ăn… là những yếu tố khiến giống đu đủ này ngày càng được người dân ưa chuộng, trồng thay thế dần cho giống đu đủ truyền thống.

    MIỄN PHÍ GIAO HÀNG

    TẬN NƠI TRÊN TOÀN QUỐC

    Giá bán: 147.000 vnđ giảm giá 10% còn 135.000 vnđ

    Bộ Sản Phẩm Gồm: 01 Gói Hạt Giống Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản Gói Lớn + 03 viên nén kích thích nảy mầm + 01 Gói Phân Bón Lá Kích Thích Sinh Trưởng Bud Booster

    GỬI THÔNG TIN VÀO MẪU BÊN DƯỚI ĐỂ ĐẶT HÀNG

    LUCKY GARDEN với hơn 12 năm trong ngành Cam Kết Hạt Giống Đúng Chất Lượng, Đúng Giống.

    HƯỚNG DẪN CHI TIẾT TỪNG BƯỚC TRỒNG HẠT GIỐNG ĐU ĐỦ LÙN

    1. XỬ LÝ HẠT GIỐNG

    Ngâm hạt giống trong nước ấm 30 độ C khoảng 4 tiếng. Sau đó đem Hạt đi Ủ ở trong đất, bông gòn ẩm hoặc trong viên nén ươm hạt.

    Hạt giống đu đủ lùn cao sản

    Cách sử dụng viên nén ươm hạt kích thích nảy mầm kèm theo bộ sản phẩm: Ngâm viên nén ươm hạt vào nước 5 phút cho viên nén nở lớn ra, vớt viên nén đặt vào khay cho ráo nước, tiến hành thả hạt giống đã xử lý vào lỗ tròn trên viên nén và lắp đất lại. Hằng ngày, các bạn xịt nước xung quanh viên nén cho nước được hút vào bên trong để giữ ẩm đất trong viên nén.

    Hướng dẫn ươm hạt bằng viên nén xơ dừa

    Hạt nảy mầm đều đặn sau 10-15 ngày.

    Cây đu đu con 1 tháng tuổi

    Cây con sau 1 tháng tuổi có chiều cao khoảng 7-10 cm, lúc này chúng ta đem đi trồng vào chậu hoặc trong vườn.

    2. ĐẤT TRỒNG

    – Đu đủ lùn cao sản là loại dễ trồng, chúng ta có thể trồng được trên nhiều loại đất khác nhau, pH thích hợp từ 6 – 6,5. Nên chọn đất thoát nước nhanh không bí chặt.

    – Đào hố trồng 60x60x30, ở giữa luống cách nhau 2 x 3 m một hố. Mỗi sào trồng từ 80-90 cây.

    Sau 5 – 7 tháng bắt đầu cho thu hoạch

    Nếu trồng chậu thì đường kính chậu tầm 60 cm độ sâu khoảng 50 cm là được.

    Đu Đủ lùn cao sản trồng chậu chưng TẾT nhìn rất hấp dẫn và đẹp mắt

    *** LƯU Ý: Giống đu đủ lùn cao sản đặc biệt không chịu phèn, rễ mọc khá cạn và chịu úng kém, do đó cần chọn đất không nhiễm phèn, tơi xốp, thoát nước tốt. Nên đặt thân nằm nghiêng xuôi theo chiều gió mạnh để hạn chế bộ rễ ăn sâu…

    3. CHĂM SÓC

    – Về việc tưới nước: Đu đủ lùn cao sản là loại cây cần nhiều nước nhưng rất sợ úng. Do đó cần cung cấp đầy đủ nước cho cây vào mùa nắng và thoát nước tốt cho cây vào mùa mưa hoặc khi bị úng, lũ.

    Chăm Sóc Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản

    – Làm cỏ: Cỏ dại cạnh tranh dinh dưỡng và là nơi trú ẩn của sâu bệnh. Cần làm thường xuyên quanh gốc.

    – Ủ gốc: Dùng rơm hoặc cỏ khô tủ quanh gốc vào mùa nắng để giữ độ ẩm và giữ nhiệt độ thích hợp cho cây.

    4. BỆNH THƯỜNG GẶP VÀ CÁCH PHÒNG TRỊ

    Dù giống Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản rất ít khi gặp sâu bệnh vì sức đề kháng rất tốt. Tuy nhiên, chúng tôi cũng cũng hướng dẫn các bạn vài cách phòng, trị các bệnh có khả năng xảy ra trên cây.

    Nhện đỏ: Thường gây hại cho cây vào mùa nắng, ở dưới mặt lá. Lá bị hại có đốm vàng, loang lỗ, sau đó lá bị cháy và rụng.

    Nhện đỏ gây hại trên cây đu đủ

    + Phòng trị: Phun gói trừ bệnh cao cấp được đính kèm, cói trừ bệnh có thể sử dụng rất lâu và phòng trừ nhiều loại bệnh khác nhau cho đu đủ.

    Bệnh đốm vòng (Papaya Ringspot Virus), còn gọi là bệnh đốm hình nhẫn. Bệnh này thường xuất hiện khi cây khoảng 5 tháng tuổi.

    Bệnh đốm vòng trên cây đu đủ

    + Phòng trị: Dòng chế phẩm nano bạc đồng và nano oxyclorua đồng sử dụng kết hợp sẽ có tác dụng phòng trị rất tốt và hiệu quả. Dùng 30-50ml Nano hợp kim bạc đồng + 30-50ml nano Oxyclorua đồng pha với 10-20 lít phun đều 2 mặt lá, định kỳ 7-10-15 ngày phun một lần. Nếu cây đã bị bệnh thì dùng như trên nhưng tăng liều lượng.

    5. THU HOẠCH

    Tầm 5-7 tháng: Khi trái đạt kích thước tối đa và bắt đầu chín thì có thể thu hoạch. Quan sát lúc vỏ trái bóng lên, hơi ửng vàng ở chóp trái (gọi là đu đủ lên da), lúc này nhựa mủ trong cây chảy ra hơi trong.

    Cần chú ý thu trái lúc trời nắng ráo, vì vỏ trái khi chín thường mềm hơn dễ bị xây xát. Ở nhiệt độ 8 – 12 độC trái chín lưu trữ được khoảng 3 tuần.

    MIỄN PHÍ GIAO HÀNG

    TẬN NƠI TRÊN TOÀN QUỐC

    Giá bán: 147.000 vnđ giảm giá 10% còn 135.000 vnđ

    Bộ Sản Phẩm Gồm: 01 Gói Hạt Giống Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản Gói Lớn + 03 viên nén kích thích nảy mầm + 01 Gói Phân Bón Lá Kích Thích Sinh Trưởng Bud Booster

    GỬI THÔNG TIN VÀO MẪU BÊN DƯỚI ĐỂ ĐẶT HÀNG

    LUCKY GARDEN với hơn 12 năm trong ngành Cam Kết Hạt Giống Đúng Chất Lượng, Đúng Giống.

    THÔNG TIN KỸ THUẬT VỀ HẠT GIỐNG ĐU ĐỦ LÙN CAO SẢN DÀNH CHO CHUYÊN GIA

    LUCKY GARDEN

    Mã Sản Phẩm

    Hạt Giống Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản

    Loại hoa/cây

    Hạt giống đu đủ lùn, đu đủ cao sản

    SỐ HẠT/GÓI

    8 – 10 hạt – gói LỚN

    Tag: Hạt giống đu đủ lùn, đu đủ cao sản

    MIỄN PHÍ GIAO HÀNG

    TẬN NƠI TRÊN TOÀN QUỐC

    Giá bán: 147.000 vnđ giảm giá 10% còn 135.000 vnđ

    Bộ Sản Phẩm Gồm: 01 Gói Hạt Giống Đu Đủ Lùn Cao Sản Gói Lớn + 03 viên nén kích thích nảy mầm + 01 Gói Phân Bón Lá Kích Thích Sinh Trưởng Bud Booster

    GỬI THÔNG TIN VÀO MẪU BÊN DƯỚI ĐỂ ĐẶT HÀNG

    LUCKY GARDEN với hơn 12 năm trong ngành Cam Kết Hạt Giống Đúng Chất Lượng, Đúng Giống.

    SẢN PHẨM ĐƯỢC MUA NHIỀU NHẤT

    THÔNG TIN LIÊN HỆ

    VPGD HCM 1: 325 Bình Lợi, Phường 13, Quận Bình Thạnh, Hồ Chí Minh

    (Có hạt giống và cây giống + thi công giàn rau hòa tan – khí canh)

    Hotline: 094 25 000 44

    --- Bài cũ hơn ---

  • Cách Trồng Đu Đủ Trong Chậu Vừa Làm Cảnh Lại Có Quả Ăn
  • Trọn Bộ Quy Trình Trồng, Chăm Sóc Cây Có Múi Hữu Cơ
  • Bệnh Thán Thư Trên Cây Cà Phê
  • Hướng Dẫn Chăm Sóc Cây Cà Phê Giai Đoạn Ra Hoa Kết Trái
  • Quy Trình Chăm Sóc Vườn Cà Phê Sau Thu Hoạch Chuẩn Nhất
  • Cách Chăm Sóc Cây Cảnh Trong Chậu Cho Cây Phát Triển Tốt

    --- Bài mới hơn ---

  • Hướng Dẫn Chi Tiết Cách Trồng Cây Đậu Xanh Tại Nhà
  • Cách Trồng Cây Đậu Xanh Đơn Giản
  • Hướng Dẫn Kỹ Thuật Trồng Và Chăm Sóc Cây Kiwi Ở Việt Nam
  • Cây Cherry Và Kiwi Ở Việt Nam !
  • Trồng Giống Kiwi Lùn Vàng Newzeland Trong Chậu Sai Trĩu Quả, Cải Thiện Tiềm Năng Kinh Tế
  • Ngày nay, trong cuộc sống hiện đại hầu hết trong gia đình nào cũng có một cây hoa cảnh trong nhà. Nhưng cách chăm sóc, nhất là trong khâu bón phân đúng kỹ thuật thì rất ít người biết.

    Sau khi trồng cây cảnh ổn định trong chậu, trong quá trình phát triển

    của cây, cần phải tưới nước và bón phân thường xuyên.Tưới nước là khâu quan trọng trong việc trồng cây cảnh nhằm cung cấp nước cho cây bị thiếu hụt do phạm vi trồng hay sống của cây hạn hẹp. Việc tưới nước cho cây cần phải chú ý đến nguồn nước tưới như thế nào, lượng nước tưới 1 lần bao nhiêu, số lần tưới và phương pháp tưới cho thích hợp.

    Tuỳ thuộc vào từng loại giống cây cảnh, yêu cầu trong giai đoạn sinh trưởng trong năm và điều chỉnh nơi ở của cây cảnh như thế nào mà xác định cho thích hợp. Vì tưới nước cũng là biện pháp hữu hiệu trong việc điều chỉnh sự sinh trưởng của cây trong nghề trồng cây cảnh nên cần phải xem xét tưới cho phù hợp với yêu cầu đặt ra.

    Các chú ý khi tưới nước cho cây như sau:

    * Kích thước của chậu, bồn trồng: Chậu hay bồn trồng càng nhỏ thì cần phải tưới nhiều lần.

    * Yêu cầu của cây: Các loại cây mọng nước kiểu sa mạc, sương rồng… không yêu cầu tưới nước cho cây như các cây khác. Các cây thuỷ sinh yêu cầu tưới nhiều và đất ẩm.

    * Yêu cầu đạt ra hạn chế sinh trưởng của người trồng: Nếu muốn hạn chế sinh trưởng cảu cây, lá chỉ tưới nước đủ để duy trì sự sống cho cây cảnh.

    * Nguồn nước tưới phải không có các chất độc, sạch mầm bệnh. Nước bẩn, mặn không được dùng để tưới. Nước lấy ở sâu dưới đất như nước giếng khoang từ sâu cần phải để ngoài trời 1-2 ngày mới tưới cho cây.

    Nói chung kỹ thuật tưới nước cho cây cảnh thường tiến hành như sau:

    Sau khi đã chọn nguồn nước thích hợp và tính toán các yêu cầu đặt ra thì xác định lượng nước tưới thích hợp. Lượng nước tưới 1 lần phải tối thiểu đủ để làm ẩm trong chậu đạt độ ẩm 60 sức giữ ẩm của đất để tránh sự co, dãn của đất khi tưới làm đứt rễ hoặc tổn thương rễ.

    * Nên tưới 1 ngày 2 lần vào thời gian sáng 7-8h hoặc chiều từ 16-17h hàng ngày.

    * Tưới phun bằng dụng cụ tạo hạt nước nhỏ và tưới nên cả bộ dán của cây sau đó mới tưới vào đất tưới đều đưa đi đưa lại không tưới vào 1 chỗ nhất định sau cho đất không đóng váng, nước tưới được ngấm ngay vào đất.

    Nếu không có mặt ở nhà thường xuyên, người trồng có thể dùng phương pháp tưới thấm bằng việc lợi dụng sức hút nước của đất trong chậu để cho cây có nước bằng cách tăng dùng một chậu đựng nước và đặt chậu cảnh vào trong chậu đó. Khi đó, đất trong chậu trồng cây sẽ hút dần nước trong chậu đựng nước đó lên. Chú ý là mức nước ở trong chậu đựng nước chỉ bằng hoặc cao hơn 1 chút so với đáy trong của chậu trồng cây, nếu cao hơn đất trong chậu trồng cây sẽ hút nhiều và làm đất bị úng gây ngạt cho rễ cây.

    Bón phân cho cây cảnh

    Việc bón phân cho cây cảnh thường chỉ tiến hành bón cho những cây cảnh được trồng quá lâu với thời gian dài trong chậu hoặc bốn cảnh hoặc là tiến hành bón theo yêu cầu điều chỉnh sinh trưởng của người trồng trên luống đất của vườn nhà.

    Có 2 phương pháp bón phân cho cây cảnh; Bón vào đất và bón thông qua tưới nước vào bộ lá cho cây. Phương pháp bón phân cùng với nước tưới được áp dụng nhiều đối với cây trồng trong chậu hay trong phạm vi hẹp.

    Với mục đích cung cấp dinh dưỡng khoáng cho cây sinh trưởng và phát triển trong quá trình trồng trong bồn, chậu hoặc trên luống đất nên các loại phân để bón thường dùng là các loại phân dễ tiêu, nhanh phân giải và cây mau chóng sử dụng được. Việc bón như vậy được gọi là bón thúc khác với việc bón cơ bản là sử dụng các loại phân chậm phân giải, khó tiểu bón trước khi trồng hoặc khi thay đất và chậu cho cây.

    Ngoài các yếu tố đa lượng người trồng cây còn phải chú ý bón các loại phân vi lượng cho cây. Thông thường các phân bón đa lượng được bón trực tiếp vào đất còn phân vi lượng bón cho cây thong qua việc tan vào nước phun hoặc tưới cho cây.

    Liều lượng một lần bón cho cây trước hết phụ thuộc vào nhu cầu của cây, giai đoạn sinh trưởng, màu vụ bón, loại phân bón, khả năng hấp thụ phân bón của đất cũng như khối lượng đất hay kích thước của chậu hay bồn trồng. Tuỳ thuộc vào các yếu tố trên mà xác định lượng phân cho 1 lần bón thích hợp song lượng phân bón không nên vượt quá ngưỡng bón sau cho mỗi lần thêm 1kg đất trong chậu như sau:

    Đối với đạm 1 kg đất không nên bón quá 10g đạm. Đối với phân lân là 2,5g lân nguyên chất và kali là 0,5g kali nguyên chất cho một lần bón. Tuỳ theo loại phân thương phẩm dùng để bón, hàm lượng nguyên chất và khối lượng đất trong chậu mà ta tính được giới hạn bón cho chậu hoặc bồn cảnh của mình.

    Các cây cảnh thường được bón phân đạm, lân, kali theo tỷ lệ N:P:K=1:3:1 và kết hợp với phân vi lượng. Hiện nay phân vi lượng đã có 1 số cơ sở chế biến tạo thành túi nhỏ cho các cây trồng nông nghiệp nói chung, chúng ta có thể sử dụng loại chế phẩm này cho cây cảnh.

    Việc bón phân còn phải chú ý cả đến thời kỳ và thời gian bón cho cây cảnh nhất là các cây cảnh có hoa, quả. Đối với các cây cảnh có hoa, quả việc bón chú ý không nên bón vào thời kỳ cây đang ra hoa kết quả mà nên bón trước thời kỳ này hoặc sau đó từ 15-20 ngày. Thông thường thì người ta bón cho cây còn non, ít tuổi nhiều lần trong năm, còn các cây lớn tuổi cao thì bón ít lần hơn.

    Thời kỳ bón thích hợp cho cây cảnh là vào đầu mùa mưa hoặc gần cuối mùa mưa, hoặc vào vụ xuân và vụ thu hàng năm cho cây.

    Đối với các loại phân dễ tiêu cần bón trực tiếp vào đất thì trong cách thức bón người trồng phải xới đất

    Cây cảnh sau khi được trồng vào chậu và sinh trưởng ổn định, bộ rễ phát triển, tàn lá ra xanh tươi, để cây duy trì tốt cần phải tưới nước và bón phân bổ sung thường xuyên hàng tháng.Tưới nước là khâu quan trọng của trong việc trồng cây cảnh nhằm cung cấp nước cho cây bị thiếu hụt do phạm vi trồng hay sống của cây hạn hẹp. Việc tưới nước cho cây cần phải chú ý đến nguồn nước tưới như thế nào, lượng nước tưới 1 lần bao nhiêu, số lần tưới và phương pháp tưới cho thích hợp.

    Tuỳ thuộc vào từng loại giống cây cảnh, yêu cầu trong giai đoạn sinh trưởng trong năm và điều chỉnh nơi ở của cây cảnh như thế nào mà xác định cho thích hợp. Vì tưới nước cũng là biện pháp hữu hiệu trong việc điều chỉnh sự sinh trưởng của cây trong nghề trồng cây cảnh nên cần phải xem xét tưới cho phù hợp với yêu cầu đặt ra.

    1. Các chú ý khi tưới nước cho cây cảnh trong chậu :

    – Kích thước của chậu, bồn trồng:

    Chậu hay bồn trồng càng nhỏ thì cần phải tưới nhiều lần.Ví dụ : Chậu treo, chậu hoa nhỏ,…nên tưới ngày 2 lần vào mùa khô nắng, còn mùa mưa tưới 1 lần sáng sớm. Riêng đối với chậu có kích thước lớn cần tưới chậm đều để nước có thời gian thấm vào chậu không bị tràn hết ra ngoài.

    – Yêu cầu của cây cảnh:

    Các loại cây cảnh mọng nước kiểu sa mạc, sương rồng… không yêu cầu tưới nước cho cây như các cây khác 1-2 ngày tưới 1 lần. Các cây thuỷ sinh yêu cầu tưới nhiều và duy trì cho đất luôn luôn ẩm.

    -Yêu cầu đạt ra hạn chế sinh trưởng của người trồng nhằm xử lý ra hoa ra trái :

    Có thể cắt nước hoàn toàn từ 3-5 ngày sau đó tưới vừa đủ giúp cho cây chuyển hóa giai đoạn sinh trưởng sang sinh thực phân hóa mầm hoa.

    – Nguồn nước tưới phải từ nguồn nước sạch như nước giếng (PH= 4-4,5), nước mưa, nước máy ( PH= 7-8) …không sử dụng nguồn nước sông bị ô nhiểm, nước bị nhiễm mặn, cần chứa nước tưới lại trong bể chứa trong 24h để oxy hóa và độ PH điều chỉnh phù hợp với cây trồng, thông thường PH phù hợp là 5- 6,5

    2. Cách tưới nước bón phân cho cây cảnh thường tiến hành như sau:

    – Cách tưới cây trong chậu :

    Sau khi đã chọn nguồn nước thích hợp và tính toán các yêu cầu đặt ra thì xác định lượng nước tưới thích hợp. Lượng nước tưới 1 lần phải tối thiểu đủ để nước đi từ mặt chậu đến xuống đáy chậu và tạo độ ẩm cho bộ rễ.Khi cây đã đủ ẩm độ cần thiết rễ cây mới có thể hút dinh dưỡng cung cấp cho cây cảnh quang hợp.

    Không nên để chậu cây cảnh bị khô hạn kéo dài do thiếu nước hay tưới không đủ sẽ làm đất khô lại kéo theo rễ cây bị kéo lại, khi gặp nước đất lại nở ra làm rễ cây dãn theo sẽ gây tổn thướng hoặc đứt rễ.

    Nên tưới 1 ngày 2 lần vào thời gian sáng 7-8h hoặc chiều từ 16-17h hàng ngày.Nếu trời mưa thì tưới 1 lần vào buổi sáng để đảm bảo cho chậu đủ nước.

    Tưới phun bằng dụng cụ tạo hạt nước nhỏ như vòi sen, béc phun áp lực… và tưới lên cả bộ tán của cây sau đó mới tưới vào đất tưới đều đưa đi đưa lại không tưới vào 1 chỗ nhất định sau cho đất không đóng váng, nước tưới được ngấm ngay vào đất.

    Nếu không có mặt ở nhà thường xuyên, người trồng có thể dùng phương pháp tưới thấm bằng việc lợi dụng sức hút nước của đất trong chậu để cho cây có nước bằng cách tăng dùng một chậu đựng nước và đặt chậu cảnh vào trong chậu đó. Khi đó, đất trong chậu trồng cây sẽ hút dần nước trong chậu đựng nước đó lên. Chú ý là mức nước ở trong chậu đựng nước chỉ bằng hoặc cao hơn 1 chút so với đáy trong của chậu trồng cây, nếu cao hơn đất trong chậu trồng cây sẽ hút nhiều và làm đất bị úng gây ngạt cho rễ cây.

    – Bón phân cho cây cảnh trồng trong chậu :

    Cần bón bổ sung định kỳ cho cây trong chậu vì không gian sinh trưởng của cây đã bị hạn chế tối đa và cây không có điều kiện tìm nguồn thức ăn khác.

    Có 2 phương pháp bón phân cho cây trong chậu : Bón rãi vào đất mặt chậu ( phân hạt) và bón thông qua tưới phun nước ( phân bón lá) vào bộ lá cho cây. Hàng tháng nên bón 1 lần hạt và 1 lần phân bón lá để cây có đủ dưỡng chất và tán lá luôn xanh tốt.

    Liều lượng một lần bón cho cây trước hết phụ thuộc vào nhu cầu của cây, giai đoạn sinh trưởng, mùa vụ bón, loại phân bón, khả năng hấp thụ phân bón của đất cũng như khối lượng đất hay kích thước của chậu hay bồn trồng. Tuỳ thuộc vào các yếu tố trên mà xác định lượng phân cho 1 lần bón thích hợp song lượng phân bón không nên vượt quá ngưỡng bón sau cho mỗi lần thêm 1kg đất trong chậu như sau:

    Phân hạt như NPK, DAP, Dynamic, Ure, phân dơi, phân bò hoai, bánh dầu khô…thì căn cứ vào kích thước chậu cảnh mà chọn liều lượng phân phù hợp, nếu bón quá nhiều sẽ làm cây bị sốc phân cây sẽ bị chết.Thường nên bón 1 lần 3-5 gam ( 1-2 muỗng cà phê) cho chậu nhỏ ( chậu có đường kính từ 20- 35 cm); bón 5-10gam ( 1-2 muỗng canh) cho chậu có đường kính từ 40- 100cm . Xới nhẹ xung quanh đất trong chậu bón rãi đều và lấp đất lại, bón xong tưới lại nước. Lưu ý không để phân hạt vào gốc thân lá cây và luân phiên bón phân hạt vô cơ và hữu cơ.

    Riêng đối với phân bón lá thường nhằm bổ sung vi lượng và các loại khoáng chất cho cây tăng sức đề kháng với thời tiết và sâu bệnh, bao gồm các loại phân như : Atonik, Vitamin B1, Phân Cá, 30.10.10 TE, 20.20.20 TE, 10.20.30,10.15.30, KNO3, chúng tôi bón phân bón lá thường phun kết hợp thêm thuốc BVTV phòng trừ sâu bệnh cho cây trong chậu

    – Xử lý ra hoa cho cây cảnh trồng trong chậu:

    Tiểu hồng môn

    Việc bón phân còn phải chú ý cả đến thời kỳ và thời gian bón cho cây cảnh nhất là các cây cảnh có hoa, có quả. Cây trồng trong chậu có được ưu điểm là rất dễ xử lý cho cây ra hoa trái đúng theo yêu cầu người trồng. Để việc xử lý đạt kết quả như mong muốn thì đòi hỏi người trồng phải cẩn thận và kiểm tra thường xuyên cây trồng đồng thời phải có kinh nghiệm về thời gian ra hoa của từng chủng loại cây cảnh mà xử lý cụ thể.

    Ví dụ : Muốn cây sứ Thái ra hoa kịp tết thì tính từ mùng 1 tết lùi lại 75 ngày bắt đầu cho cắt tỉa cành thu gọn tàn nhánh và bón phân có hàm lượng Phốt pho hay kali cao( KNO3, 15.9.25 TE, KCL, 10.30.30 …) sau đó bắt đầu hạn chế tưới nước. Khi thấy cây bắt đầu ra nụ hoa thì tưới lại nước đầy đủ và phun thêm phân dưỡng hoa cho cây.

    CÁCH CHỌN CÂY CẢNH TRONG CHẬU

    Cây cảnh làm cho không gian sống của bạn thêm phần sinh động , đầy màu sắc. Việc chọn một cây phù hợp để đặt trong góc phòng, trên bàn hay bệ cửa sổ là hết sức cần thiết. Để trang trí và làm “xanh” cho ngôi nhà, bạn cần lựa chọn những loại cây thích hợp với môi trường trong nhà cũng như bỏ công chăm sóc đúng cách mới có được một không gian như ý.

    Khi trồng cây trong nhà bạn cần chú ý đến một yếu tố khá quan trọng vì cây cối là thước đo trường khí của từng không gian nhà ở. Vì thế bạn nên lựa chọn phù hợp và chú ý chăm sóc, theo dõi nếu cây bị héo úa hoặc phát triển kém tức là nội khí trong nhà không tốt nên thay đổi chủng loại cây hoặc kiểm tra lại môi trường chung quanh để điều chỉnh cho phù hợp.

    LƯU Ý KHI TRỒNG VÀ CHĂM SÓC CÂY XANH TRONG NHÀ

    Khi bày trí cây trong phòng thì cũng phải đảm bảo đầy đủ ánh sáng cho cây. Trong phòng khách thì nên đảm bảo đặt cây ở vị trí có khoảng 2 – 3 giờ có ánh sáng tự nhiên trong phòng.

    Để cây cảnh luôn xanh tốt, người ta còn dùng thêm đèn ánh sáng ban ngày (day – light), ánh sáng phát ra từ loại đèn này giống như ánh sáng mặt trời nên cây có thể quang hợp được như môi trường bên ngoài.

    Tưới nước

    Cây cảnh bày trí trong nhà thì lượng nước tưới không nên quá nhiều, khi nào thấy đất trồng khô thì tưới nước là được. Ngoài ra, có thể dùng bình phun nước để phun cho cây, mùa hè có thể phun ngày hai lần, mùa đông thì ngày một lần để tăng cường độ ẩm, làm sạch lá, có lợi cho quá trình quang hợp của cây, làm cây xanh tốt.

    Những loại cây trồng trong nhà cần chú ý hơn đến việc mua những chậu cây phù hợp. Có thể dùng những loại chậu cảnh có đĩa đệm bên dưới để dễ dàng di chuyển và thoát nước tốt.

    Bón phân

    Bón phân cho cây là công việc vô cùng quan trọng nhằm thúc đẩy quá trình phát triển của cây. Nếu bạn bón nhiều phân quá thì cây sẽ phát triển nhanh làm mất dáng thế, gọi là phá thế. Nhưng nếu bón ít quá, cây sẽ thiếu dưỡng chất làm chết cành… Vì vậy, cách tốt nhất là khoảng nửa tháng bón phân cho cây một lần, tỉ lệ bón 5% phân tổng hợp cho cây. Ngoài ra, dùng nước vo gạo để tưới cây cũng có tác dụng rất tốt cho sự phát triển của cây.

    Phòng bệnh cho cây

    Cây cảnh bày trí trong nhà không được dùng thuốc trừ sâu, có thể dùng thuốc diệt muỗi để trừ sâu. Đối với cây mắc bệnh phấn trắng thì có thể dùng khăn và cồn lau sạch, nếu mức độ bệnh nghiêm trọng thì cần phải để cây ra ngoài rồi trị bệnh cho cây.

    Biện pháp hồi phục khi cây bị khô héo

    Khi phát hiện cây có hiện tượng vàng úa, khô héo, rụng lá… thì phải kịp thời có những biện pháp chăm sóc giúp cây hồi phục lại sức sống. Không nên cho ánh sáng mặt trời trực tiếp chiếu xạ vào cây để tránh làm cho sức nóng của ánh nắng gây ảnh hưởng bất lợi đến cây cối hoặc có thể làm cho cây chết do bị mất nước. Nơi chăm sóc cây phải là nơi mát mẻ, không khí trong lành và nên tránh gió mạnh.

    Trong thời gian đầu nuôi dưỡng cây thì không nên tác động vào đất trồng bởi vì lúc này các tổ chức và chức năng của cây ở trạng thái tĩnh, nếu động thổ thì sẽ làm cho hệ rễ cây bị tổn thương. Vào thời gian này chỉ nên cắt bỏ các lá vàng úa, khô héo, tưới nước đầy đủ, đồng thời có thể hòa đạm vào nước với nồng độ thấp để tưới cho cây, mỗi tuần một lần, sau mỗi tháng thì sẽ tăng dần lượng, sau khoảng 2 -3 tháng thì sẽ tăng nồng độ.

    Đợi đến khi cây có sức sống trở lại thì thay đổi đất trồng, tốt nhất là dùng đất mục và đất phù sa để trồng, nên bón lót phân bắc trước khi trồng cây.

    --- Bài cũ hơn ---

  • Cách Trồng Cây Xạ Đen Trong Chậu
  • Cách Trồng Cây Đinh Lăng Trong Chậu Tại Nhà
  • Cách Trồng Cây Lưỡi Cọp Trong Chậu Cảnh
  • Trồng Cây Đậu Bắp Tại Nhà Để Tự Chữa Bệnh
  • Cây Đậu Bắp Và Cách Trồng Đậu Bắp Đơn Giản Ngay Tại Nhà
  • Cách Nhân Giống Và Chăm Sóc Cây Sả Trong Chậu

    --- Bài mới hơn ---

  • Cách Trồng Su Hào Trong Thùng Sốp Cho Củ Siêu Khủng Siêu Ngọt
  • Hướng Dẫn Cách Trồng Su Hào Tại Nhà Đơn Giản
  • Cách Trồng Su Hào Tại Nhà Cho Củ Siêu To
  • Cách Trồng Su Hào Và Kinh Nghiệm Trồng Su Hào
  • Hướng Dẫn Kỹ Thuật Trồng Su Hào Tại Nhà Cho Năng Suất Cao
  • Cách nhân giống và chăm sóc cây sả trong chậu

    Nhân giống:

    Bạn có thể tách chiết lấy nhánh cây con bên ngoài bụi sả có đủ gốc và rễ, hoặc giá hạt điều rang muối xuất khẩu mua nhánh sả còn gốc tại các chợ. Chọn hom cứng, mập, tươi, không sâu bệnh, không bị dập nát. Cắt bỏ lá già, rễ già, cắt cách gốc bẹ cuối cùng khoảng 1cm, cắt ngọn sao cho chiều dài hom sả 20-30cm.

    Chọn chậu nhựa có đường kính 35-40cm, cũng có thể trồng trên chậu hình chữ nhật.

    Với diện tích đất trồng tại thành phố, có thể dùng hỗn hợp gồm tro trấu, xơ dừa và phân trùn để trồng sả. Trước hết cho hỗn hợp vào 2/3 chậu, mỗi chậu khoảng 3 hom, đặt sâu 5-6 cm hơi nghiêng về một phía (tương tự như trồng trên mặt đất), rồi nén chặt đất xung quanh gốc, sau đó tưới nước đẩm ngày 2 lần bằng vòi phun nhẹ.

    Đặt chậu mới trồng nơi mát ít ánh nắng gắt, khoảng sau 2 tuần gốc sả sẽ ra rễ mới, sả bắt đầu cho lá non, chúng ta chuyển chậu sả ra nơi có ánh sáng đầy đủ, hằng ngày tưới đẫm gốc vào buổi sáng.

    Chăm sóc:

    Khoảng 1 tháng sau khi trồng bón thêm phân urê hay NPK 16.16.8 TE để giúp lá xanh thân cứng cáp, có thể pha loãng với nước tưới cho cây với liều lượng 1 muỗng cà phê nhỏ phân pha 2 lít nước hay bón trực tiếp xung quanh gốc, bón định kỳ 1 lần/tháng.

    Trong mùa mưa, cây sả có thể bị thiếu sắt cần bổ sung dung dịch sunphat sắt 0,25% khoảng 3-4 lần trong 10-15 ngày. Triệu chứng cây bị thiếu sắt: lá sẽ chuyển từ màu xanh sang vàng hay trắng ở phần thịt lá, trong khi gân lá vẫn còn xanh; ban đầu xuất hiện ở các lá non, sau đó đến lá già.

    Khi cây sả có nhiều nhánh mới (khoảng sau 3 tháng) thì cho thêm đất vào gốc và tăng liều lượng phân bón lên gấp đôi. Chúng ta có thể tỉa các nhánh sả to để ăn, chế biến hoặc lấy lá để nấu nước gội đầu, nước xông.

    Điều kiện sinh trưởng

    Đất trồng: Cây sả có bộ rễ chùm khỏe mạnh không kén đất, có khả năng chịu hạn rất tốt. Đất tốt nhất cho cây phát triển là đất cát pha, nhiều mùn, tơi xốp, thoát nước tốt ẩm độ cao, pH: 5-7.

    Nhiệt độ: Dao động từ 20-38oC, thích hợp nhất là từ 22-27oC. Nếu nhiệt độ trên 30oC kéo dài với ẩm độ thấp thì cây sả sẽ bị cháy lá.

    Ánh sáng: Cây sả cần đầy đủ ánh sáng. Số giờ nắng trung bình 6-7h/ngày. Nếu để cây sả trong bóng râm lâu ngày, cây có màu nhợt nhạt, thân mảnh, ốm và đặc biệt, trong cây sả không còn mùi đặc trưng

    Cần chú ý vào mùa khô không gạt tàn thuốc hoặc đốt lửa gần khu vực trồng sả vì báo giá hạt điều rang muối xuất khẩu sả chứa nhiều tinh dầu, lại có nhiều lá khô nên rất dễ cháy.

    --- Bài cũ hơn ---

  • Cách Trồng Sen Đá Khi Mới Mua Về Bằng Hạt Và Lá
  • Mách Bạn Cách Trồng Sen Đá Bằng Hạt Cực Chuẩn
  • Sen Mini Nhật Bản Trồng Thủy Canh Siêu Đẹp
  • Mẹo Trồng Sen Mini Thủy Canh Mới
  • Cách Trồng Sen Mini Thủy Canh Như Thế Nào?
  • Cách Sang Chậu Và Chăm Sóc Hoa Hồng Leo Khi Mới Mua Cây Về

    --- Bài mới hơn ---

  • Cách Trồng Và Chăm Sóc Hoa Cẩm Tú Cầu
  • Phương Pháp Trồng Và Chăm Sóc Hoa Hồng Tại Nhà Cho Nhiều Hoa
  • Mẹo Trồng Và Chăm Sóc Để Hoa Mai Nở Đúng Dịp Tết
  • Hướng Dẫn Cách Trồng Và Chăm Sóc Hoa Cúc Vạn Thọ
  • Kỹ Thuật Trồng Hoa Cát Tường Trong Chậu Greenbo
  • Hầu hết tất cả các giống hoa hồng leo ở cửa hàng hoa hồng leo cô Long đều nhập trực tiếp nguyên cây từ Thái Lan về nên đi một đoạn đường xa như vậy cây mất sức và mất nước nhiều, lá bị héo vàng, hoa thì rũ.

    Nhưng bạn đừng quá lo lắng về điều này, chỉ cần làm theo hướng dẫn của cửa hàng là cây có thể sống và phát triển tốt ngay cả khi cây mới về nữa.

    Sau khi bạn mua cây về thì nên sang chậu liền để cây giống mau thích ứng với môi trường sống mới. Nếu bạn chưa có thời gian sang chậu liền thì cứ tưới nước cho cây khoảng 1 lít nước sáng và chiều.

    Trước khi sang chậu thì bạn nên tỉa tót những lá vàng, lặt những lá bị héo úa còn sót lại, cắt đi những đọt non bị héo trong quá trình vận chuyển đường xa. Bạn đừng quá lo lắng khi chúng ta lặt những lá vàng, xấu, đọt non bị héo, dập vì như thế khi rễ cây phát triển thì đốt trên thân cây sẽ mọc lại những chồi non mới.

    Còn nếu cây đã được cửa hàng tỉa trước thì bạn không cần phải làm điều này, mà thông thường thì cửa hàng đều làm điều này nên bạn yên tâm nha!

    Cây giống được bán tại cửa hàng hoa hồng leo cô Long

    Sau khi đã tỉa tót lại cho cây hồng thì bạn bắt tay vào quá trình trồng và chăm sóc hoa hồng leo.

    Đầu tiên là giai đoạn sang chậu, trước khi sang chậu bạn cần chú ý một vài điều sau đây là được.

    – Thời điểm sang chậu: thời điểm sang chậu tốt nhất là khoảng 15g30 đến 17g, đây là khoảng thời gian gần chiều trời đã giảm bớt nhiệt độ trong ngày, nên cây sẽ không bị sốc nhiệt độ, thứ hai là có khoảng thời gian để cây nghỉ ngơi dài hơn sau 1 đêm trong môi trường mới.

    – Vị trí trồng: khá là quan trọng.

    Vị trí trồng hoa hồng leo tốt là nơi có thời gian chiếu sáng từ 4-6h nắng vì cây hồng leo rất ưa nắng và cây không ra hoa nếu lượng nắng quá thấp.

    Vị trí trồng thông thoáng, khoảng cách giữa các cây có một khoảng nhất định sẽ tạo không gian cho cây hồng nhanh phát triển, khoảng cách giữa các gốc cây tối thiểu là 40cm, trung bình là 1m, đồng thời hạn chế sâu bệnh phá hoại lây lan từ cây này sang cây khác.

    Ngoài ra, một điều lưu ý là khi qua đêm sương đọng trên những phiến lá hồng, khi trời bắt đầu nắng lên sẽ làm cho những giọt nước này khô lại cũng góp phần hạn chế bệnh nấm trên hồng leo nữa đấy.

    Nếu như bạn trồng hoa hồng leo trên sân thượng thì lời khuyên tốt nhất là nên lợp lưới lan, lưới lan giúp hạn chế ánh nắng trực tiếp chiếu vào cây hồng khi cây hồng còn nhỏ, sau này khi cây hồng quen với điều kiện hiện tại thì không cần lưới lan vẫn được. Khi không có lưới lan thì cây hồng hạn chế được bệnh đen thân, nấm nhưng lại tạo điều kiện cho sâu bệnh và bọ trĩ phá hoại gia tăng. Do đó bạn nên cân bằng để tạo điều kiện phù hợp cho cây phát triển tốt. Nếu thời gian chiếu sáng trên 6h nắng bạn có thể chọn lưới màu đen, loại này che được khoảng 60% đấy!

    Vị trí trồng rất quan trọng đối với quá trình phát triển của hoa hồng leo

    Lựa chọn chậu trồng: nếu bạn trồng chậu thì kích thước chậu phù hợp nhất là 40x40x40, đây là thể tích thích hợp để bộ rễ của cây hồng phát triển trong suốt quảng đời của nó.

    Nếu bạn trồng hoa hồng leo dưới đất thì bạn cũng đào lỗ có kích thước tương tự.

    Với kích thước như vậy bạn có thể trồng hết quãng đời cây hồng mà không cần phải thay đất nếu bạn áp dụng chế độ chăm sóc hữu cơ.

    Chậu nhựa có thể tích thích hợp trồng hoa hồng leo

    Đối với trồng hoa hồng leo trong chậu, bạn cho lớp đá 3×4 cm hoặc sỏi khoảng 3×4 cm vào dưới đáy chậu để tăng khả năng thoát nước, chống bị úng cho hoa hồng leo. Lớp đá này dày khoảng 3 lóng tay là được (khoảng 1 tấc).

    Còn riêng với trồng hoa hồng leo ngoài đất thì không phải lót đá do khả năng thoát nước dưới đất tốt hơn trong chậu nên cây ít bị ngập úng hơn.

    Nhưng có một ưu điểm tuyệt vời của việc trồng hoa hồng leo trong chậu đó chính là phù hợp ở những nơi không có đất như chung cư, nhà có diện tích nhỏ, dễ dàng di chuyển chậu trồng, có thể điều khiển được lượng nước và lượng phân bón cho cây ăn hàng ngày.

    Lót đá vào chậu để tăng khả năng thoát nước

    Bước 2: Cho đất chuyên trồng hồng vào lỗ bạn đã đào trên đất hoặc cho hết vào trong chậu. Là do bộ rễ hồng là rễ chùm, ăn theo bề ngang nên nó rất thích loại đất hữu cơ thông thoáng, giàu dinh dưỡng có khả năng giữ và thoát nước tốt.

    Nếu bạn đang buâng khuâng về loại đất này có thể liên hệ cửa hàng Hồng leo Cô Long để được hướng dẫn làm đất phù hợp cho hoa hồng leo. Sau nên cho từng lớp san đều để đất chan ra đều hơn và cũng nên tránh dùng tay đè nén đất nha.

    Cho đất chuyên trồng hồng vào hết vào trong chậu

    Bước 3: Đào lỗ trên mặt đất dinh dưỡng trồng hồng có kích thước lớn hơn bầu đất của cây hoa hồng leo để bạn có thể dễ dàng bợ bầu đất khi xuống cây. Nên bưi đất đều, tạo không gian rộng để tránh vướng víu khi đang thao tác.

    Bước 4: Sau khi đã đào lỗ xong trong chậu cũng như dưới đất bạn bắt đầu giở bầu đất ra khỏi chậu.

    Đối với chậu cây nhỏ dạng leo hoặc bụi thì bạn dùng ngón trỏ và ngón giữa kẹp giữa thân cây, xòe cả bàn tay đỡ bề mặt đất phía trên, dùng tay còn lại trút ngược cây xuống đất và nhẹ nhàng rút chậu ra khỏi bầu đất. Sau đó nhanh chóng cho bầu đất của cây xuống lỗ đã đào lúc nãy, một tay cố định thân cây một tay lấp đất lại và ấn nhẹ cho đất bằng phẳng.

    Tránh tình trạng chôn lắp mắt ghép trên thân xuống đất, mà chừa khoảng 2-3 cm cách mặt đất để hạn chế tình trạng nấm gây hại cho mắt ghép cây làm chết cả cây con.

    Dùng ngón trỏ và ngón giữa kẹp giữa thân cây, xòe cả bàn tay đỡ bề mặt đất

    Dùng tay còn lại trút ngược cây xuống đất và nhẹ nhàng rút chậu ra khỏi bầu đất

    Còn nếu bạn trồng những cây to hơn hoặc là dạng TREE ROSE (hồng thân gỗ) thì bạn dùng tay vét đất xung quanh thân chậu nhỏ để lấy bớt đất ra, tránh vét đất quá sâu vào phần thân cây để hạn chế việc động rễ.

    Sau khi vét mà bạn cảm thấy có thể dùng hai tay nhấc bầu đất lên thì ngưng lại. Nếu bầu rễ to quá thì có thể nhờ vài người phụ tiếp để tránh tình trạng bể bầu. Sau đó bạn cho bầu rễ vào trong lỗ đã đào sẵn, một tay cũng cố định thân cây một tay lấp đất lại để tránh cây bị đổ ngã. Bạn nên cẩn thận thực hiện tránh tình trạng gãy mắc ghép do thân TREE ROSE khá dài.

    Sau khi đã lấp đất xong bạn tiến hành phủ một lớp rơm khô, xơ dừa khô và tốt nhất đó chính là lục bình khô lên trên bề mặt đất. Tại sao mình lại khuyên các bạn nên phủ lớp này lên cây hoa hồng leo là bởi vì lớp phủ này có tác dụng duy trì độ ẩm, giảm sự bay hơi của nước, ngăn chặn sự vón cục của đất dưới tác dụng của mưa, hoặc tưới nước trong một thời gian dài, tạo ra sự thông thoáng cho đất.

    Bên cạnh đó nó còn hạn chế sự sói mòn đất và các chất dinh dưỡng, ngăn chặn đất, nấm gây hại bắn tung té lên lá để giảm khả năng gây hại từ đất, chúng còn giúp duy trì nhiệt độ ổn định cho đất (ấm vào mùa đông, mát vào mùa hè) và thúc đẩy sự phát triển của vi sinh vật để giải phóng chất dinh dưỡng.

    Lấp đất lại để che phủ bầu đất

    Phủ một lớp rơm khô, xơ dừa khô trên chậu hoa hồng leo

    Một tuần đầu là khoảng thời gian cây thích nghi với môi trường sống mới nên bạn không cần phải bón phân hay xịt thuốc gì cả. Chỉ cần tưới nước hai lần 1 ngày là được, bạn nên tưới vào sáng sớm (5h-8h) và chiều mát (15h-18h), mỗi lần tưới thì khoảng 1 lít nước.

    Bạn có thể pha thêm cám hoặc sử dụng nước vo gạo để tưới trong giai đoạn này để kích thích cây ra rễ. Nếu sử dụng cám thì 2 muỗng cafe pha với 1 lít nước để tưới sáng 1 lần chiều 1 lần là được.

    Sau khi vừa sang chậu xong thì bạn cũng bổ sung vào 1 lít nước cám cho cây nha và đều đều trong suốt khoảng 1 tuần. Trong giai đoạn 1 tuần này bạn nên để cây mấy ngày đầu trong mát, sau đó đem dần ra nắng để cây thích nghi từ từ sau khoảng 1 tuần hãy đem ra hoàn toàn nơi bạn chọn trồng.

    Còn nếu trồng dưới đất dùng đồ che lại cho cây đỡ nắng trong giai đoạn đầu.

    Tưới nước cho chậu hoa hồng leo

    Thời điểm 1 tuần là giai đoạn thích nghi của cây hoa hồng leo, cũng như giai đoạn tập thích nghi đầu đời của một thực thể sống tại môi trường sống mới. Chú ý vài điểm để tạo môi trường sống tốt nhất đầu đời để cây phát triển tốt bạn nhá!

    --- Bài cũ hơn ---

  • Kỹ Thuật Trồng Hoa Violet Nở Đúng Dịp Tết Chỉ Vài Bước Đơn Giản
  • Cách Trồng Và Chăm Sóc Hoa Cúc Thạch Thảo Hồng
  • Cách Trồng Và Chăm Sóc Hoa Tiểu Quỳnh
  • Kỹ Thuật Trồng Và Chăm Sóc Hoa Mào Gà
  • Bật Mí Cách Trồng Và Chăm Sóc Hoa Cúc Lá Nho Nở Đẹp Tại Nhà
  • Cách Chăm Sóc Cây Cảnh Trong Chậu Cho Cây Phát Triển Tốt Nhất

    --- Bài mới hơn ---

  • Bộ Dụng Cụ Làm Vườn Cần Có Cho Người Chăm Sóc Cây Cảnh
  • 5 Bước Chăm Sóc Cây Cảnh Trong Sân Vườn Luôn Xanh Tốt
  • Những Vấn Đề Cần Chú Ý Khi Chăm Sóc Cây Cà Phê Mùa Mưa
  • Cách Chăm Sóc Cho Cây Cà Phê Trong Mùa Mưa
  • Hạt Giống Cây Bạc Hà Âu
  • Cách chăm sóc cây cảnh trong chậu cho cây phát triển tốt .Cây cảnh sau khi được trồng vào chậu và sinh trưởng ổn định, bộ rễ phát triển, tàn lá ra xanh tươi, để cây duy trì tốt cần phải chăm sóc kĩ lưỡng. Các hướng dẫn sau giúp bạn chăn sóc cây tốt nhất.

    CÁCH CHĂM SÓC CÂY CẢNH TRONG CHẬU

    Ngày nay, trong cuộc sống hiện đại hầu hết trong gia đình nào cũng có một cây hoa cảnh trong nhà. Nhưng cách chăm sóc, nhất là trong khâu bón phân đúng kỹ thuật thì rất ít người biết.

    Sau khi trồng cây cảnh ổn định trong chậu, trong quá trình phát triển

    của cây, cần phải tưới nước và bón phân thường xuyên.Tưới nước là khâu quan trọng trong việc trồng cây cảnh nhằm cung cấp nước cho cây bị thiếu hụt do phạm vi trồng hay sống của cây hạn hẹp. Việc tưới nước cho cây cần phải chú ý đến nguồn nước tưới như thế nào, lượng nước tưới 1 lần bao nhiêu, số lần tưới và phương pháp tưới cho thích hợp.

    Tuỳ thuộc vào từng loại giống cây cảnh, yêu cầu trong giai đoạn sinh trưởng trong năm và điều chỉnh nơi ở của cây cảnh như thế nào mà xác định cho thích hợp. Vì tưới nước cũng là biện pháp hữu hiệu trong việc điều chỉnh sự sinh trưởng của cây trong nghề trồng cây cảnh nên cần phải xem xét tưới cho phù hợp với yêu cầu đặt ra.

    Các chú ý khi tưới nước cho cây như sau:

    * Kích thước của chậu, bồn trồng: Chậu hay bồn trồng càng nhỏ thì cần phải tưới nhiều lần.

    * Yêu cầu của cây: Các loại cây mọng nước kiểu sa mạc, sương rồng… không yêu cầu tưới nước cho cây như các cây khác. Các cây thuỷ sinh yêu cầu tưới nhiều và đất ẩm.

    * Yêu cầu đạt ra hạn chế sinh trưởng của người trồng: Nếu muốn hạn chế sinh trưởng cảu cây, lá chỉ tưới nước đủ để duy trì sự sống cho cây cảnh.

    * Nguồn nước tưới phải không có các chất độc, sạch mầm bệnh. Nước bẩn, mặn không được dùng để tưới. Nước lấy ở sâu dưới đất như nước giếng khoang từ sâu cần phải để ngoài trời 1-2 ngày mới tưới cho cây.

    Nói chung kỹ thuật tưới nước cho cây cảnh thường tiến hành như sau:

    Sau khi đã chọn nguồn nước thích hợp và tính toán các yêu cầu đặt ra thì xác định lượng nước tưới thích hợp. Lượng nước tưới 1 lần phải tối thiểu đủ để làm ẩm trong chậu đạt độ ẩm 60 sức giữ ẩm của đất để tránh sự co, dãn của đất khi tưới làm đứt rễ hoặc tổn thương rễ.

    * Nên tưới 1 ngày 2 lần vào thời gian sáng 7-8h hoặc chiều từ 16-17h hàng ngày.

    * Tưới phun bằng dụng cụ tạo hạt nước nhỏ và tưới nên cả bộ dán của cây sau đó mới tưới vào đất tưới đều đưa đi đưa lại không tưới vào 1 chỗ nhất định sau cho đất không đóng váng, nước tưới được ngấm ngay vào đất.

    Nếu không có mặt ở nhà thường xuyên, người trồng có thể dùng phương pháp tưới thấm bằng việc lợi dụng sức hút nước của đất trong chậu để cho cây có nước bằng cách tăng dùng một chậu đựng nước và đặt chậu cảnh vào trong chậu đó. Khi đó, đất trong chậu trồng cây sẽ hút dần nước trong chậu đựng nước đó lên. Chú ý là mức nước ở trong chậu đựng nước chỉ bằng hoặc cao hơn 1 chút so với đáy trong của chậu trồng cây, nếu cao hơn đất trong chậu trồng cây sẽ hút nhiều và làm đất bị úng gây ngạt cho rễ cây.

    Bón phân cho cây cảnh

    Việc bón phân cho cây cảnh thường chỉ tiến hành bón cho những cây cảnh được trồng quá lâu với thời gian dài trong chậu hoặc bốn cảnh hoặc là tiến hành bón theo yêu cầu điều chỉnh sinh trưởng của người trồng trên luống đất của vườn nhà.

    Có 2 phương pháp bón phân cho cây cảnh; Bón vào đất và bón thông qua tưới nước vào bộ lá cho cây. Phương pháp bón phân cùng với nước tưới được áp dụng nhiều đối với cây trồng trong chậu hay trong phạm vi hẹp.

    Với mục đích cung cấp dinh dưỡng khoáng cho cây sinh trưởng và phát triển trong quá trình trồng trong bồn, chậu hoặc trên luống đất nên các loại phân để bón thường dùng là các loại phân dễ tiêu, nhanh phân giải và cây mau chóng sử dụng được. Việc bón như vậy được gọi là bón thúc khác với việc bón cơ bản là sử dụng các loại phân chậm phân giải, khó tiểu bón trước khi trồng hoặc khi thay đất và chậu cho cây.

    Ngoài các yếu tố đa lượng người trồng cây còn phải chú ý bón các loại phân vi lượng cho cây. Thông thường các phân bón đa lượng được bón trực tiếp vào đất còn phân vi lượng bón cho cây thong qua việc tan vào nước phun hoặc tưới cho cây.

    Liều lượng một lần bón cho cây trước hết phụ thuộc vào nhu cầu của cây, giai đoạn sinh trưởng, màu vụ bón, loại phân bón, khả năng hấp thụ phân bón của đất cũng như khối lượng đất hay kích thước của chậu hay bồn trồng. Tuỳ thuộc vào các yếu tố trên mà xác định lượng phân cho 1 lần bón thích hợp song lượng phân bón không nên vượt quá ngưỡng bón sau cho mỗi lần thêm 1kg đất trong chậu như sau:

    Đối với đạm 1 kg đất không nên bón quá 10g đạm. Đối với phân lân là 2,5g lân nguyên chất và kali là 0,5g kali nguyên chất cho một lần bón. Tuỳ theo loại phân thương phẩm dùng để bón, hàm lượng nguyên chất và khối lượng đất trong chậu mà ta tính được giới hạn bón cho chậu hoặc bồn cảnh của mình.

    Các cây cảnh thường được bón phân đạm, lân, kali theo tỷ lệ N:P:K=1:3:1 và kết hợp với phân vi lượng. Hiện nay phân vi lượng đã có 1 số cơ sở chế biến tạo thành túi nhỏ cho các cây trồng nông nghiệp nói chung, chúng ta có thể sử dụng loại chế phẩm này cho cây cảnh.

    Việc bón phân còn phải chú ý cả đến thời kỳ và thời gian bón cho cây cảnh nhất là các cây cảnh có hoa, quả. Đối với các cây cảnh có hoa, quả việc bón chú ý không nên bón vào thời kỳ cây đang ra hoa kết quả mà nên bón trước thời kỳ này hoặc sau đó từ 15-20 ngày. Thông thường thì người ta bón cho cây còn non, ít tuổi nhiều lần trong năm, còn các cây lớn tuổi cao thì bón ít lần hơn.

    Thời kỳ bón thích hợp cho cây cảnh là vào đầu mùa mưa hoặc gần cuối mùa mưa, hoặc vào vụ xuân và vụ thu hàng năm cho cây.

    Đối với các loại phân dễ tiêu cần bón trực tiếp vào đất thì trong cách thức bón người trồng phải xới đất

    Cây cảnh sau khi được trồng vào chậu và sinh trưởng ổn định, bộ rễ phát triển, tàn lá ra xanh tươi, để cây duy trì tốt cần phải tưới nước và bón phân bổ sung thường xuyên hàng tháng.Tưới nước là khâu quan trọng của trong việc trồng cây cảnh nhằm cung cấp nước cho cây bị thiếu hụt do phạm vi trồng hay sống của cây hạn hẹp. Việc tưới nước cho cây cần phải chú ý đến nguồn nước tưới như thế nào, lượng nước tưới 1 lần bao nhiêu, số lần tưới và phương pháp tưới cho thích hợp.

    Tuỳ thuộc vào từng loại giống cây cảnh, yêu cầu trong giai đoạn sinh trưởng trong năm và điều chỉnh nơi ở của cây cảnh như thế nào mà xác định cho thích hợp. Vì tưới nước cũng là biện pháp hữu hiệu trong việc điều chỉnh sự sinh trưởng của cây trong nghề trồng cây cảnh nên cần phải xem xét tưới cho phù hợp với yêu cầu đặt ra.

    1. Các chú ý khi tưới nước cho cây cảnh trong chậu :

    – Kích thước của chậu, bồn trồng:

    Chậu hay bồn trồng càng nhỏ thì cần phải tưới nhiều lần.Ví dụ : Chậu treo, chậu hoa nhỏ,…nên tưới ngày 2 lần vào mùa khô nắng, còn mùa mưa tưới 1 lần sáng sớm. Riêng đối với chậu có kích thước lớn cần tưới chậm đều để nước có thời gian thấm vào chậu không bị tràn hết ra ngoài.

    – Yêu cầu của cây cảnh:

    Các loại cây cảnh mọng nước kiểu sa mạc, sương rồng… không yêu cầu tưới nước cho cây như các cây khác 1-2 ngày tưới 1 lần. Các cây thuỷ sinh yêu cầu tưới nhiều và duy trì cho đất luôn luôn ẩm.

    -Yêu cầu đạt ra hạn chế sinh trưởng của người trồng nhằm xử lý ra hoa ra trái :

    Có thể cắt nước hoàn toàn từ 3-5 ngày sau đó tưới vừa đủ giúp cho cây chuyển hóa giai đoạn sinh trưởng sang sinh thực phân hóa mầm hoa.

    – Nguồn nước tưới phải từ nguồn nước sạch như nước giếng (PH= 4-4,5), nước mưa, nước máy ( PH= 7-8) …không sử dụng nguồn nước sông bị ô nhiểm, nước bị nhiễm mặn, cần chứa nước tưới lại trong bể chứa trong 24h để oxy hóa và độ PH điều chỉnh phù hợp với cây trồng, thông thường PH phù hợp là 5- 6,5

    2. Cách tưới nước bón phân cho cây cảnh thường tiến hành như sau:

    – Cách tưới cây trong chậu :

    Sau khi đã chọn nguồn nước thích hợp và tính toán các yêu cầu đặt ra thì xác định lượng nước tưới thích hợp. Lượng nước tưới 1 lần phải tối thiểu đủ để nước đi từ mặt chậu đến xuống đáy chậu và tạo độ ẩm cho bộ rễ.Khi cây đã đủ ẩm độ cần thiết rễ cây mới có thể hút dinh dưỡng cung cấp cho cây cảnh quang hợp.

    Không nên để chậu cây cảnh bị khô hạn kéo dài do thiếu nước hay tưới không đủ sẽ làm đất khô lại kéo theo rễ cây bị kéo lại, khi gặp nước đất lại nở ra làm rễ cây dãn theo sẽ gây tổn thướng hoặc đứt rễ.

    Nên tưới 1 ngày 2 lần vào thời gian sáng 7-8h hoặc chiều từ 16-17h hàng ngày.Nếu trời mưa thì tưới 1 lần vào buổi sáng để đảm bảo cho chậu đủ nước.

    Tưới phun bằng dụng cụ tạo hạt nước nhỏ như vòi sen, béc phun áp lực… và tưới lên cả bộ tán của cây sau đó mới tưới vào đất tưới đều đưa đi đưa lại không tưới vào 1 chỗ nhất định sau cho đất không đóng váng, nước tưới được ngấm ngay vào đất.

    Nếu không có mặt ở nhà thường xuyên, người trồng có thể dùng phương pháp tưới thấm bằng việc lợi dụng sức hút nước của đất trong chậu để cho cây có nước bằng cách tăng dùng một chậu đựng nước và đặt chậu cảnh vào trong chậu đó. Khi đó, đất trong chậu trồng cây sẽ hút dần nước trong chậu đựng nước đó lên. Chú ý là mức nước ở trong chậu đựng nước chỉ bằng hoặc cao hơn 1 chút so với đáy trong của chậu trồng cây, nếu cao hơn đất trong chậu trồng cây sẽ hút nhiều và làm đất bị úng gây ngạt cho rễ cây.

    – Bón phân cho cây cảnh trồng trong chậu :

    Cần bón bổ sung định kỳ cho cây trong chậu vì không gian sinh trưởng của cây đã bị hạn chế tối đa và cây không có điều kiện tìm nguồn thức ăn khác.

    Có 2 phương pháp bón phân cho cây trong chậu : Bón rãi vào đất mặt chậu ( phân hạt) và bón thông qua tưới phun nước ( phân bón lá) vào bộ lá cho cây. Hàng tháng nên bón 1 lần hạt và 1 lần phân bón lá để cây có đủ dưỡng chất và tán lá luôn xanh tốt.

    Liều lượng một lần bón cho cây trước hết phụ thuộc vào nhu cầu của cây, giai đoạn sinh trưởng, mùa vụ bón, loại phân bón, khả năng hấp thụ phân bón của đất cũng như khối lượng đất hay kích thước của chậu hay bồn trồng. Tuỳ thuộc vào các yếu tố trên mà xác định lượng phân cho 1 lần bón thích hợp song lượng phân bón không nên vượt quá ngưỡng bón sau cho mỗi lần thêm 1kg đất trong chậu như sau:

    Phân hạt như NPK, DAP, Dynamic, Ure, phân dơi, phân bò hoai, bánh dầu khô…thì căn cứ vào kích thước chậu cảnh mà chọn liều lượng phân phù hợp, nếu bón quá nhiều sẽ làm cây bị sốc phân cây sẽ bị chết.Thường nên bón 1 lần 3-5 gam ( 1-2 muỗng cà phê) cho chậu nhỏ ( chậu có đường kính từ 20- 35 cm); bón 5-10gam ( 1-2 muỗng canh) cho chậu có đường kính từ 40- 100cm . Xới nhẹ xung quanh đất trong chậu bón rãi đều và lấp đất lại, bón xong tưới lại nước. Lưu ý không để phân hạt vào gốc thân lá cây và luân phiên bón phân hạt vô cơ và hữu cơ.

    Riêng đối với phân bón lá thường nhằm bổ sung vi lượng và các loại khoáng chất cho cây tăng sức đề kháng với thời tiết và sâu bệnh, bao gồm các loại phân như : Atonik, Vitamin B1, Phân Cá, 30.10.10 TE, 20.20.20 TE, 10.20.30,10.15.30, KNO3, chúng tôi bón phân bón lá thường phun kết hợp thêm thuốc BVTV phòng trừ sâu bệnh cho cây trong chậu

    – Xử lý ra hoa cho cây cảnh trồng trong chậu:

    Việc bón phân còn phải chú ý cả đến thời kỳ và thời gian bón cho cây cảnh nhất là các cây cảnh có hoa, có quả. Cây trồng trong chậu có được ưu điểm là rất dễ xử lý cho cây ra hoa trái đúng theo yêu cầu người trồng. Để việc xử lý đạt kết quả như mong muốn thì đòi hỏi người trồng phải cẩn thận và kiểm tra thường xuyên cây trồng đồng thời phải có kinh nghiệm về thời gian ra hoa của từng chủng loại cây cảnh mà xử lý cụ thể.

    Ví dụ : Muốn cây sứ Thái ra hoa kịp tết thì tính từ mùng 1 tết lùi lại 75 ngày bắt đầu cho cắt tỉa cành thu gọn tàn nhánh và bón phân có hàm lượng Phốt pho hay kali cao( KNO3, 15.9.25 TE, KCL, 10.30.30 …) sau đó bắt đầu hạn chế tưới nước. Khi thấy cây bắt đầu ra nụ hoa thì tưới lại nước đầy đủ và phun thêm phân dưỡng hoa cho cây.

    CÁCH CHỌN CÂY CẢNH TRONG CHẬU

    Cây cảnh làm cho không gian sống của bạn thêm phần sinh động , đầy màu sắc. Việc chọn một cây phù hợp để đặt trong góc phòng, trên bàn hay bệ cửa sổ là hết sức cần thiết. Để trang trí và làm “xanh” cho ngôi nhà, bạn cần lựa chọn những loại cây thích hợp với môi trường trong nhà cũng như bỏ công chăm sóc đúng cách mới có được một không gian như ý.

    Khi trồng cây trong nhà bạn cần chú ý đến một yếu tố khá quan trọng vì cây cối là thước đo trường khí của từng không gian nhà ở. Vì thế bạn nên lựa chọn phù hợp và chú ý chăm sóc, theo dõi nếu cây bị héo úa hoặc phát triển kém tức là nội khí trong nhà không tốt nên thay đổi chủng loại cây hoặc kiểm tra lại môi trường chung quanh để điều chỉnh cho phù hợp.

    LƯU Ý KHI TRỒNG VÀ CHĂM SÓC CÂY XANH TRONG NHÀ

    Khi bày trí cây trong phòng thì cũng phải đảm bảo đầy đủ ánh sáng cho cây. Trong phòng khách thì nên đảm bảo đặt cây ở vị trí có khoảng 2 – 3 giờ có ánh sáng tự nhiên trong phòng.

    Để cây cảnh luôn xanh tốt, người ta còn dùng thêm đèn ánh sáng ban ngày (day – light), ánh sáng phát ra từ loại đèn này giống như ánh sáng mặt trời nên cây có thể quang hợp được như môi trường bên ngoài.

    Tưới nước

    Cây cảnh bày trí trong nhà thì lượng nước tưới không nên quá nhiều, khi nào thấy đất trồng khô thì tưới nước là được. Ngoài ra, có thể dùng bình phun nước để phun cho cây, mùa hè có thể phun ngày hai lần, mùa đông thì ngày một lần để tăng cường độ ẩm, làm sạch lá, có lợi cho quá trình quang hợp của cây, làm cây xanh tốt.

    Những loại cây trồng trong nhà cần chú ý hơn đến việc mua những chậu cây phù hợp. Có thể dùng những loại chậu cảnh có đĩa đệm bên dưới để dễ dàng di chuyển và thoát nước tốt.

    Bón phân

    Bón phân cho cây là công việc vô cùng quan trọng nhằm thúc đẩy quá trình phát triển của cây. Nếu bạn bón nhiều phân quá thì cây sẽ phát triển nhanh làm mất dáng thế, gọi là phá thế. Nhưng nếu bón ít quá, cây sẽ thiếu dưỡng chất làm chết cành… Vì vậy, cách tốt nhất là khoảng nửa tháng bón phân cho cây một lần, tỉ lệ bón 5% phân tổng hợp cho cây. Ngoài ra, dùng nước vo gạo để tưới cây cũng có tác dụng rất tốt cho sự phát triển của cây.

    Phòng bệnh cho cây

    Cây cảnh bày trí trong nhà không được dùng thuốc trừ sâu, có thể dùng thuốc diệt muỗi để trừ sâu. Đối với cây mắc bệnh phấn trắng thì có thể dùng khăn và cồn lau sạch, nếu mức độ bệnh nghiêm trọng thì cần phải để cây ra ngoài rồi trị bệnh cho cây.

    Biện pháp hồi phục khi cây bị khô héo

    Khi phát hiện cây có hiện tượng vàng úa, khô héo, rụng lá… thì phải kịp thời có những biện pháp chăm sóc giúp cây hồi phục lại sức sống. Không nên cho ánh sáng mặt trời trực tiếp chiếu xạ vào cây để tránh làm cho sức nóng của ánh nắng gây ảnh hưởng bất lợi đến cây cối hoặc có thể làm cho cây chết do bị mất nước. Nơi chăm sóc cây phải là nơi mát mẻ, không khí trong lành và nên tránh gió mạnh.

    Trong thời gian đầu nuôi dưỡng cây thì không nên tác động vào đất trồng bởi vì lúc này các tổ chức và chức năng của cây ở trạng thái tĩnh, nếu động thổ thì sẽ làm cho hệ rễ cây bị tổn thương. Vào thời gian này chỉ nên cắt bỏ các lá vàng úa, khô héo, tưới nước đầy đủ, đồng thời có thể hòa đạm vào nước với nồng độ thấp để tưới cho cây, mỗi tuần một lần, sau mỗi tháng thì sẽ tăng dần lượng, sau khoảng 2 -3 tháng thì sẽ tăng nồng độ.

    Đợi đến khi cây có sức sống trở lại thì thay đổi đất trồng, tốt nhất là dùng đất mục và đất phù sa để trồng, nên bón lót phân bắc trước khi trồng cây.

    (ST)

    --- Bài cũ hơn ---

  • Quy Trình Trồng Và Chăm Sóc Cây Nhãn Cho Quả Sai Trĩu Trịt
  • 20 Loại Cây Xanh Trong Nhà Dễ Trồng Làm Nổi Bật Không Gian Nội Thất
  • Quy Trình Chăm Sóc Cây Vải Khi Ra Hoa, Đậu Quả
  • Phương Pháp Nhân Giống Và Chăm Sóc Cây Na Doc
  • Phương Pháp Nhân Giống Và Chăm Sóc Cây Na Pot
  • Tin tức online tv